Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080198835 | Wireless Transmission System And Wireless Transmission Method And Wireless Station For Use Therein - The present invention provides a wireless station capable of increasing the probability that a path diversity effect can be obtained in a case where a plurality of wireless stations transmit packets using a modulation/demodulation scheme with an anti-multipath property. A delay amount determining section ( | 08-21-2008 |
20080198836 | Method and Apparatus For Synchronization in Wireless Communication System - For a transmission signal for a wireless communication system and a method and apparatus for performing synchronization processing for the transmission signal provided by the present invention, the principal ideas is that, a synchronization sequence is respectively inserted into a group of transmission datum according to predetermined time offsets to form a group of transmission signals. The synchronization sequences inserted into the transmission datum are obtained respectively by performing a phase modulation for the same known basic synchronization sequence according to the predetermined phase offsets, dispersed in the same transmission signal period without overlapping with each other, and transmitted by different transmit antennas. By using the transmission signals and the structure of their synchronization sequences, the receiver side only needs to search a part of the received signals, then one of an expected group of synchronization sequences, served as the main synchronization sequence, can be acquired quickly, and based on this, the synchronization positions of the transmission signals from other transmit antennas can be estimated, at the same time, by using the phase offsets between the synchronization sequences and the basic synchronization sequence, the transmission signals from different transmit antennas can be distinguished effectively. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198837 | System and method for transmitting and receiving signal in communication system - Disclosed is a method for transmitting and receiving a signal in a communication system, and a system for supporting the method. To this end, a first communication system transmits data during a first time slot and receives data during a third time slot, and a second communication system, differing from the first communication system, transmits data during a second time slot and receives data during a fourth time slot. The first and second time slots are defined by downlink frame transmission intervals which exist in the entire frame transmission interval allocated for the first communication system, and the third and fourth time slots are defined by uplink frame transmission intervals which exist in the entire frame transmission interval allocated for the first communication system, wherein the first to fourth time slots do not overlap each other. | 08-21-2008 |
20080205375 | SECONDARY SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL DESIGN FOR OFDMA SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a transmitter, a receiver and methods of operating a transmitter and a receiver. In one embodiment, the transmitter for use in a base station of an OFDMA system and includes a primary module configured to provide a primary synchronization signal that furnishes a partial cell identity. Additionally, the transmitter also includes a secondary module configured to provide a secondary synchronization signal that furnishes a cell identity group and one or more cell-specific parameters based on using a two-segment secondary synchronization sequence. The transmitter further includes a transmit module configured to transmit the primary and secondary synchronization signals. | 08-28-2008 |
20080212563 | Method And Apparatus For Synchronizing Wireless Receiver | 09-04-2008 |
20080212564 | Clock Synchronization Method For Wireless 1394 Heterogeneous Networks - Provided is a clock synchronization method in a heterogeneous network. The method includes the steps of: at a cycle master, transferring a cycle begin packet with a current time to a transmitting-side bridge; at the transmitting-side bridge, synchronizing using the time included in the cycle begin packet and a time to transmit the cycle begin packet, and transmitting the cycle begin packet with a first synchronization time to a wireless 1394 coordinator; at the wireless 1394 coordinator, synchronizing using the first synchronization time and calculating a second synchronization time; at the wireless 1394 coordinator, transmitting the beacon frame with a created information element structure to a receiving side bridge on a wired IEEE 1394 network; at the receiving bridge, synchronizing using the second synchronization time and calculating a third synchronization time; and at the receiving-side bridge, synchronizing the heterogeneous network by transferring the third synchronization time to the receiving node. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212565 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING PROPAGATION DELAYS FOR USE IN WIDE AREA NETWORKS - A system and method for determining a signal propagation delay between a transmitter and a receiver, and for adjusting a transmission time based on the propagation delay. A central station inserts a marker into a transmitted signal at a time corresponding to a received timing signal. The MCT receives the signal from the central station and determines a time difference between receipt of the marker and the detection of the time interval event. A transmission by the MCT is adjusted by an amount of time proportional to the time difference. | 09-04-2008 |
20080225826 | Method of Synchronizing the Playback of an Audio Broadcast on a Plurality of Network Output Devices - Method of synchronizing the playback of an audio broadcast on a plurality of network output devices. The present invention relates to method of synchronizing the playback of an audio broadcast on a plurality of network output devices. Said method comprises the steps of: detecting ( | 09-18-2008 |
20080232344 | Systems and methods for synchronizing communication networks - In many aspects, the invention relates to systems and methods for synchronizing a communication network, particularly a slotted communication network, having a plurality of nodes. In slotted communication networks, the nodes are configured to transmit or receive data during selected time slots. During a selected time slot, each node transmits a synchronization message that is received by a neighboring node. The neighboring node adjusts its time slot boundary to coincide with the time of receipt of the synchronization message, thereby synchronizing each node with a neighboring node. Such systems and methods are energy efficient, accurate, fast, fault tolerant and easy to implement. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232345 | Time-Based Coexistence Method For Wireless Communication - A method for facilitating coexistence of wireless technologies competing for the same bandwidth includes, with a first component ( | 09-25-2008 |
20080232346 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZING STREAM BETWEEN BEARER CONTROL LAYER AND BEARER LAYER DEVICES - A method, a system and an apparatus for synchronizing the stream between the bearer control layer and bearer layer devices. Bearer layer device returns information corresponding to the stream synchronizing information distributed by the resource manager RM of the bearer control layer back to the resource manager RM ( | 09-25-2008 |
20080240072 | Method and Apparatus For Synchronization of Base Stations in a Broadband Wireless Access System - Synchronization between base stations in a broadband wireless access system is achieved using interfering base stations. Interfering base stations are first identified for a base station of interest (BSOI). One of the interfering base stations is then selected to be a master base station for the BSOI. The BSOI may then establish and maintain synchronization with the master base station. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240073 | SYNCHRONIZATION AND TIMING SOURCE PRIORITY IN AN AD-HOC NETWORK - A bandwidth efficient and robust timing synchronization approach in an ad-hoc network is provided by a mobile ad-hoc network including at least one group of mobile nodes having at least one timing reference (TR) node. Mobile nodes include a controller and a wireless communications device cooperating therewith to generate and transmit timing synchronization beacons having a respective hop count indicating a number of hops to the at least one timing reference node, receive timing synchronization beacons from neighboring nodes, and synchronize node communication timing with neighboring nodes based upon the number of hops to the at least one timing reference node. The timing reference node may cooperate with the other mobile nodes based upon a timing source priority tree including levels defined by hop counts. The timing reference node is at a starting level of the timing source priority tree. The other nodes are at a higher level of the timing source priority tree than the starting level and correspond to the number of hops to the at least one timing reference node. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240074 | Self-synchronized Streaming Architecture - Synchronization of downlink streaming data is performed by estimating the likelihood of an underflow or an overflow in an output buffer upon receipt of each encoded data frame to determine if synchronization will be needed. After each encoded data frame is decoded it is then synchronized if the estimate indicated synchronization would be needed. Synchronization of uplink steaming data is performed by estimating the likelihood of an underflow or an overflow in an input buffer upon sending of each encoded data frame to an output modem for transmission to determine if synchronization will be needed. If needed, synchronization will be performed later on a portion of data samples taken from the input buffer that are used to form a frame of un-encoded data samples. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240075 | TIME SYNCHRONIZATION SYSTEM - In a time synchronization system between wireless nodes, a first wireless node broadcasts a neighbor search packet, adjacent wireless nodes receive the neighbor search packet and then returns an adjacent response packet, the first wireless node selects the mediating wireless node based on the adjacent response packet and then transmits a mediating request packet to the mediating wireless node, the mediating wireless node receives the mediating request packet and then broadcasts a time record request packet, the first wireless node receives the time record request packet and then records reception time, the adjacent wireless nodes receive the time record request packet and then records reception time, the higher-level adjacent wireless node transmits a time notification packet containing the reception time to the first wireless node, and the first wireless node calculates the difference between the recorded reception time and the reception time contained in the time notification packet and then adds the difference to current time. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240076 | Time information receiver and radio controlled watch - A standard time and frequency signal receiver receives a time code in which a plurality of data pulses “1”, “0” and “P” which are identified by width are arranged one in a respective one of unit periods of the standard signal. An amplitude of a detected signal of the time code is sampled with respect to a seconds synchronization point in a unit period. Then, correlation values F1, F0 and FP for the data pulses “P”, “1” and “0”, respectively, are calculated based on the sampled values. These correlation values F1, F0 and FP are then compared to determine the data pulse received. Even when the time code contains a considerable noise, which of the “1”, “0” and “P” signals was received is determined accurately, thereby achieving the reception of the time code with a reduced error. | 10-02-2008 |
20080247378 | Multi-Network Overlaid Cell Detection - A communications system includes a wireless telephony network and a wireless Local Area Network (LAN), both accessible by a mobile communications device ( | 10-09-2008 |
20080253354 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING SUCH PROGRAM - A communication apparatus determines a hibernation period on the basis of the amount of an offset in beacon period start timing among multiple beacon groups. The communication apparatus is placed in a hibernation status in accordance with the determined hibernation period. Thus, an offset in beacon period start timing among the beacon groups that would occur while the device is in hibernation can be prevented and the need for merging beacon groups and decrease in data rate during such merging are prevented. | 10-16-2008 |
20080253355 | Wireless Base Station Apparatus and Wireless Communication System Using That Apparatus - A radio base-station apparatus with improved frame transmission efficiency by avoiding interference of preambles and frame control information between sectors of a cell or between cells with a frequency reuse factor. In the apparatus OFDMA multiple-access processing is performed for each of a plurality of sectors of a cell, and frames made of logical subchannel numbers and OFDMA symbol numbers are configured in synchronization respectively for the plurality of sectors, and offsets are added to the beginnings of given frames such that the preambles and frame control information arranged sequentially from the beginnings of the frames do not overlap on the OFDMA symbol numbers. | 10-16-2008 |
20080259904 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF FRAME SYNCHRONIZATION IN BROAD BAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method of frame synchronization in broad band wireless communication systems. In an apparatus of frame synchronization in a mobile station, a time variant phase rotation compensator eliminates time variant phase rotation carried in received signals by conjugated multiplication between adjacent signal samples. Then, the processed signal is fed into a delay correlator to calculate a plurality of correlations between two successive frames. A local power calculator acquires an average power of several symbols centered on delayed correlation values. A normalizer normalizes the delayed correlation values with a local average power corresponding to the delayed correlation values. A maximum value detector selects the maximum value from normalized correlation values to trigger frame synchronizing and timing signals. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259905 | BASE STATION SYNCHRONIZATION FOR A SINGLE FREQUENCY NETWORK - Methods, apparatus and systems for generating and synchronizing a macro-diversity region transmitted by base stations in a network includes a receiving module configured to receive a plurality of packets of content data. A controller module coupled to the receiving module and configured to generate a macro-diversity region data that includes at least one packet of the plurality of packets of content data, and to generate a time reference and frame offset information to indicate an offset from the time reference and to further identify a second base station transmission frame that will include the second macro-diversity region data. A communication module to communicate a macro-diversity region message that includes the macro-diversity region data and the macro-diversity region control information to a plurality of base stations, configured to synchronize the transmission of the macro-diversity region data at the plurality of base stations. | 10-23-2008 |
20080267164 | Fine Time Tracking With Improved Resolution - The present invention relates to compensation method and circuit for compensating time drifts in a receiver suited for multi-path environment. The time drifts are separated into a first component common to groups of paths belonging to the same radio link, for example a radio link of a connection between a user equipment and a base station, and second components valid for each individual path belonging to a group. The first component is processed by employing first feedback means with a first bandwidth, and the second components are processed by employing a second feedback means with a second bandwidth, wherein the first bandwidth is set to a value higher than the second bandwidth. Thereby, the bandwidth of the loop devoted to the individual tracking of each path can be slower and adjusted to environmental conditions, so as to allow application of a principle of interference mitigation for improving time resolution. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267165 | UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION MAINTENANCE PRINCIPLES IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A cell within cellular network includes user equipments (UEs) that transmit data to a base station (eNB). UEs are synchronized to the eNB upon entry to the cell. If a particular UE has data to transmit, it will be placed in a connected state and scheduled for transmission. Over a period of time, not all of the UEs will have data to transmit. The UEs are tracked as a scheduled portion and an unscheduled portion, wherein a UE is included in the scheduled portion in response to receiving a scheduling request from the UE. Synchronization is maintained between the eNB and each UE in the scheduled portion by sending a timing adjustment (TA) command if needed in response to receiving a scheduled transmission from each respective UE in the scheduled portion; Synchronization is maintained between the eNB and each UE in the unscheduled portion by allocating a periodic reference signal (sync-RS) to each UE in the unscheduled portion and by sending a respective timing adjustment (TA) command if needed to each respective UE in the unscheduled portion in response to a respective sync-RS received from each UE in the unscheduled portion. | 10-30-2008 |
20080273521 | Method and system for accurate clock synchronization for communication networks - A high accuracy clock synchronization mechanism between a sender and a receiver in a communication network achieves time synchronization using broadcast beacons, directly at the PHY/MAC layer of the sender and the receiver, to minimize synchronization delay jitter. This provides a more efficient synchronization method than either NTP or SNTP, because multiple handshaking information exchange is avoided. Further, using beacons avoids the overhead of introducing additional synchronization packets in higher layer synchronization. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273522 | GENERATION AND DETECTION OF SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for generating a synchronization signal (e.g., a secondary synchronization signal) based on an M-sequence are described. In one design, first and second sequences for a secondary synchronization signal may be generated based on different cyclic shifts of the M-sequence. The cyclic shifts may be determined based on cell ID and/or other information to send in the secondary synchronization signal. An output sequence may be generated based on the first and second sequences, e.g., by combining the first and second sequences and scrambling the combined first and second sequences with at least one scrambling sequence. The secondary synchronization signal may then be generated based on the output sequence, e.g., by mapping samples in the output sequence to subcarriers and generating an OFDM symbol with the mapped samples. Detection for the secondary synchronization signal may be efficiently performed using fast M-sequence transform (FMT). | 11-06-2008 |
20080279173 | Method to Synchronize Receiver's Clock to Transmitter's Clock at Sub-100Nsec | 11-13-2008 |
20080279174 | Method and System for Transmitting Data From a Medium Access Control Device Via a Physical Layer to an Antenna - The invention relates to a system for transmitting data from a medium access control device ( | 11-13-2008 |
20080279175 | Off network mobile to mobile calling using SIP protocol - This invention addresses the need to transport high bit-rate data to multiple users, or between users, over wired and wireless means. Specifically, this disclosure describes a new method of enabling communication from mobile phone to mobile phone when no network services are available as long as radio contact between the mobile handsets is possible by reserving un-assigned timeslots in the medium access control protocol super frame structure. | 11-13-2008 |
20080285538 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER DEVICE THEROF AND SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD THEREOF - A communication system, user device thereof, and a synchronization method thereof are provided. The communication system includes a user device and a wireless network. A ciphering configuration information is transmitted to a user device. The user device and wireless network re-establishing the radio link control (RLC) entity of logical link. The user device changes to the new ciphering configuration immediately following the re-establishment of RLC entity according to the received ciphering configuration information and the wireless network changes to the new ciphering configuration. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285539 | MOBILE STATION ASSISTED TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION IN A CDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In the present invention, the slave base station attains synchronization with the reference base station through messages transmitted from and received by a mobile station either in the soft handoff region between the reference base station and the slave base station or within a range which allows the mobile station to communicate with the slave base station. When the mobile station is not in communication with both the reference base station and the slave base station, then the round trip delay between the mobile station and the reference base station is measured by the reference base station. The reference base station communicates the PN code used by the mobile station over the reverse link to the slave base station. The slave base station acquires the signal from the mobile station and determines when the signal from the mobile station arrives. The slave base station then makes an estimate as to the length of the delay between transmission of a signal from the mobile station to the slave base station. Based upon these measurements and estimates, the slave base station determines the error which is present in the slave base station system time. | 11-20-2008 |
20080291891 | Synchronization Of A Split Audio, Video, Or Other Data Stream With Separate Sinks - Methods, systems, and apparatuses for synchronizing one or more output/sink devices are described. In each sink device, a communication packet is received from a source device. The communication packet includes data and a source clock timestamp. A local clock signal is generated that is synchronized with a source clock signal of the source device. The data is decoded using a codec. At least one delay and the source clock timestamp are subtracted from a current value of the local clock signal to generate a local latency value. A difference between a desired latency value and the local latency value is determined. A rate of a clock signal of the codec is adjusted according to the determined difference. Because each sink device adjusts its latency to a common desired latency value, the sink devices are thereby synchronized. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291892 | ASSIGNMENT OF PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SYNCHRONIZATION CODE SEQUENCES TO CELLS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for assigning primary synchronization code (PSC) sequences and secondary synchronization code (SSC) sequences to cells in a wireless communication system are described. At least one PSC sequence and multiple SSC sequences may be used for multiple cells in a Node B. In one design, the available SSC sequences in the system may be arranged into groups, with each group including M different SSC sequences. Additional groups of M SSC sequences may be formed with different permutations (e.g., different cyclic shifts) of each group of M SSC sequences. In one design, three SSC sequences SSC(G | 11-27-2008 |
20080291893 | OFDM-BASED DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING SYNCHRONIZATION IN THE PRESENCE OF INTERFERENCE SIGNALS - An OFDM-based device and method for performing synchronization utilizes a time-domain preamble of an incoming OFDM-based signal to compute an estimated fine frequency offset. The computation of the estimated fine frequency offset involves multiplying values of the time-domain preamble with conjugates of corresponding values of a selected base station time-domain preamble, averaging the resulting multiplied values in predefined segments and self-correlating the resulting averaged values to derive a self-correlation value, which is used to compute the estimated fine frequency offset. | 11-27-2008 |
20080298341 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication system having an interference reduction function and enabling random access is constructed without complicating a terminal structure. A base station has an interference signal detection function, performs interference signal detection intermittently and transmits a beacon signal when no interference signal is detected. A terminal starts up from a sleep mode before transmitting data, performs reception waiting, transmits data only immediately after reception of the beacon signal, transits to the sleep mode again if the beacon signal is not received and repeats the abovementioned sequence after a predetermined time elapses. | 12-04-2008 |
20080310393 | Wireless synchronizing bridging device, wireless synchronizing bridging system and wireless synchronizing bridging method - A wireless synchronizing bridging device, which operates in conjunction with an electronic device and a mobile terminal device having a connecting interface, includes a connecting interface module, a signal transforming module and a wireless transceiving module. The mobile terminal device electrically connected with the connecting interface module through the connecting interface transmits a connecting interface signal to the connecting interface module. The signal transforming module electrically connected with the connecting interface module transforms the connecting interface signal into a wireless communication signal. The wireless transceiving module electrically connected with the signal transforming module transmits the wireless communication signal to the electronic device. A wireless synchronizing bridging system and a wireless synchronizing bridging method are also disclosed. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310394 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MULTISESSION BLUETOOTH COMMUNICATION USING MULTIPLE PHYSICAL (PHY) LAYERS - A wireless device may utilize a plurality of Bluetooth sessions to perform a plurality of applications simultaneously in said wireless device. A Bluetooth interface may be utilized to perform initial connectivity and/or control functionality associate with each of said plurality of Bluetooth sessions. The connectivity and/or control functionality may comprise discovery, pairing, and/or initial connection. Each of the plurality of Bluetooth sessions may comprise utilizing one or more of a plurality of high speed data standards to perform data transmission and/or reception. The plurality of high speed data standard may comprise WLAN, ultra-wideband (UWB), and/or 60 GHz PHY and/or PHY/MAC layers. Two or more of the plurality of Bluetooth sessions may contemporaneously utilize different PHY and/or PHY/MAC layers pertaining to the same high speed data standard. Performing each of the plurality of applications may comprise utilizing one or more of the plurality of Bluetooth sessions. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310395 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING TIMING ALIGNMENT - An approach includes generating a control message having a format designated for resource allocation, wherein the control message includes a plurality of control fields. One of the control fields is reserved to specify information other than information for resource allocation, the value indicating timing alignment information or information for starting a random access procedure. The control message is transmitted over a control channel according to a lower layer protocol. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310396 | METHOD OF PERFORMING UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing uplink synchronization in a wireless communication system includes transmitting a random access preamble which is randomly selected from a set of random access preambles, receiving a random access response, the random access response comprising a random access preamble identifier corresponding to the random access preamble and a time alignment value for uplink synchronization, starting a time alignment timer after applying the time alignment value, starting a contention resolution timer after receiving the random access response, wherein contention resolution is not successful when the contention resolution timer is expired, and stopping the time alignment timer when the contention resolution timer is expired. | 12-18-2008 |
20080316996 | Controlling timing of synchronization updates - A base station for use in a mobile communications network may include a frequency synthesizer for generating signals at desired frequencies and a packet data interface for transmitting and receiving packet data signals over a wide area network. The basestation is adapted to determine an elapsed time since it last synchronized the frequency synthesizer to a master device. The basestation is also adapted to request synchronization packet data signals from the master device when the elapsed time exceeds a predetermined holdover period. | 12-25-2008 |
20090003307 | MULTI-RADIO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING WIRELESS NETWORK AND BLUETOOTH COMMUNICATIONS - Embodiments of a multi-radio wireless communication device and methods for synchronizing wireless network and Bluetooth (BT) communications are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. In some embodiments, a BT radio module adjusts a master clock signal by a predetermined step size before each subsequent BT transmission in response to a frame sync pulse from a wireless network radio module to reduce a time difference between subsequent frame sync pulses and synchronization reference points of BT slots. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003308 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING SYNCHRONIZATION/PILOT SEQUENCES FOR EMBEDDING IN WIRELESS SIGNALS - An embodiment includes a method for generating a set of synchronization/pilot sequences (SPS) by generating a plurality of candidate SPS using different initial conditions. Correlations are performed among the candidate SPS to generate a plurality of correlation values, and a plurality of permutations of the candidate SPS are determined, where each permutation includes a different set of candidate SPS, and wherein each permutation includes a number, D, of candidate SPS. In addition a selected permutation is identified from the plurality of permutations, where the selected permutation corresponds to the set of SPS being generated. A system includes a transmitter adapted to generate a wireless signal in which an SPS is embedded by combining each SPS of the set with phase shifted input data, determining peak-to-average power ratios (PARs) for at least some of the combined signals, and identifying a selected combined signal based on the PARs. | 01-01-2009 |
20090010244 | METHODS AND APPARATUS SUPPORTING MULTIPLE TIMING SYNCHRONIZATIONS CORRESPONDING TO DIFFERENT COMMUNICATIONS PEERS - Methods and apparatus related to peer to peer communication networks are described. A wireless communications device supports peer to peer communications with multiple peers. The wireless communications device determines its transmit timing synchronization based on a reference signal received from a node such as a base station, a satellite, or a beacon transmitter which does not transmit user data. The wireless communications device determines a plurality of different receive timing adjustments corresponding to different peer communications devices based on signals received from those peer communications devices. The wireless communications device stores the plurality of determined receive timing adjustment information corresponding to the different peer communications devices. The wireless communications device retrieves and applies stored receive timing adjustment information which matches the particular device which transmitted the signal attempting to be recovered. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010245 | Synchronization of media access control (MAC) superframes - A device and method for of synchronizing a MAC superframe of a wireless device is disclosed. The wireless device can be located within a chain of a plurality of other wireless devices. The method includes receiving beacons from at least one other device during a superframe of the wireless device, determining a superframe offset for each of the other wireless devices based on timing of the received beacons, determining a corrective delay based on the superframe offsets, inserting the corrective delay within a current superframe of the wireless device, and inserting a predictive delay within the current superframe, the predictive delay being determined by an estimate of a difference between a frequency a clock of the wireless device and a frequency of a slowest clock of the other wireless devices within the chain. | 01-08-2009 |
20090016320 | Synchronization Of A Peer-To-Peer Communication Network - In an ad hoc peer-to-peer communications network, timing synchronization can be facilitated between two or more nodes based on respective timing adjustments. A sequence of timing synchronization time intervals can be determined based on a first timing reference received from a source. A symbol timing can be determined and included in a first signal transmitted during a dedicated time interval, which can be a chosen fraction of one of the timing synchronization time intervals. In the remaining portion of the time interval, such as a non-chosen fraction, a second signal that includes a second timing reference can be received. Based on the symbol timing and the second timing reference, a timing adjustment can be determined and timing of each node adjusted accordingly. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016321 | Synchronization Of A Peer-To-Peer Communication Network - In an ad hoc peer-to-peer communications network, timing synchronization can be facilitated between nodes as a function of a received timing of nearby nodes, as well as a network timing. A first timing reference can be used to determine a symbol timing. A second signal that includes a second timing reference can be used to determine a difference between the symbol timing and the second timing reference. The difference can be used to adjust a symbol timing, which can be transmitted to nearby nodes. The first timing reference and the second timing reference can be received from different sources. | 01-15-2009 |
20090022138 | MULTIPLEXING PROTOCOL FOR LARGE, HIGH SECURITY AREAS WITH 3D LOCALIZATION - A method for providing unlimited multiplexing of network nodes includes steps of: placing a plurality of tags within a network node, wherein the tags comprise the RuBee long wavelength network protocol; clipping the plurality of tags into separate areas for transmitting and receiving, by placing a plurality of base stations within the network node such that at least one base station overlaps with an adjacent network node; and synchronizing transmit packets from two adjacent base stations transmitting at a same time, such that the tags detect and respond to the packets from a nearby base station and perceive the packets from the distant base station as noise. | 01-22-2009 |
20090022139 | WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK ZIGBEE RECEIVER AND RECEIVING METHOD THEREOF - There are provided a wireless personal area networks (WPAN) Zigbee receiver and a receiving method thereof that can obtain a spreading gain by a reduction in data rate. A wireless personal area network Zigbee receiver receiving a signal packet including a plurality of functional units having a plurality of symbols, the plurality of functional units each repeated as many as a predetermined extension number according to an aspect of the invention includes: a preamble detection unit detecting a, and generating a preamble synchronization; and an SFD synchronization unit comparing, each symbol of SFD units included in the signal packet with a predetermined SFD reference symbol continuously and repeatedly as many as the extension number, and generating an SFD synchronization signal when each of the symbols of the SFD units is equal to the SFD reference symbol as many as the extension number. | 01-22-2009 |
20090028128 | BROADCAST SUPERFRAME WITH VARIABLE REUSE AND INTERFERENCE LEVELS FOR A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided to enhance the efficiency of reuse of a broadcast channel. In one embodiment, the invention includes sending a first burst of a broadcast channel from a broadcast channel radio subject to a first reuse factor, and sending a second burst of the broadcast channel from the broadcast channel radio subject to a second reuse factor. In another embodiment, the invention includes broadcast channel structure with a primary segment having a first reuse factor, a plurality of secondary segments having a second reuse factor greater than the first reuse factor. | 01-29-2009 |
20090041003 | SYNCHRONIZATION OF DISTRIBUTED NETWORKS | 02-12-2009 |
20090046698 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TIME ALIGNMENT ALONG A MULTI-NODE COMMUNICATION LINK - A network entity, which comprises an input configured to receive from an upstream network entity a stream of first media data elements; an output configured to release towards a downstream network entity a stream of second media data elements; a processing engine configured to effect processing tasks on the first media data elements, thereby to generate the second media data elements, the processing tasks being effected in a set of processing intervals; and a control entity. The control entity is configured for receiving a request for a first phase adjustment from the downstream network entity; modifying the set of processing intervals in which are effected the processing tasks in an attempt to accommodate the first phase adjustment; determining a second phase adjustment based on arrival characteristics of the first media data elements and the modified set of processing intervals; and releasing towards the upstream network entity a request for the second phase adjustment. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046699 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A REDIRECT MESSAGE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for entering initialization state in a wireless communication systems. The method comprises selecting a serving access network, obtaining synchronization from access network, determining if a Redirect Message with Channel Record is received, and issuing an InitializationState.Activate command upon entering Initialization State. An embodiment of an embodiment also relates to method and apparatus for transition to an Idle state for determining if the protocol received an InitializationState.network Acquired indication, and issuing an InitializationState.Deactivate command if the IntializationState.NetworkAcquired indication has been received. Then, transitioning to the Idle State. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046700 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING MULTI-FRAMES - A device having multi-frame transmission and reception capabilities and a method for transmitting and receiving multi-frames. The device includes a processor, a time slot assigner, connected to a communication line via a physical layer unit. The physical layer unit is adapted to generate a communication line clock signal (LINE_TX_CLK | 02-19-2009 |
20090046701 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS AND SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD - Provided is a base station capable of searching cells of different frequencies without losing a opportunity of data communication by effectively performing SCH data transmission. The base station ( | 02-19-2009 |
20090046702 | SECONDARY SYNCHRONIZATION CODEBOOK FOR E-UTRAN - Providing for secondary synchronization encoding utilizing a primary synchronization channel (P-SCH)-related scrambling code is described herein. Scrambled secondary synchronization codes (SSCs) can be assigned to multiple base stations of a radio access network (RAN). By way of example, PSC-based scrambling codes can be created from a plurality of M-sequences generated from a common polynomial expression. Further, an SSC codebook is provided that selects sequence pairs of a sequence matrix for generating SSCs. Selection can be based on transmission characteristics of resulting SSCs, providing reduced interference in planned, semi-planned and/or unplanned mobile deployments. | 02-19-2009 |
20090052428 | METHOD OF PROVIDING INFORMATION OF NEIGHBOR BASE STATION BY MOBILE SUBSCRIBER STATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method of providing neighbor base station information via a mobile subscriber station in a broadband wireless access system is disclosed. In providing neighbor base station information (S | 02-26-2009 |
20090052429 | Synchronizing Timeslots in a Wireless Communication Protocol - A method for synchronizing communications in wireless mesh network operating in a process control environment and including a plurality of network devices includes defining a communication timeslot of a predetermined duration, wherein each of the plurality of network devices transmits or receives data only within the communication timeslot generating a network schedule including at least one superframe having repeating superframe cycles each having a number of communication timeslots sequentially numbered relative to a beginning of each cycle, the number of communication timeslots defining a length of the at least one superframe, maintaining an absolute slot number indicative of a number of communication timeslots scheduled since a start time of the wireless network, synchronizing each of the plurality of network devices with respect to a timing of an individual communication timeslot, and synchronizing each of the plurality of network devices with the network schedule based on the absolute slot number. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052430 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MITIGATING TEMPORARY LOSS OF SYNCHRONIZATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for mitigating temporary loss of synchronization in a wireless communication system are described. In an aspect, a cell may periodically broadcast a mode indicator to indicate synchronous operation or asynchronous operation by the cell. The cell may also broadcast its cell identity (ID), which may omit the mode indicator and would then remain unchanged when the cell switches between asynchronous and synchronous operation. In another aspect, the cell may send system time information indicative of its updated system time when switching from asynchronous operation to synchronous operation. The updated system time may be used for communication with terminals after the switch to synchronous operation. In yet another aspect, the cell may decrease its transmit power prior to switching synchronization mode, switch synchronization mode when its transmit power reaches a predetermined power level, and thereafter increase its transmit power. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052431 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PACKET BASED CLOCK RECOVERY - A master clock in a first radio network unit, configured for sending data packets at predetermined time intervals, is synchronized with a slave clock in a second radio network unit. To provide a method for packet based clock recovery being able to achieve the desired accuracy within an acceptable time while avoiding a high computational complexity, the following procedure is used. An estimate value is determined for the transmission delay time for each data packet in a predetermined set of data packets. At least one pair of data packets is selected that has a minimum estimate value for the transmission delay time. A difference of the reception times of the selected pair of data packets is determined. Finally, a clock estimate procedure is performed using the difference of the reception times of the selected pair of data packets to determine the quantity representative of the clock frequency difference and/or the clock time offset. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052432 | NETWORK CONNECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF A MOBILE STATION - A network connection method and apparatus for improving network connection performance of a mobile station in a Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) system is provided. A network connection method of the present invention includes checking whether a cell change from a first cell to a second cell is detected while waiting for a network connection request message, after an acquisition of a synchronization with a first base station associated with the first cell, determining, if the cell change is detected, whether a synchronization is acquired with a second base station associated with the second cell and whether the network connection request message is detected, initiating, if the network connection request message is detected after the synchronization is acquired with the second base station, a network entry procedure, saving, if the network connection request message is detected before the synchronization is acquired with the second base station, the network connection request message in a buffer, and initiating, if the synchronization is acquired with the second base station after saving the network connection request message, a network entry procedure using the network connection request message saved in the buffer. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052433 | METHOD OF SYNCHRONIZATION FOR PACKET BASED, OFDM WIRELESS SYSTEMS WITH MULTIPLE RECEIVE CHAINS - A system for synchronizing a wireless receiver is provided. The system includes a first antenna and a second antenna to receive independent wireless signals containing different combination of data packets. The system includes one or more analyzer components operable to determine correlation metrics based on at least a portion of the first received signal and a portion of the second received signal. The system further includes a synchronization component operable to use the correlation metrics to determine a preferred correlation metric for synchronization by the wireless receiver of the first and second received signals to decode the data packet. A method for synchronizing a receiver of two wireless signals is also provided. | 02-26-2009 |
20090059893 | CONFIGURATION OF OVERHEAD CHANNELS IN A MIXED BANDWIDTH SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting broadcast information in a multi-carrier communication system. The Sync Channel of the multi-carrier system is transmitted a 1.25 MHz channel bandwidth (i.e., over a single carrier), and to specify the preferred channels for the Sync Channel transmission instead of the preferred channels for the entire multi-carrier system. The Sync Channel Message will carry additional information indicating the center frequency of a multi-carrier system within a reserved set of frequency bands and indicating the frequency of a single carrier system in the reserved set of frequency bands. Considering the A block of the PCS band again, the preferred channels for Sync Channel transmission can be selected as channels 75, 150 and 225. This selection ensures that one of the preferred channels will always be used by any multi-carrier system regardless of the location of its center channel. | 03-05-2009 |
20090067407 | KEEP-ALIVE FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - A transmitting device transmits data to one or more receiving devices. At least one of the receiving devices transmits a keep-alive to the transmitting device. The keep-alive is transmitted at a reduced rate relative to the data transmission rate. In some implementations multiple receiving devices may transmit keep-alives. In these cases, each receiving device may transmit its keep-alives according to a schedule to prevent or reduce the likelihood of overlapping keep-alives. In some implementations a receiving device may be selected to transmit keep-alives. Here, if the selected receiving device stops transmitting keep-alives another receiving device is selected to transmit keep-alives. Through the use of the above techniques, the transmitting device need not keep track of which receiving devices are listening to the data transmission. Rather, the transmitting device may simply stop transmitting in the event that it no longer receives keep-alives. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067408 | CENTRALIZED CALL LOG AND METHOD THEREOF - The present invention relates to a method and system thereof, which comprises a communication network having at least a serving session network node, through which communication initiation requests of the communication network are routed. The system further comprises an application services providing network node, which interfaces with the serving session network node. The application services providing network node is configured for providing functions related to a group of several terminal devices of one user. A communication initiation request is addressed to the user on the basis of a user related identifier associated with the group of several terminal devices and comprised by the communication initiation request. A protocol network node is configured for registering protocol information about a communication session upon reception of a detection signalization indicating the communication initiation request to the user having the corresponding service available. | 03-12-2009 |
20090080406 | System and Method for Multicast and Broadcast Synchronization in Wireless Access Systems - In a method for multicast and broadcast synchronization a data payload frame is generated from a data payload. A frame number is assigned to the data payload frame, wherein the frame number includes a generating time of the data payload frame. The data payload frame is distributed to a plurality of base stations in a wireless access system. The offset spans a travel time of a data payload frame from the controller to the plurality of base stations as well as a scheduling time and a multiplexing time. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080407 | SECONDARY SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL MAPPING - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a transmitter, a receiver and methods of operating a transmitter or a receiver. In one embodiment, the transmitter is for use with a base station and includes a primary module configured to provide a primary synchronization signal. The transmitter also includes a secondary mapping module configured to provide a secondary synchronization signal derived from two sequences taken from a same set of N sequences and indexed by an index pair (S | 03-26-2009 |
20090086711 | CORRELATION OF ACCESS CODE FOR BLUETOOTH SYNCHRONIZATION - A circuit for processing a packet based signal received over a Bluetooth radio link has a correlator to detect at least part of the access code. A correlator controller, reconfigures the correlator according to a timing of the access code, to detect at least part of the EDR synchronization sequence, and a demodulator demodulates the payload according to the detection. The correlator has an input signal register, a buffer for a sequence of at least part of the wanted signal values, and a series of comparators arranged to compare input signal values with corresponding ones of the wanted signal values at more than one offset. By such dual use of the same correlator, the receiver can be made more cost effective. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086712 | Minimizing mutual interference for multi-radio co-existence platforms - In general, in one aspect, the disclosure describes a method that includes selecting an offset between start of communications of a first radio in a multi-radio platform (MRP) and start of communications of a second radio in the MRP. Synchronizing clocks of the fist radio and the second radio to maintain the offset. Determining safe zones within the communications of the second radio based on configuration of the first radio and the second radio and the selected offset. The safe zones are locations that minimize conflicts between receiving operations of the first radio that are at fixed locations and transmitting operations of the second radio and transmitting operations of the first radio that are at fixed locations and receiving operations of the second radio. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086713 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING AN UNIQUE INDEX SET FOR PSC SEQUENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods are provided to generate a set of synchronization channel sequences that optimize time and frequency acquisition. A set of root indices of Zadoff-Chu sequences in a first domain (e.g., time domain) that optimize a performance metric or merit factor are identified. An optimal index is determined that also optimizes a performance metric in a reciprocal domain (e.g., frequency domain). For sequences of length Q | 04-02-2009 |
20090086714 | Apparatus and method for estimating uplink transmission timing in wireless communication system - An apparatus and method for estimating UpLink (UL) transmission timing in a Mobile Station (MS) of a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes tracking DL timing by using a DL preamble signal received for each frame; estimating a time offset between a previous frame and a current frame by using the DL timing tracked for each frame; and estimating the UL transmission timing by using the estimated time offset. | 04-02-2009 |
20090092122 | TIME SYNCHRONIZATION OF FEMTOCELL - Time synchronization of an access point base station. The method may include receiving an assignment message from a service provider comprising a plurality of parameters. The plurality of parameters may include an access point base station frequency assignment, a network identifier, an access point base station identifier, a neighbor list, a PN offset, and/or a scrambling code. The access point base station may then synchronize with the macro base station. Synchronizing may include searching for a strongest macro base station in the neighbor list, synchronizing a long code of the access point base station to the macro base station, estimating a propagation delay between the macro base station and the access point base station, and initializing a state of the access point base station PN code using the propagation delay to provide system time synchronization. | 04-09-2009 |
20090092123 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR THE SAME - In a communication system in which a plurality of communication apparatuses form a wireless network and communicate with each other, a communication apparatus establishes timing synchronization by transmitting and receiving a beacon to and from other communication apparatuses. The communication apparatus determines whether or not beacon slots for transmitting the beacon are occupied, and if the beacon slots are occupied, connects to another communication apparatus without transmitting the beacon. | 04-09-2009 |
20090097469 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO PROTECT WIRELESS NETWORKS FROM UNSOLICITED PACKETS TRIGGERING RADIO RESOURCE CONSUMPTION - A wireless communication method and wireless gateway device are provided for wireless communication between a wireless mobile station and a remote device. An unsolicited data packet is received from a remote device in which the data packet is addressed to the wireless mobile station. A determination is made as to whether to engage in a communication synchronization handshake with the remote device. The determination is based at least in part on the unsolicited data packet. A communication synchronization handshake with the remote device is performed without transmitting the received data packet to the mobile station upon determining to engage in a communication synchronization handshake with the remote device. A communication session is established with the wireless mobile station when the communication synchronization handshake with the remote device is successful. Data packets are forwarded between the wireless mobile station and the remote device when communication synchronization handshake with the remote device is successful and when communication with the wireless mobile station is established. | 04-16-2009 |
20090103515 | System and method for preserving socket connections over a wireless network - A system, apparatus, and method for maintaining a socket connection over a wireless network. For example, one embodiment of the invention is a wireless data processing device for emulating a socket connection comprising: a wireless radio for establishing a wireless communication channel with a wireless service provider over a wireless network; a network protocol stack including at least one layer configured to establish a socket connection with a remote server over the wireless network, the network protocol stack further including an application layer for executing applications capable of transmitting and receiving data over the socket connection; and a resumable socket module configured to emulate an open socket connection transparently to applications within the application layer, even when the wireless communication channel is temporarily lost, the resumable socket module counting a number of bytes transmitted or to be transmitted to the remote server and maintaining a buffer containing the bytes transmitted or to be transmitted. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103516 | SYNCHRONIZATION DETECTING CIRCUIT AND MULTIMODE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - Multimode wireless communication apparatus supports plural wireless communication methods and includes synchronization detecting part. Digital signals output from first A/D part and second A/D part are combined by synchronization detecting part. Synchronization detecting part converts sampling frequencies of respective digital signals and performs other processes when combining digital signals. Synchronization detecting part detects synchronization timing for plural wireless communication methods by plurally performing correlation operation corresponding to respective wireless communication methods for digital signals combined, thereby providing a multimode wireless communication apparatus with its size and power consumption reduced. | 04-23-2009 |
20090109953 | ROBUST TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION FOR MB-OFDM FREQUENCY HOPPING SYSTEMS IN A SOP ENVIRONMENT - System and methodologies for timing synchronization in a wireless communication system are provided herein. The provided systems and methodologies can utilize various timing synchronization algorithms and an associated state machine to reduce the down time of a wireless communication system due to the presence of simultaneously operating piconets (SOP) and/or other factors. Frequency band finger pattern detection techniques are additionally described that can reduce boundary mismatch rates for wireless receivers. In one example, by making use of the fact that time frequency codes (TFCs) possess unique frequency hopping patterns, system down time can be reduced and OFDM boundary matching can be enhanced to allow a receiver to obtain correct timing information even for communication channels having a very low SINR. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109954 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR TRANSFERRING A TIME OF DAY VALUE BETWEEN NETWORK ELEMENTS - The invention relates to transferring of a time of day value between network elements of a data transfer network. It has been surprisingly detected that the phase reference signals available to various network elements can be utilized in the synchronization of time of day values between these network elements. In the solution according to the invention, a first network element sends to a second network element a difference variable ( | 04-30-2009 |
20090109955 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVED FRAME SYNCHRONIZATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A wireless network uses an improved frame structure to increase timing acquisition capabilities as well as reduction of spectral lines. In one aspect, the frame packet can be used to communicate the different modes of operation under which the packet was created. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109956 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CLOCK DISTRIBUTION AND SYNCHRONIZATION AND RADIO LOCATION - A system for locating a client in a wireless network. The system includes at least three access points. Each access point is adapted to wirelessly communicate with a client having a location using packeted data, be placed in wired data communication within a selected data network; and to share a common precise time reference using the selected data network. The system further includes a switch adapted to translate the relative position of the access points based on a shared common precise time reference and to calculate the location of the client based on a transmission from the client. | 04-30-2009 |
20090116471 | Method for Enhancing Quality of Service in Mobile Telephony - A method for enhancing quality of service concerning at least one multimedia data, in particular concerning photographs, and/or video, and/or audio, and/or text, involving least one processing of the data. The method includes determining, beforehand or in real time, based on the factor, a first fraction of the multimedia data to be processed in the mobile telephone, a second fraction of the multimedia data to be processed in at least one remote server connected to the mobile telephone via the network, a first fraction of the processing to be carried out in the mobile telephone, and a second fraction of the processing to be carried out in at least one remote server, and performing each fraction of the processing and/or processing each fraction of the multimedia data thus determined in the mobile telephone and/or in the remote server. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116472 | Initiation of High Speed Overlay Mode for Burst Data and Real Time Streaming (Audio) Applications - In a wireless 802.15.4 communication system, a method and system are provided for switching between a predetermined protocol transmission mode and a high-speed transmission mode by including signaling mode information in a data packet ( | 05-07-2009 |
20090116473 | Channel Estimation for Synchronized Cells in a Cellular Communication System - Channel estimation is performed by user equipment operating in a mobile communications system. Estimation involves receiving a signal and analyzing it to detect a signal component from a neighboring cell. Depending on outcome, one or both of the following are determined: whether a power level of the signal component from the neighboring cell exceeds a power threshold level; and whether a difference between timing parameters of the neighboring cell's signal component and that from a serving cell is less than a timing threshold level. If the power level of the neighboring cell's signal component exceeds the power threshold level and the difference between the timing parameters of the signal components from the neighboring cell and that of the serving cell is less than the timing threshold level, then a joint channel estimation process is performed. Otherwise, a single channel estimation process is performed. | 05-07-2009 |
20090122781 | ASYNCHRONOUS DYNAMIC NETWORK DISCOVERY FOR LOW POWER SYSTEMS - An ad hoc method is provided for synchronizing a wireless network. The method involves broadcasting a first signal including a join message from a first node (FN). The method also involves saving a first timestamps in a memory device internal to the FN after broadcasting the first signal. The method further involves generating a signal including a join response message after receiving the first signal. The join response message is comprised of a second timestamp indicating a local time during which the first signal was received at the second node (SN). The method also includes the step of determining an initial time offset by computing a difference between the first timestamp and the second timestamp. The method further includes the steps of generating a request to send (RTS) message at the FN. The FN uses the initial time offset in conjunction with the RTS message to asynchronously communicate with the SN. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122782 | SYNCHRONIZATION OF WIRELESS NODES - A first wireless node may synchronize its timeslots with the timeslots of a second wireless node that was previously transmitting and receiving data in an asynchronous manner with respect to the timeslots of the first wireless node. By synchronizing timeslots, the wireless nodes may avoid interference that may otherwise occur if the wireless nodes operate in an asynchronous manner. A wireless node shares its timing information with other wireless nodes by repeatedly transmitting timing reference signals in conjunction with a synchronization metric that defines the relative priority of the timing reference. In the event a wireless node does not receive a GPS-based timing reference, the wireless node may synchronize to a timing reference based on the parameters of the synchronization metric of that timing reference. In the event a wireless node does not receive any timing references, the wireless node may define and advertise it's a timing reference and associated synchronization metric. To avoid synchronization race conditions, the synchronization metrics may be defined such that wireless nodes that have different timing references will advertise different synchronization metrics. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122783 | TIME SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND NODE USED FOR THE METHOD - A time synchronization method performed by each node in an ad hoc network in which a plurality of nodes are connected with each other by radio and time synchronization of each node is performed by transmitting and receiving a beacon including time information in a beacon period is provided. The time synchronization method includes: a generation step of generating a slot number using a random number every one beacon period; a determination step of determining whether to cancel beacon transmission based on the slot number when the node does not receive a beacon from another node by beacon transmission time corresponding to the slot number; and a step of canceling beacon transmission when determining to cancel beacon transmission in the determination step, and transmitting a beacon including time information of the own node at the beacon transmission time when determining not to cancel beacon transmission. | 05-14-2009 |
20090129367 | MULTI-FUNCTION WIRELESS TERMINAL - A method for communication includes allocating time intervals for a first communication session over a first connection between a wireless terminal and a base station of a long-range wireless data network, which operates in accordance with a first protocol defining time frames having downlink and uplink sub-frames. Time slots are allocated for a second communication session over a second connection between the terminal and a peripheral wireless device, which operates in accordance with a second, short-range time-slotted protocol, which is different from the first protocol and has a retransmission mechanism. The time slots are synchronized with the downlink and uplink sub-frames defined by the BS. Operation of the second connection is inhibited during some of the time slots that overlap the downlink sub-frames, so as to invoke the retransmission mechanism and cause the terminal to transmit only during the time slots that do not overlap the downlink sub-frames. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129368 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM THEREOF - A communication apparatus comprises: a determination unit to determine whether there exists an external apparatus that has not undergone synchronization adjustment; and a control unit to exert control, if the external apparatus exists, so that the communication apparatus functions as an apparatus which sends beacon information to adjust the synchronization timing of communication, and so that, if the external apparatus does not exist, the communication apparatus functions as an apparatus which does not send beacon information to adjust the synchronization timing of communication. | 05-21-2009 |
20090135802 | SCALABLE BANDWIDTH SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, SYNCHRONOUS CHANNEL TRANSMITTING METHOD AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A scalable bandwidth system wherein even if a terminal does not know the breakdowns of the services in all of the bandwidths, it can perform a correlation processing of synchronous channels (SCH). A base station repetitively transmits a synchronous channel, by unit of the shortest bandwidth (e.g., 1.25 MHz) of a plurality of bandwidths served by the system, over the whole band of the longest bandwidth (e.g., 5 MHz). The terminal calculates the correlation between a synchronous channel sequence signal of the unit of the shortest bandwidth held in advance and the repetitively transmitted synchronous channel, and determines, as a frame timing, a timing at which the maximum correlation value is obtained. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135803 | REFERENCE SIGNAL GENERATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for generating reference signals in a wireless communication system are described. A set of Q reference signal sequences may be generated based on G pseudo-random sequences and L scrambling sequences, where Q=G·L, G>1 and L>1. The Q reference signal sequences may be used for Q cell identities (IDs), one reference signal sequence for each cell ID. In one design, a Node B may determine first and second indices based on a cell ID of a cell. The Node B may generate a pseudo-random sequence based on the first index, generate a scrambling sequence based on the second index, and generate a reference signal sequence based on the pseudo-random sequence and the scrambling sequence. The Node B may then generate a reference signal for the cell based on the reference signal sequence, e.g., by generating an OFDM symbol with the reference signal sequence mapped to a set of subcarriers. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135804 | Method And System For Ordering Sequences For Synchronization Signaling In A Wireless System - Certain embodiments of the invention may be found in a method and system for ordering sequences for synchronization signaling in a wireless system. Various aspects of the invention may enable a user equipment (UE) receiving signals from eUTRAN base stations (NodeBs). The received signals may comprise synchronization sequences transmitted using synchronization signals such as a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS). The UE may be enabled to determine the received PSS sequence and SSS sequence for downlink synchronization by correlating the received signal with a set of PSS sequences and a set of SSS sequences, respectively. An SSS sequence may be constructed from two length m-sequences from an ordered set of m-sequences. The ordered set of m-sequences may form a Walsh-Hadamard matrix, which enables the UE to use a fast Walsh-Hadamard matrix transform in SSS sequence processing. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135805 | System and method for connection identifier synchronization in a communication system - A method is provided for synchronizing Connection IDentifiers (CIDs) of a first station and a second station in a communication system. The CID synchronization method includes sending, by the first station, a first message for requesting addition of a service flow identified by a CID to the second station; sending, by the second station, a second message which is a response message to the first message, and at the same time, setting a number of a frame where the second message is transmitted as a first start frame number; sending, by the first station, a third message for acknowledging receipt of the second message to the second station, and at the same time, setting a number of a frame where the third message is transmitted as a second start frame number; performing, by each of the first station and the second station, a modulo operation on a frame having the first or second start frame number and its succeeding frames using a positive integer for each frame, and detecting a number of a frame where a result value of the modulo operation becomes zero (0); and simultaneously updating CID lists of the first station and the second station at a frame having the detected frame number with regard to a CID of the added service flow. | 05-28-2009 |
20090141699 | Synchronization of nodes on a network - A method for synchronizing at least two nodes on a network including one network node acting as a master node, the master node setting a base time T | 06-04-2009 |
20090141700 | TECHNIQUE FOR PERFORMING A RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE OVER A RADIO INTERFACE - The invention relates to a technique for performing a random access procedure over a radio interface, for example between a mobile terminal and a radio base station of a mobile network, A method aspect of the invention comprises the steps of transmitting a synchronization request for synchronization information; receiving synchronization information in response to the synchronization request; and transmitting, based on at least one transmission parameter adjusted in accordance with the synchronization information, a resource request for data transmission resources. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141701 | Concluding Validity of Uplink Synchronization Parameter - Concluding the validity of an uplink synchronization parameter, such as a timing advance, in a packet-switched radio system. The method includes: detecting ( | 06-04-2009 |
20090147768 | Synchronizing wireless local area network access points - In a wireless local area network, a first and second access point in which the RF coverage areas overlap are synchronized by positioning a monitor station within the overlap area. The monitor station receives beacon frames from both access points and records the arrival times. A manager in communication with both access points and the monitor station calculates a retardation interval and issues a control command to the second access point to retard transmission of its beacon frame. The retardation interval is calculated such that the contention-free period of the second access point does not overlap the contention-free period of the first access point. The manager may also issue control commands to the first and second access points to adjust their contention-free periods. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147769 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZING AUDIO SIGNALS OF A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for synchronizing audio signals of a communication device includes determining whether a downlink thread or a uplink thread is running, pausing the downlink thread or the uplink thread, and executing the downlink thread or the uplink thread by directing a scheduler. A system and storage medium with instructions for performance of the system also provided. | 06-11-2009 |
20090154446 | DATA FRAME, TELEGRAM, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING AN RF-TRANSCEIVER AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention is related to a data frame, particularly to a data frame configured to be received and processed by an RF-transceiver and a data frame structure. The invention is also related to a method for controlling an RF-transceiver. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154447 | ABSOLUTE TIME RECOVERY - A method includes receiving from a server, information that is based on an offset between a boundary of a synchronous capsule in a control channel cycle occurring at an access point and a boundary of a periodic pseudo-noise sequence, and synchronizing an access point to an absolute time based on the information. In addition, the method includes transmitting to the server a difference between a first boundary of a PN short code of a current sector and a second boundary of a PN short code of a reference sector. | 06-18-2009 |
20090161652 | APPARATUS FOR GENERATING DOWN LINK SIGNAL, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CELL SEARCH IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - The invention provides a method of generating a downlink signal and searching a cell on the basis of the downlink signal in an OFDM-based cellular system. The downlink signal includes a plurality of synchronization blocks each having a plurality of sub-frames, and a synchronization pattern composed of a combination of a cell group identification code for identifying a cell group and a frame synchronization identification code for indicating a frame start point is generated in each of the synchronization blocks. Different frame synchronization identification codes are allocated to the synchronization blocks. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161653 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EFFICIENT SYNCHRONIZATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments herein provide a method and system for synchronization in a Wireless Communication Network using a new frame, Synchronization Frame (SF), and a configurable length of the same that is transmitted from a Network Controller (NC) to the Network Elements (NEs) in the network. The periodicity of the SF could be changed, to align with the data exchange periodicity, while still keeping synchronization. The length of the SF is made configurable to achieve this effect. It is directly proportional to the period, with which it needs to be transmitted, i.e., a larger delay between two SFs is achievable through the use of a larger SF frame size. This method provides a mechanism in which synchronization between the NC and NEs is achieved by listening to only a part of the SF, which is constant in size. This method also provides tolerance to failure by using acknowledgement schemes. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161654 | System and Method for Uplink Timing Synchronization - A system and method are disclosed for providing uplink timing synchronization in a wireless communication system. The uplink timing synchronization may be provided via a specific message sent from the user equipment to a network access device, or may be calculated based upon data received at the network access device from the user equipment. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161655 | UMB CELL SITE MODEM ARCHITECTURE AND METHODS - An apparatus and method for sample synchronization comprising receiving a return link (RL) timestamp from a radio frequency front end (RFFE); receiving a system time second from a navigation and timing system; generating a forward link (FL) timestamp based on the RL timestamp and the system time second; and including the FL timestamp and the system time second in a time data. In one aspect, the apparatus and method is used for RF control comprising storing gain information and gating control information in a memory; and performing one or more of the following: sending a first desired timestamp and the gain information to a radio frequency front end (RFFE); sending a second desired timestamp and a txEnable command to a transmit gating control; or sending a third desired timestamp and a rxEnable command to a receive gating control. | 06-25-2009 |
20090168745 | SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL (PREAMBLE) STRUCTURE FOR MOBILE WORLDWIDE INTEROPERABILITY FOR MICROWAVE ACCESS (WiMAX) SYSTEMS - Various embodiments are directed to a synchronization channel or preamble structure that may be used in mobile WiMAX systems designed to operate in accordance with the IEEE 802.16e-2005 standard and/or the evolving IEEE 802.16m standard. In one embodiment, the synchronization channel (preamble) structure may comprise a base station group identifier field to store a k-bit base station group identifier, a base station identifier field to store an m-bit base station identifier, and a sector identifier field to store an n-bit sector identifier. The base station group identifier may be associated with a paging group identifier in a wireless communications system such as mobile WiMAX network. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168746 | INCREASE EFFECTIVE BEACON CAPACITY - According to an embodiment of the invention, systems and methods are provided to allow wireless network devices to transmit more data than the maximum length beacon during a beacon period. In some embodiments, the method includes transmitting an original beacon, determining if a beacon slot is available, selecting the available beacon slot; determining if the selected slot is within a beacon period of a neighbor, and transmitting an additional beacon. Other embodiments may include determining a different device address and EUI48 and selecting a new MAC information element for the additional beacon. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168747 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A time synchronizing signal for synchronizing the times of wireless nodes capable of wireless communication is transmitted to the wireless nodes by multihop. Optional information is transferred by multihop from a predetermined wireless node to an optional node along the same path as the transfer path of the time synchronizing signal by the wireless nodes. Information to respond the optional information is transferred by multihop from the optional wireless node to the predetermined wireless node along the reverse path to the transfer path of the time synchronizing signal. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168748 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, INTER-USER UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD - A base station determines transmission intervals at which a mobile station transmits a channel to be used to maintain synchronization and a radio resource that is to transmit the channel to be used to maintain synchronization, in accordance with information indicating a state of the mobile station transmitted from the mobile station in order to maintain synchronization with a plurality of the mobile stations connecting to the base station; the mobile station generates the channel to be used to maintain synchronization; the mobile station carries out transmission control of the channel to be used to maintain synchronization in accordance with the transmission intervals and the radio resource; the base station carries out a correlation detection in accordance with the channel to be used to maintain synchronization that is transmitted from the mobile station in accordance with the transmission intervals and the radio resource, and feeds back delay information to the corresponding mobile stations; and the mobile station maintains synchronization in accordance with the delay information transmitted from the base station. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168749 | Synchronized Wireless Networked System - A sheet making system that has two or more separated nodes one of which may be a scanner sensing head and the other of which may be a scanner end column. Each node has a wireless system and receives power from a common AC source. Each node receives events data associated with the wireless system. Each wireless system has a circuit that obtains from the common AC power source an associated events data acquisition clock that is the same for all of the wireless systems to time synchronize to each other the associated events data signals at each of the two or more nodes. A central computer may be connected to the two or more nodes. The communication between the computer and each of the two or more nodes can be wireless or by a LAN or other mechanisms. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168750 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO LINK SYNCHRONIZATION AND POWER CONTROL IN CELL_FACH AND IDLE MODE - A method and apparatus for radio link synchronization and power control in CELL_FACH state and idle mode are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) transmits a random access channel (RACH) preamble and receives an acquisition indicator acknowledging the RACH preamble via an acquisition indicator channel (AICH) and an index to an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resource. The WTRU determines a start of an E-DCH frame. An F-DPCH timing offset is defined with respect to one of the RACH access slot and an AICH access slot carrying the acquisition indicator. A relative F-DPCH timing offset may be signaled to the WTRU and the WTRU may determine a start of an E-DCH frame based on the relative F-DPCH timing offset and timing of an AICH access slot including the acquisition indicator. The WTRU may transmit a dedicated physical control channel (DPCCH) power control preamble before starting an E-DCH transmission. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168751 | METHOD TO PREVENT HYPER FRAME NUMBER DE-SYNCHRONIZATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for HFN synchronization in a wireless communication system. The method includes toggling an RSN bit value in RESET PDU, after single sided re-establishment of RLC entity. A RESET PDU with the toggled RSN bit value is transmitted to a receiver. The HFN value then updated according to a RESET ACK PDU. | 07-02-2009 |
20090175260 | METHOD OF COMMUNICATING DATA IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - There is elucidated a method of communicating data packets ( | 07-09-2009 |
20090175261 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING PREAMBLE OF DATA PACKET - Provided are a method and apparatus for generating a preamble of a data packet. The method includes operations of generating a first field, a second field, and a third field; generating a synchronization sequence for synchronization between a data packet transmitter and a data packet receiver, generating a channel estimation sequence (CES) for estimation of a property of a channel in which the data packet is transmitted, and generating an additional sequence indicating an end position of the synchronization sequence in the preamble, and an additional sequence indicating information about a structure of the CES; and respectively recording the synchronization sequence, the additional sequences, and the CES in the first field, the second field, and the third field, thereby generating the preamble. | 07-09-2009 |
20090180464 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BLUETOOTH CONDITIONAL SYNCHRONIZATION - Aspects of a method and system for Bluetooth conditional synchronization are provided. In this regard, a synchronization code of a piconet may be included in each transmitted Bluetooth packets and a portion of the received synchronization code may be used for a synchronization process. The received synchronization code may be selectively sampled at a Bluetooth device. The Bluetooth device may determine a puncturing pattern to detect selected samples in the received synchronization code. The punctured received synchronization code may correlate to a reference code derived from a Bluetooth device address of the master device. The correlation value may be compared to a predetermined threshold value to indicate a success or a failure of the synchronization process. The threshold value as well as the puncture pattern may be user specific or centrally controlled, and they may be programmed or updated dynamically based on various conditions. | 07-16-2009 |
20090180465 | METHOD FOR ACCESSING A MEDIUM IN A SYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK BY A TRANSMIT NODE, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, STORAGE MEANS AND TRANSMIT NODE - The invention concerns a method for accessing a medium by a transmit node in a synchronous communications network comprising a plurality of nodes capable of accessing said medium during access time slots of predetermined duration to transmit data frames via said network. The plurality of nodes comprises a master node that implements a clocking that defines a network cycle for accessing said medium and comprises at least two slave nodes being slaves of said clocking including said transmit node. Each network cycle comprises a plurality of frames transmitted during said access time slots according to a predetermined transmission sequence. | 07-16-2009 |
20090180466 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FREQUENCY OFFSETTING OF INFORMATION COMMUNICATED IN MIMO-BASED WIRELESS NETWORKS - A communications system includes a multiple-input/multiple-output (MIMO) architecture for high capacity switched mesh networks. The MIMO architecture has a plurality of radio frequency chains. One of the plurality of radio frequency chains is configured to apply a first frequency offset to a base frequency of an output signal to generate a first transmitting frequency; and another of the plurality of radio frequency chains being configured to apply a second frequency offset to the base frequency to generate a second transmitting frequency. The system uses the carrier frequency offset to lock the clock of the master subsystem to the clock of the slave subsystem, thereby enabling bandwidth expansion to be employed on the MIMO data streams. | 07-16-2009 |
20090185550 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS - A radio base station apparatus having an improved cell search performance in a scalable bandwidth system. A base station ( | 07-23-2009 |
20090190569 | SYNCHRONIZATION OF CALL TRAFFIC IN THE FORWARD DIRECTION OVER BACKHAUL LINKS - Communication networks and methods are disclosed for synchronizing call traffic in the forward direction over backhaul links. Within a communication network, a traffic processing unit is connected to base stations over a plurality of backhaul links. When the traffic processing unit receives reverse call traffic over the backhaul links, the traffic processing unit processes the reverse call traffic to determine a differential delay in receiving the reverse call traffic over the backhaul links. The traffic processing unit then receives forward call traffic. In response to receiving the forward call traffic, the traffic processing unit transmits the forward call traffic over the backhaul links to the base stations based on the differential delay determined for the reverse call traffic. The transmission of the forward call traffic in this manner substantially synchronizes receipt of the forward call traffic at the base stations. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190570 | Methods and Device for Transmitting Data from a First Communication Device to a Second Communication Device - A method of transmitting data from a first communication device to a second communication device is provided. The method comprises transmitting at least one first data portion, transmitting a second data portion synchronized with the transmission of a corresponding data portion of a third communication device to the second communication device, and the transmission of the at least one first data portion being arranged such that it is received by the second communication device before the data portion of the third communication device corresponding to the second data portion. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190571 | Method for Transmitting Measured Data, and Sensor Device - A method for transmitting measured data from a sensor device to a control device is disclosed. The method is distinguished in that synchronization messages sent by the control device can be received in the sensor device and, on the basis of the reception of synchronization messages, the sensor device is put into a synchronous mode (SM) in which the sensor device sends data messages comprising the measured data to the control device in sync with the reception of the synchronization messages. A sensor device is also disclosed which is suitable for carrying out the foregoing method. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190572 | DOWNLINK DATA CONTROL SYSTEM FOR RADIO ACCESS NETWORKS - A service request device includes a transceiver that receives a downlink signal that includes at least one of an unreserved value, a resource status value, and a reserved value from a base station. The downlink signal is transmitted when a non-contention-based resource of the base station is not available for the service request device. A control module initiates a contention-based access procedure that synchronizes the service request device with the base station based on the at least one of the unreserved value, the resource status value, and the reserved value. The transceiver receives packets from the base station in response to the service request device being synchronized with the base station. | 07-30-2009 |
20090196277 | WIRELESS NETWORK SYNCHRONIZATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate synchronizing timing among wireless nodes in a wireless communication network. A tracking wireless node can synchronize to a global positioning system (GPS) signal if available. Alternatively, the tracking wireless node can receive quality metrics related to one or more target nodes. The quality metrics can relate to parameters that can be utilized to evaluate the target node for timing synchronization. Based on the quality metrics, the tracking wireless node can select a target wireless node for timing synchronization. The tracking wireless node can subsequently synchronize timing with the target wireless node. In addition, the tracking wireless node can continually evaluate surrounding wireless nodes to detect whether other wireless nodes have higher quality metrics than the current target wireless nodes and can accordingly resynchronize with nodes having higher metrics. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196278 | PILOT SIGNALS FOR SYNCHRONIZATION AND/OR CHANNEL ESTIMATION - The frame words of the embodiments are suitable for frame synchronization and/or channel estimation. By adding the autocorrelation and/or cross-correlation functions of frame words, double maximum values equal in magnitude and opposite polarity at zero and middle shifts are obtained. This property can be used to slot-by-slot, double-check frame synchronization timing, single frame synchronization and/or channel estimation and allows reduction of the synchronization search time. Further, the present invention allows a simpler construction of a correlator circuit for a receiver. A frame synchronization apparatus and method using an optimal pilot pattern is used in a wide band code division multiple Access (W-CDMA) next generation mobile communication system. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196279 | TDM BASED CELL SEARCH METHOD FOR OFDM SYSTEM - Provided are a sync channel of a forward link, a common pilot channel structure, and an initial cell search method and an adjacent cell search method for handover in a cellular system using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM). A cell search method in an OFDM cellular system in which a primary sync channel and a secondary sync channel are configured based on time division multiplexing (TDM) includes acquiring sync block synchronization and a primary sync channel sequence number using a primary sync channel symbol included in a frame received by a terminal, detecting a boundary of the frame and a scrambling code group using the sync block and a secondary sync channel symbol included in the frame received by the terminal, and acquiring a scrambling code using the primary sync channel sequence number and the scrambling code group, thereby reducing cell search time with low complexity. | 08-06-2009 |
20090201908 | System and method for flexible data retrieval for mobile communication devices - A system and method for flexible data provision to mobile communication devices, which enables the user to selectively download data to the mobile communication device from a remote computer. The selective data download may optionally apply to one or more of a single item of data, to multiple items of data, one or more categories of data and the like. Preferably, the user interface provided through the remote computer comprises a mark-up language document, such as a Web page for example. | 08-13-2009 |
20090207832 | SYNCHRONIZING DATA TRANSMISSION OVER WIRELESS NETWORKS - Techniques for providing an uninterrupted data stream to a mobile node are disclosed. In a first technique, a time stamp is inserted at some point in the wireless network and the time stamp is used along with a tolerance value to determine when to transmit a packet in a data stream. By transmitting the packets at the same adjusted time, transmission to mobile nodes is synchronized. A second technique uses duplication of data stream content to avoid an interruption in the data stream at a mobile node. A third technique uses an error correcting code to avoid interruption of the data stream at a mobile node. A fourth technique uses a sequence number inserted into packets in the data stream at the content server to synchronize transmission to mobile nodes. | 08-20-2009 |
20090213833 | Systems, Apparatus and Techniques for Fast Cell Search and Accurate Synchronization in Wireless Communications - Techniques for fast cell search, selection and reselection for wireless communication systems such as OFDM or OFDMA communication systems. In various implementations of the described techniques, downlink subframes from base stations to mobile stations are designed to include information in form of preambles or post-ambles in one or more downlink subframes to facilitate cell search at receiving mobile stations at high speeds. The described preambles and post-ambles may also be used to improve the accuracy of signal synchronization in time and frequency. | 08-27-2009 |
20090219918 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING IN-BAND SIGNALING INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS BROADCASTING SYSTEM - A method is provided for transmitting in-band signaling information in a wireless broadcasting system that transmits broadcast service data through a plurality of data Physical Layer Pipes (PLPs) constituting a frame. Non-PLP signaling information is included in a data PLP for a particular broadcast service and the data PLP is transmitted through a current frame, when no data PLP for the particular broadcast service is transmitted in at least one frame to be transmitted within a maximum schedulable period N | 09-03-2009 |
20090232125 | CELL SEARCH METHOD, FORWARD LINK FRAME TRANSMISSION METHOD, APPARATUS USING THE SAME AND FORWARD LINK FRAME STRUCTURE - In a cellular system in which OFDM is used, a forward link synchronization channel, a common pilot channel structure, an initial cell searching method of a mobile station, and an adjacent cell searching method for handover are required. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232126 | Channel synchronization for wireless systems - In some embodiments, a method for mitigating interference between wireless networks is disclosed. A network communications controller, such as a piconet controller that is new to an area, can monitor for and receive inter-network transmission from adjacent networks and the controller can monitor the received transmission and detect a synchronization parameter of the adjacent networks. The parameter can be an inter-network synchronization beacon that is transmitter on a narrowband channel. The controller can select an unoccupied narrowband channel to transmit inter-network synchronization information and the selected an unoccupied wideband channel to conduct intra-network transmissions. The wideband channel can be associated with the narrowband channel. Other embodiments are also disclosed. | 09-17-2009 |
20090238166 | Method for realtime digital processing of communications signals - In a communications or jamming system, accurate timing of the transmission of digitally processed signals is accomplished through the use of standard off-the-shelf components. In order to eliminate the need for high-cost, difficult to develop, specific digital hardware or realtime synchronous software not available from the standard off-the-shelf components, the output from the non-real time components is coupled to a realtime interface that assures nanosecond timing accuracy regardless of timing errors introduced by the off-the-shelf components. In one embodiment, the signals to be transmitted are digitized and then packetized, with the data to be transmitted reconstructed using non-real time digital processing. In order to establish the exact time for transmission, the packet is given a time stamp in the form of a header which indicates the exact time at which the packet is to be transmitted by the communications system, with the packet with header being transmitted to a storage buffer, the output of which is coupled to a realtime interface including a precise time output gate, the timing of which is controlled by a precision time reference having nano-second accuracy. | 09-24-2009 |
20090245227 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK FRAME SYNCHRONIZATION IN A SUBSCRIBER STATION - A method for uplink frame synchronization in a subscriber station may include recording a first time stamp corresponding to a first downlink frame and recording a second time stamp corresponding to a second downlink frame. The first time stamp and the second time stamp may be used to determine a propagation delay change. Uplink transmission timing may be adjusted based on the propagation delay change that is determined. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245228 | RADIO EQUIPMENT (RE)-BASED SYNCHRONIZATION - A distributed radio base station includes a first radio equipment controller (REC) node, a second radio equipment controller (REC) node, and a radio equipment (RE) node for transceiving information over a radio interface with one or more radio terminals. The first REC node and the second REC node are physically separate from the RE node. The first REC node and/or the second REC node are/is connected to the RE node by a transmission link. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245229 | BASE STATION - A base station for transmitting a synchronization signal on a synchronization channel with a system bandwidth which is less than the maximum system bandwidth in a radio communication system supporting multiple system bandwidths includes a multiplexing unit configured to multiplex the synchronization channel and a channel other than the synchronization channel based on a characteristic of a reception filter used in a mobile station. The multiplexing unit may place the synchronization channel and the channel other than the synchronization channel on continuous subcarriers. Alternatively, the multiplexing unit may assign a guard band or a cyclic prefix to a transition band of the reception filter. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245230 | COMPENSATING FOR DRIFTS OCCURRING DURING SLEEP TIMES IN ACCESS TERMINALS - A method and apparatus are presented for compensating drifts in access terminals occurring during a sleep time. The method includes determining whether a sleep time exceeds a threshold, buffering time domain samples containing acquisition pilots and a paging channel, powering down RF circuitry in the access terminal after buffering samples, processing the samples to compensate for drift, and determining whether the access terminal was paged based upon the processed samples. The apparatus includes a digital front end, an FFT engine coupled to the digital front end, a symbol buffer coupled to the FFT engine, a processor coupled to the digital front end, FFT engine, and symbol buffer, and a memory coupled to the processor, the memory further comprising instructions for executing the method. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245231 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF CORRECTING THE SAME - A communication device includes a reference clock generator that generates a first reference clock signal, and a super frame timer that clocks a period of super frame based on the first reference clock signal generated by the reference clock generator. The communication device further includes a physical layer that performs wireless communication and generates a second reference clock signal, and a timer correcting part that corrects an error in the clocking in the super frame timer based on the first reference clock signal generated by the reference clock generator and the second reference clock signal generated by the physical layer. | 10-01-2009 |
20090257425 | Synchronizing DHCP And Mobile IP Messaging - Synchronizing mobility messaging includes receiving an Internet Protocol (IP) address at a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. The IP address is sent by a home agent of a mobile client, where the home agent has a mobility binding for the mobile client. A DHCP request requesting an IP address for the mobile client is received from the mobile client. The DHCP server assigns the IP address to the mobile client. A DHCP acknowledgement comprising the assigned IP address is sent to the mobile client. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257426 | INSERTING TIME OF DEPARTURE INFORMATION IN FRAMES TO SUPPORT MULTI-CHANNEL LOCATION TECHNIQUES - A device whose location is to be determined (target device) generates a plurality of frames (messages) and time of departure (TOD) timestamp information indicating when the target device transmits the plurality of frames in a sequence or burst. The target device transmits the plurality of frames and the TOD information, wherein the plurality of frames are transmitted such that at least two of the frames are on different radio frequency (RF) channels. Within a sequence or burst (or across multiple sequences or bursts), multiple widely spaced transmissions on the same channel are included to allow for estimation of the crystal frequency offset of the transmitting device. The TOD information included in the transmitted packets allows devices that receive the packets not to change their channels of operation solely for the purpose of receiving packets from the device to be located. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257427 | DATA GENERATION APPARATUS, DATA GENERATION METHOD, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, SYNCHRONIZATION DETECTION METHOD, SECTOR IDENTIFICATION METHOD, INFORMATION DETECTION METHOD AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - To reduce the process of a cell search including sector identification without increasing loads on a transmission/reception apparatus. A synchronization channel (SCH) included on downlink in a multicarrier mobile communication system is multiplied by a sector specific code and a cell specific code (step S | 10-15-2009 |
20090268709 | TIME AND FREQUENCY CORRECTION FOR AN ACCESS POINT IN AN OFDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for method for timing and frequency error correction in an access point. The method includes a first step ( | 10-29-2009 |
20090268710 | UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION WITHOUT PERIODIC RANGING IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for uplink synchronization without periodic ranging in a communication system includes a first step ( | 10-29-2009 |
20090268711 | Synchronization for wireless systems - A method, apparatus, and computer program product, wherein a first search bandwidth is set and a preliminary channel scanning is performed at the first search bandwidth to check for existence of a predetermined transmission signal. A second search bandwidth is set and initial channel synchronization is performed at the second search bandwidth, if said preliminary channel scanning indicates existence of the predetermined transmission signal, wherein the second search bandwidth is smaller than the first search bandwidth. | 10-29-2009 |
20090274140 | EFFICIENT CHANNEL ARCHITECTURES FOR MULTI-CHANNEL MAC PROTOCOLS IN WIRELESS AD HOC NETWORKS - The system ( | 11-05-2009 |
20090279529 | Synchronization in Mobile Communication System - A solution to overcome synchronization problems related to a scenario where multiple radio access networks utilize a shared frequency band in a radio communication environment is provided. The radio access networks are synchronized to a common synchronization source which may be a synchronization signal broadcasted by another radio system. The synchronization source is selected from a predetermined set of synchronization signals according to the availability of the synchronization signals for transmitters of the radio access networks. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279530 | METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING A DATA STREAM TRANSMITTED ON A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK, CORRESPONDING COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM AND RECEIVER DEVICE - A method is proposed for synchronizing a data stream transmitted on a communications network, the data stream being transmitted from an emitter device to a receiver device in the form of data packets of predefined size, a data packet being filled up with a padding synchronization symbol if an amount of applications data to be transmitted in the data packet is below the predefined size of the data packet. The receiver device performs the following steps:
| 11-12-2009 |
20090279531 | Method for synchronizing radio communication system divided into radio cells - Data is transmitted via time division multiple access methods and every radio cell includes one base station each for the radio coverage of a plurality of mobile stations assigned to the radio cell. The base station receives, in addition to mobile station signals of its own radio cell, mobile station signals of neighboring radio cells and determines, on the basis of the mobile station signals received, a time synchronization value and/or a frequency synchronization value to which the base station synchronizes itself. | 11-12-2009 |
20090290571 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CALCULATING A LOCAL TIME FOR A USER EQUIPMENT IN AN INTELLIGENT NETWORK - A method of calculating local time, in an intelligent network, of a subscriber's User Equipment (UE), determines whether a call originates or terminates with the UE, the UTC offset and DST observance indicator for the (G)MSC signaling the intelligent network, and a determination is of whether the UE is in a Problem Area cell site. If the UE is in a Problem Area cell site, the received time and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) Offset is corrected. A Cell Global Identity (CGI) is used to lookup the UTC Offset and a Daylight Saving Time (DST) observance indicator for the Cell Site. For calls terminating with the UE, if the UE is not in a Problem Area cell site, the VLR serving the UE is used to lookup the UTC offset and DST observance indicator for the subscriber. A time zone delta is applied to the call time of day and the UTC Offset and if DST is in effect, and there is a difference of DST between an MSC serving the UE and the location associated with the UE, a DST delta is applied to call time of day. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290572 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TIME SYNCHRONIZATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A system includes multiple wireless nodes forming a cluster in a wireless network, where each wireless node is configured to communicate and exchange data wirelessly based on a clock. One of the wireless nodes is configured to operate as a cluster master. Each of the other wireless nodes is configured to (i) receive time synchronization information from a parent node, (ii) adjust its clock based on the received time synchronization information, and (iii) broadcast time synchronization information based on the time synchronization information received by that wireless node. The time synchronization information received by each of the other wireless nodes is based on time synchronization information provided by the cluster master so that the other wireless nodes substantially synchronize their clocks with the clock of the cluster master. | 11-26-2009 |
20090296684 | Packet synchronizing for communications over a wireless communication system - Synchronization methods and systems for communications over a multi-band system are presented. A synchronization technique for communications over a multi-band system includes receiving a packet of preamble symbols respectively transmitted over a sequence of frequency sub-bands according to one of a plurality of frequency hopping patterns, wherein the plurality of frequency hopping patterns are partitioned into a plurality of disjoint groups, each group having a different associated periodicity; computing, in parallel, respective autocorrelation values of the packet received in a selected frequency sub-band at a plurality of symbol delays; and selecting one of the plurality of groups of frequency hopping patterns based on the autocorrelation values at the plurality of symbol delays. | 12-03-2009 |
20090303981 | NARROW BAND TRANSCEIVER - The data transmitted from a first station is transmitted at a first data rate. The data transmitted from a second station is transmitted at a second data rate. The second data rate is lower than the first data rate. In view of both the difference in data rates and the synchronisation between radio stations, a separate synchronisation word is not required to be sent from the second station to the first station on the uplink portion; instead, and because the uplink slots of a given frame are synchronised between transceiving stations, the start of the uplink payload slot can comprise signalling information which simply acts to signify the start of transmission of uplink data from the second station. | 12-10-2009 |
20090310593 | SELF-POSITIONING ACCESS POINTS - A system, method and apparatus are provided which relate to calibrating a wireless access point so as to allow proper synchronization of mobile wireless devices connecting to the wireless access point. A closed-loop filter is used to more accurately synchronize times and to more accurately determine the location of the access point for purposes of determining the position of a mobile station. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310594 | DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING STORED THEREON INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM - Provided is a data communication system including a first communication terminal, a second communication terminal and a connection point apparatus. The first communication terminal includes connection point data transmitting means. The connection point data transmitting means transmits connection point data for communicating with the connection point apparatus. The second communication terminal includes connection point data receiving means and communication means. The connection point data receiving means attempts to the receive connection point data from the first communication terminal. The communication means attempts to communicate with the connection point apparatus by using the connection point data received by the connection point data receiving means. | 12-17-2009 |
20090316680 | TDS-OFDMA COMMUNICATION CINR ESTIMATION - In a TDS-OFDM communications system, within a frame time, a transmitted signal comprising a preamble, a downlink sub-frame, and an uplink sub-frame. Within the downlink sub-frame, interposed between sub-frames are guard intervals that have known sequences positioned therein. The known sequences are used for an estimation of a received power. A method comprising the step of using a guard sequence in a guard interval of OFDM symbols of the received TDS-OFDM signals in the downlink or the uplink to estimate a received signal power and using the estimated signal power to calculate a CINR is provided. | 12-24-2009 |
20090323669 | Method and device for time synchronization in a TDMA multi-hop wireless network - The invention concerns a method for synchronizing clocks of a set of nodes in a TDMA (“Time Division Multiple Access”) communication network comprising a plurality of nodes, among which some called time reference (TR) nodes are synchronized to a common time reference through a predetermined out-of-band synchronization mechanism, other nodes being called non-TR nodes, each node comprising an internal clock, characterized in that it comprises the steps of:
| 12-31-2009 |
20100002678 | MOBILE RADIO TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A transmitter executes the transmission using the synchronization signal in which a plurality of blocks formed of the synchronization code sequences different from each other are aligned in the order changed in the former part and the latter part while a receiver comprises the delay detection circuit corresponding to the delayed correlation base system and the replica base detection circuit corresponding to the replica base system corresponding to the synchronization signal, to execute the synchronization detection selectively in the replica base system or the delayed correlation base system. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002679 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZING A LOCAL CLOCK IN A WIRELESS DEVICE TO A HOST CLOCK IN A WIRELESS HOST - A wireless device ( | 01-07-2010 |
20100008351 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ROUTE SYNCHRONIZATION USING TIME SYNCHRONIZATION - A system, method and apparatus synchronize protocol events in a distributed communication network. The network includes a plurality of nodes. Each node in the network includes a time source which maintains a clock signal synchronized with each other node time source in the network. An announcement of a protocol event is sent to at least one node. The announcement includes a predetermined time for implementing the protocol event. The protocol event is acted upon at the predetermined time. | 01-14-2010 |
20100020786 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, ITS BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYNCHRONIZATION MANAGEMENT METHOD AND TIMER CONTROL PROGRAM THEREFOR - The present invention provides a wireless communication system which can reduce the probability that a latency before data transmission increases when a mobile station that is actually in sync is judged to be out of sync based on a timeout of the timer used for judging whether a mobile station is in a deemed in-sync state or in a deemed out-of-sync state. | 01-28-2010 |
20100027525 | Techniques to improve co-existence among multiple radios - Techniques are described that can be used to permit coexistence of different radios. Preambles of frames from a first radio are detected. If the preambles occur within a prescribed period of one another, then a frame synchronization signal is transmitted. Based on the timing of the frame synchronization signal, a second radio adjusts the timing of transmit and receive time slots. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027526 | EFFICIENT FRAME TRACKING IN MOBILE RECEIVERS - A method for determining the validity of a most significant path in a wireless communication system wherein data is transmitted in frame units in a multipath environment begins by accumulating a correlated data sequence N times, each time at a frame offset apart from the previous time. A preliminary noise estimate (PNE) is calculated as an average of the accumulated data values. A preliminary noise threshold (PNT) is calculated according to the equation C | 02-04-2010 |
20100034189 | Method and Device of Frame Number Encoding for Synchronization of Electronic Devices - The present invention proposes a methodology implementable in form of a hardware or software module for coding and decoding a frame number. Firstly a method for encoding an original frame number for synchronization of communication between electronic devices resulting in an encoded compact frame number is provided. Additionally the corresponding decoding method is provided. Further devices and modules adapted to execute the steps of said methods are provided. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034190 | Apparatus for wireless communication and method for synchronizing time thereof - Disclosed are a wireless communication apparatus and a time synchronization method performed thereby. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034191 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TIME SYNCHRONIZATION IN A SENSOR NETWORK - In a network node synchronization method and system a first timestamp (TSA) is captured at a first network node system (A) just prior to transmitting a data packet (DP) to a second network node system (B) and incorporated in said data packet (DP). Upon receiving a control block of data (SFD) comprised in the data packet (DP), the second network node system (B) captures a second timestamp (TSB). The delay between capturing the first timestamp (TSA) and the second timestamp (TSB) comprises a number of deterministic delays and a propagation time (PT). Eliminating the deterministic delays, only a small synchronization error due to the propagation time (PT) remains. As the propagation time (PT) may be very small, the synchronization may be very accurate. Further, as the synchronization may be performed using any data packet (DP), the present invention may be employed in any kind of network system and network protocol. Further, a method according to the present invention uses very little overhead, thereby being very suitable for low energy applications, e.g. in a wireless sensor network. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034192 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT AND METHOD OF TIMING SYNCHRONISATION - A wireless communication device comprises a first sub-system arranged to pass data to a second sub-system comprising timing synchronisation logic operably coupled to a counter, such that data is sampled by the timing synchronisation logic when passed to the second sub-system from the first sub-system wherein the wireless communication device is characterised in that the timing synchronisation logic is arranged to determine a position of a first data frame and in response thereto initiate a counting process of the counter and determine a position of a second data frame and in response thereto determine a count value from the counting process of the counter and in response to the count value determine whether to initiate a timing advance or timing retard operation on the data being passed to the second sub-system. In this manner, the inventive concept provides the wireless communication device with a mechanism to achieve timing synchronisation. In particular, the inventive concept may allow a radio frequency integrated circuit to implement timing synchronisation by advancing or retarding an ‘actual’ signal sent from digital baseband circuits in a 3G DigRF wireless communication device. | 02-11-2010 |
20100040042 | BEACONING TECHNIQUES IN FREQUENCY HOPPING SPREAD SPECTRUM (FHSS) WIRELESS MESH NETWORKS - Methods include those by which nodes in a Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS) wireless network may be flexibly configured for beacon transmission and reception. The method may allow for any node to synchronize to any other node's given frequency to receive one or more beacon (broadcast) packets from that node at the designated period. The method may include sending, by a first node, a message to one or more neighbor nodes and responding, by the one or more neighbor nodes, with a message to the first node, the response message including a beacon frequency, a beacon transmit time and information about the current hopping sequence. The first node periodically programs its receiver to the beacon frequency at the beacon transmit time and uses the hopping sequence to receive information including at least one of routing information and timing updates for hopping channel synchronization from the one or more neighbor nodes. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040043 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PERFORMING INITIAL SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A method is described for performing frame synchronization that comprises performing a first synchronization to determine approximate timing of a frame boundary associated with a received signal. The method further comprises estimating frequency offset and symbol boundaries within the frame boundary based on the approximate timing and performing a second synchronization based on the frame boundary and the symbol boundary. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040044 | Synchronization Circuit, Synchronization Method, Wireless Communication Apparatus, Wireless Communication Method, and Computer Program - A synchronization circuit includes a packet detecting unit that searches a received signal for a preamble that is added to the beginning of a packet and that includes given repetitive training sequences to detect the packet; a packet detection reconfirming unit that reconfirms the packet detection by the packet detecting unit by using a received signal in a field in the preamble, subsequent to the field where the packet detecting unit has detected the packet; and a control unit that cancels the packet detection by the packet detecting unit in response to the packet detection reconfirming unit that detects erroneous detection of the packet by the packet detecting unit to cause the packet detecting unit to start detection of a packet from a received signal again. | 02-18-2010 |
20100046498 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SLEEP MODE SIGNALING FOR A MULTI-STANDARD SYSTEM WITH BLUETOOTH - Aspects of a method and system for sleep mode signaling for a multi-standard system with Bluetooth are provided. In this regard, a first communication system that communicates utilizing TDM may generate a synchronization signal that is communicatively coupled to a second communication system that communicates utilizing TDM. The first communication system may determine one or more timeslots during which it may be inactive. The first communication system may control, based on the determination, an amount of time that the synchronization signal is in one or more states. The second communication system may receive the synchronization signal from the first communication system. The second communication system may determine timeslots during which the first communication system may be inactive based on an amount of time that the synchronization signal is in one or more states. The second communication system may transmit and/or receive at times that are scheduled based on the determination. | 02-25-2010 |
20100054233 | METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A synchronization method is provided. In the synchronization method, a first mutual ranging symbol is transmitted to at least one other subscriber station. A second mutual ranging symbol is received from the other subscriber station. Uplink synchronization information is controlled on the basis of the second mutual ranging symbol. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054234 | SIMULATION APPARATUS AND METHOD USED FOR SENSOR NETWORK - Provided are a simulation apparatus and method used to simulate a sensor network. A sensor node of a real node is reflected in a simulation, and bidirectional communication is performed between a real node and a virtual node, in order to reflect a real environment and a simulation environment in each other and make the real node and the virtual node consistent with each other, thereby performing simulation. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054235 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING RACH TRANSMISSION AGAINST FREQUENCY OFFSET - A method for establishing RACH transmission to prepare against the frequency offset is disclosed. The method reduces the length of the RACH preamble even if the frequency offset exists, allows the RACH preamble to include a repeated structure (also called an iterative structure) or to use a specific sequence with less affect on the frequency offset, so that the Node-B can easily detect the RACH preamble. If different conditions are established in a high-speed UE and a low-speed UE, an amount of system overheads can be reduced as compared to another case in which an overall RACH condition has been prescribed for only the high-speed UE irrespective of the low-speed UE. And, the method determines whether the user equipment (UE) can estimate its speed according to the aforementioned RACH setup condition, and prescribes a detailed RACH access method according to the determined result. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054236 | Methods for Over-the-Air Blind Synchronization of Two OFDMA-Based Networks that Minimizes Interference and By Using an Extended Correlation Window Length - Synchronization of a macrocell network with one of its sub networks (e.g., a femtocell network, a microcell network) is important for reducing the level of inter-carrier interference (ICI) that exists between the uplink users of a macrocell network and the sub-network. Even though blind synchronization techniques based on single-user signal conditions are known, the signal models are ineffective in multiuser scenarios and do not provide for reducing ICI effects. A blind synchronization method is disclosed which reduces ICI for sub network communications. Additionally, a method is disclosed which accurately and blindly synchronizes to the first user using an extended correlation window. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054237 | SYNCHRONIZATION FOR FEMTO-CELL BASE STATIONS - Timing synchronization between base stations of uncoordinated communication networks includes obtaining timing synchronization information from one base station, and adjusting a clock of the other station in response to the synchronization information. The timing synchronization information can be identified from a strongest synchronization signal from nearby uncoordinated base stations. The timing synchronization can accommodate clock offsets and frequency offsets. | 03-04-2010 |
20100061361 | METHODS UTILIZED IN MOBILE DEVICE FOR HANDLING SITUATIONS WHEN TIME ALIGNMENT TIMER EXPIRES, AND MOBILE DEVICE THEREOF - A method utilized in a mobile device includes: starting a time alignment timer when receiving a time alignment message transmitted by a base station, wherein the time alignment timer is used for determining whether the mobile device is synchronized with the base station on uplink timing, and the time alignment message is utilized to update timing advance for the mobile device; and ignoring at least a first control message sent from the base station after the time alignment timer expires. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061362 | METHOD FOR INDUSTRIAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASED ON SELF-ADAPTIVE CHANNEL HOPPING WITHIN THE TIMESLOT - The present invention is intended to protect an industrial wireless communication method based on self-adaptive channel hopping within timeslot, which belongs to industrial wireless communication technology field. Aiming to solving existing problem that wireless devices can not correspondingly self-adaptive channel hopping according to environment changing, a method for making the two communication sides self-generate and execute channel switch when the preferred channel was interfered. The sender will monitor whether the channel is idle within SWTW before sending data through mechanisms such as CCA or non-persistent CSMA. If the channel is still busy till the SWTW times out, the sender will give up sending data and implement channel switching control command by considering this communications channel as interfered. If no packets were received till the RWTW time-outs, the receiver will thinks the communication channel was interfered and automatically implement channel switching control commands. Thus, the receiver will change its backup channel into communication channel. So far, the sender and receiver all independently hop to the backup channel for new communication process after a channel switching cycle. Different time synchronization algorithm will be used in accordance with whether channel switch is carried out or not. The present invention can fully enhance the channel utilization and communication success rate, improve the reliability and real-time of data communication, reduce additional network load by means of reduced retransmission, and perfectly satisfy the requirement of industrial wireless application. | 03-11-2010 |
20100067515 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FRAME NUMBER SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method for frame number synchronization in a wireless communication network may be implemented by a base station. The method may include determining a current time from a timing source that is common to multiple other base stations. The method may also include determining a time offset between the current time and a reference time, wherein the base station and the multiple other base stations use the same reference time for determining the time offset. The method may also include determining a current frame number based on the time offset. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067516 | SYNCHRONIZED CHANNEL ACCESS IN COEXISTING WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system and method for arbitrating channel access in a wireless device including co-located network transceivers are disclosed herein. A wireless device includes a first wireless transceiver and a second wireless transceiver. The first transceiver is configured for operation with a first wireless network. The second transceiver is configured for operation with a second wireless network. The wireless device further includes logic that determines which of the first and second transceivers is enabled to transmit at a given time. The logic causes the first transceiver to transmit a notification signal indicating a time period during which the second transceiver of the wireless device will perform a first wireless transaction, and during which, based on receiving the notification signal, a different wireless device performs a second wireless transaction via the second wireless network without transmitting a notification signal. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067517 | PILOT SIGNALS FOR SYNCHRONIZATION AND/OR CHANNEL ESTIMATION - The frame words of the embodiments are suitable for frame synchronization and/or channel estimation. By adding the autocorrelation and/or cross-correlation functions of frame words, double maximum values equal in magnitude and opposite polarity at zero and middle shifts are obtained. This property can be used to slot-by-slot, double-check frame synchronization timing, single frame synchronization and/or channel estimation and allows reduction of the synchronization search time. Further, the present invention allows a simpler construction of a correlator circuit for a receiver. A frame synchronization apparatus and method using an optimal pilot pattern is used in a wide band code division multiple Access (W-CDMA) next generation mobile communication system. | 03-18-2010 |
20100074246 | TRANSMISSION RESTARTING METHOD, MOBILE STATION AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile station (UE) is configured to notify, to a radio base station (eNB), a preamble for RACH included in an uplink synchronization request transmitted by the radio base station by using an asynchronous RACH; notify, to the radio base station (eNB), the preamble, when failing to receive a TA command transmitted by the radio base station (eNB); and release the preamble, when a validity period of the preamble is passed. | 03-25-2010 |
20100080209 | Radio Synchronization Method, Radio Synchronization System, and Base Station - In a radio synchronization method having a reference base station and a plurality of base stations in a service area, a synchronization executing station executes radio monitor on base stations in a radio monitor range of the synchronization executing base station, selects a base station, which is synchronized with the reference base station in the service area and has a high electric wave intensity, as a synchronization object candidate base station on the basis of the result of radio monitor, requests a peripheral base station in the service area to provide radio monitor information of the synchronization object candidate base station confirms that the synchronization object candidate base station does not undergo synchronization deviation with respect to the reference base station on a basis of radio monitor information, and executes radio synchronization on the synchronization object candidate base station after the confirmation of no synchronization deviation. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080210 | System clock synchronization apparatus and method for mobile communication system - A system clock synchronization apparatus, for use in a mobile communication system, supplies a GPS clock received from a GPS reception module to a Radio Frequency clock generation module and selects a candidate system clock. The candidate system clock is selected from among plural candidate system clocks having different phases, which can be most stably synchronized with a reference synchronization time signal as the final system clock. The apparatus includes a Global Positioning System reception module; a Radio Frequency clock generation module that generates a system reference clock and outputs an RF clock generated by synchronizing the system reference clock to the GPS clock in phase; and a system clock generation module that generates multiple candidate system clocks having different phases using the RF clock and selects one of the candidate system clocks which generates in a range of an enable duration of the reference synchronization time signal. | 04-01-2010 |
20100091760 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TIME-OF-DAY SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN NETWORK NODES - A node with local GPS time in an ad-hoc wireless network synchronizes with the network time immediately and slowly pulls the network time to GPS time. However, network nodes may immediately transition to the common GPS time after an island or group head node determines that the transition in network time does not disturb the communication links. | 04-15-2010 |
20100098050 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE STATION DEVICE - A mobile station device transmits a random access preamble to a base station device and performs uplink timing alignment based on the synchronization timing deviation information included in a random access response which the base station device transmits in response to the transmitted random access preamble, wherein in an uplink synchronous status, the mobile station device does not perform uplink timing alignment based on synchronization timing deviation information included in a random access response, which is a response to a random access preamble whose preamble ID is randomly selected by the mobile station device. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098051 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station device that communicates with a base station device, including: a downlink synchronization error detecting portion that detects the occurrence of a downlink synchronization error from the measurement result of a transmission signal of the base station device; a synchronization monitoring portion that sets information showing the occurrence of a downlink synchronization error into a random access channel based on the downlink synchronization state or both the downlink and uplink synchronization states of the mobile station device; and a downlink synchronization error notifying portion that transmits the random access channel to the base station device. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098052 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS - A radio communication system and a radio base station apparatus which are capable of high-speed transmission and the network synchronization using a metallic subscriber line are provided. The radio communication system has a plurality of radio base station apparatus CS which accommodates a radio terminal PS, a communication apparatus | 04-22-2010 |
20100098053 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZATION OF LINK LAYER WINDOWS - A method and system for synchronization of link layer windows in a wireless communications system is disclosed. At a transmitter in the wireless communications system, the transmitter transmits a plurality of frames in a transmitter's link layer window, wherein each frame comprises segments and sends a request for an acknowledgement of the plurality of frames to a receiver. Then the transmitter determines a last transmitted segment of an eldest frame of the plurality of frames in the transmitter's link layer window, if a response to the request is not received within a specified time period and sets a synchronization indicator in the determined last transmitted segment of the eldest frame. Finally, the transmitter transmits the determined last transmitted segment of the eldest frame with the synchronization indicator set to the receiver. | 04-22-2010 |
20100103922 | IN-BAND TIME SYNCHRONIZATION TECHNIQUE - A communication system includes devices configured to communicate with each other via wireless communication by exchanging information in a sequence of time slots in frames. These time slots may be synchronized across the devices using distributed mutual synchronization in which each device exchanges time stamps in the frames with other devices to stabilize clock signals in the devices about a common frequency. Moreover, a time stamp in a given time slot may be generated by a transmitting device, which is transmitting in the given time slot, based on a clock signal in the transmitting device. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103923 | Content synchronisation for mobile communication network - The present invention provides for a method of forming RLC blocks for contents synchronisation within a mobile radio communications network and including the step of providing a control element for each of a plurality of SDUs within the said block, wherein each control element comprises a header element arranged to precede its respective SDU, and to the network device for providing the said blocks and to such blocks as having such a structure. | 04-29-2010 |
20100111069 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DOWNLINKING DATA TO AN UNSYNCHRONIZED USER EQUIPMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A system, method and node of downlinking transmissions to an unsynchronized UE in a telecommunications network. The method begins by a node in the network requesting synchronization of the UE with the network. A first transmission of data is sent from the node to the UE prior to synchronization of the UE. The UE then synchronizes with the network by the UE performing a Random Access procedure with the node, thereby triggering a time alignment command from the node to the UE to synchronize the UE with the network. A second transmission of data is then sent from the node to the UE after the UE is synchronized. A response feedback message is sent to the node from the UE. The message is a cumulative feedback message of the first transmission of data and the second transmission of data. Thus, data may be transmitted prior to synchronization of the UE. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111070 | Apparatus, Method, And Tangible Machine-Readable Medium Thereof For Time Synchronization Procedure In A Cellular Network - The apparatus, signaling method, and tangible machine-readable medium thereof for time synchronization procedure in a cellular network are provided, wherein the network comprising a plurality of femto base stations and relay stations. The source of providing time synchronization information to femto base stations and relay station could be macro base station, femto base station, relay station or mobile station. The apparatus comprises a clock module, a receiving module, a transmission module, and a determination module. The clock module is configured to generate clocks to synchronize with the network. According to the source of providing time synchronization information to femto base stations and relay stations, the receiving module is configured to receive the system synchronization and access information, or the ranging messages including the ranging request and ranging response messages, the transmission module is configured to transmit the system synchronization and access information, or the ranging messages including the ranging request and ranging response messages. The determination module is configured to determine the timing with respect to the system clock. | 05-06-2010 |
20100128714 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZING DATA BETWEEN MOBILE TERMINAL AND INTERNET PHONE - A method and system for synchronizing data between a mobile terminal and an Internet phone is provided. The method includes transmitting an Internet Protocol (IP) address request message from a mobile terminal to an Internet phone, transmitting an IP address response message from the Internet phone to the mobile terminal in response to the IP address request message, establishing a connection between the mobile terminal and the Internet phone using the IP address, and performing data synchronization between the mobile terminal and the Internet phone through the connection. | 05-27-2010 |
20100135276 | CLOCK PRIORITY CHAIN LEVEL SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Clock Priority Chain Level Systems and Methods are provided. In one embodiment, a method for determining clock priority for a multihost unit distributed antenna system is provided. The method comprises identifying which port of a plurality of ports is receiving a reference clock signal having a highest priority Network Chain Level (NCL) value, wherein the highest priority NCL value indicates a master clock priority level (MCPL) of a host unit providing a Master Clock and a chain level value indicating a chain depth; selecting a system clock reference port from the plurality of ports based on the highest priority NCL value; locking a local clock to a reference clock signal received on the selected system clock reference port; calculating an incremented NCL value based on the highest priority NCL value; and transmitting the incremented NCL value over the plurality of ports. | 06-03-2010 |
20100142511 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR FRAME AND SLOT SYNCHRONIZATION - A method slot and frame synchronization of in a wireless system, the method includes: processing samples and a pair of primary synchronization code forming sequences by a pair of serially coupled filters to provide primary results; finding, in response to the primary results, slots boundaries; processing selected samples and multiple pairs of secondary synchronization code forming sequences by at least a second filter of the pair of serially coupled filters to provide secondary results; wherein the selected samples correspond to the slots boundaries; and detecting secondary synchronization sequences included in a frame in response to the secondary results. | 06-10-2010 |
20100150131 | SIGNALING PARAMETERS CHANNEL PROCESSING - In a multicasts wireless telecommunication system providing an aggregation of one or more independent data components as a flow, wherein the OIS is located at the latch point of the beginning of the superframe, and the OIS programming is latched at the superframe boundary, the improvement of deriving signal parameter information from Signaling Parameter Channel (SPC) symbols transmitted in a Forward Link only (FLO) network by deriving a time domain channel estimate by assuming each of the combinations for the signal parameter field in the scrambler seed and picking the signal parameter combination that yields the most energy in the time domain above a threshold value. | 06-17-2010 |
20100157972 | Network synchronization method - At least some exemplary embodiments of the invention enable a node to transmit synchronization information to other near-by nodes in a cognitive radio network during a transmission period. In one exemplary embodiment, an internal clock is compared to received synchronization information, a length of a next transmission period is set as a function of the comparing, and synchronization information is transmitted only once during the next transmission period. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157973 | SYNCHRONIZATION OF A PLURALITY OF DATA STREAMS - A method of synchronizing a plurality of data streams. A land mobile radio (LMR) data stream can be generated by a LMR communication device. At least one LMR identifier can be communicated from the LMR communication device to a broadband communication device. A broadband data stream can be generated by the broadband communication device. The broadband data stream and the LMR identifier can be communicated from the broadband communication device via an access network. The LMR identifier can enable synchronization of the LMR data stream with the broadband data stream. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157974 | WIRELESS DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - Embodiments of the present invention provide a communication system, comprising: a first wireless network including a coordinator and a plurality of network devices associated with the coordinator; a second wireless network; wherein the first coordinator is arranged to notify at least one network device of the availability of data; and the at least one network device notified of the availability of data is arranged to associate with the second wireless network and to receive the data. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157975 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING TIME SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN NODES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for synchronizing time between nodes in a wireless communication system. A reference node transmits a first packet to a correspondent node. Upon receiving the first packet, the correspondent node transmits a second packet with a reception time of the first packet recorded therein, to the reference node. Upon receiving the second packet, the reference node calculates a forward delay time using a transmission time and the reception time of the first packet. The correspondent node receives a third packet with the forward delay time from the reference node, and calculates a reverse delay time. The correspondent node calculates an offset value for the synchronization using the forward delay time and the reverse delay time. | 06-24-2010 |
20100165974 | INTERFACE CIRCUIT AND DATA RECEIVING METHOD - An interface circuit for use in a baseband module, and receiving data from a radio frequency module intermittently, the data including a synchronization pattern followed by a payload data, the interface circuit includes: a receiver for receiving data transmitted from the radio frequency module; a timer for indicating estimated time intervals of intermittently transmitted data from the radio frequency module; and a processor for controlling detection of the synchronization pattern in portions of the received data included in a time window designated by the time intervals estimated by the timer, the processor validating detection of the synchronization pattern when at least a part of the data within the time window matches with a predetermined pattern and validating the payload data following the validated synchronization pattern. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165975 | TECHNIQUE FOR SYNCHRONIZING NETWORK ACCESS MODULES IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A technique for synchronizing different network access modules in a mobile communication device is provided. A device embodiment ( | 07-01-2010 |
20100172339 | Method for Estimating Relative Clock Frequency Offsets to Improve Radio Ranging Errors - A method and system improves two-way radio ranging accuracy by estimating a relative clock frequency offset between a first clock X of a first transceiver and a second clock Y a second transceiver. The first transceiver transmits a first packet at time t | 07-08-2010 |
20100172340 | Enabling Coordinated Multi-Point Reception - This invention measures the propagation delay τ | 07-08-2010 |
20100172341 | Apparatus and method for generating synchronization channel in a wireless communication system - A Synchronization Channel (SCH) transmission method includes generating a Primary SCH (P-SCH) sequence according to supplementary information. The supplementary information includes at least one of Base Station (BS) type information, Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) size information, BandWidth (BW) information, group information, sector information, and carrier type information. The method also includes modulating the P-SCH sequence and mapping the modulated P-SCH sequence to subcarriers within a predefined subcarrier set. The subcarriers are included in the subcarrier set being spaced one subcarrier interval apart. The method further includes generating a P-SCH symbol by Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM)-modulating the P-SCH sequence mapped to the subcarriers, and transmitting the P-SCH symbol. | 07-08-2010 |
20100177762 | ROBUST CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD FOR RF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method of allocating channels in a PTMP (point-to-multi-point) system having a master and a plurality of nodes comprising the steps of: transmission by the master to the nodes of a synch beacon, the sync beacon having a first frequency and a substantially fixed time period between successive sync beacon transmissions; dividing the time period into a slotted time and an unslotted time; allocating a plurality of slots in the slotted time for RF activity of the nodes that have resolved the sync beacon; and identifying the unslotted time for unallocated RF activity of the nodes that have not resolved the sync beacon. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177763 | NETWORK DEVICE FOR USE IN A NETWORK - A network ( | 07-15-2010 |
20100182992 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION STATE AT A USER EQUIPMENT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of controlling uplink synchronization state at a user equipment in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The method of controlling an uplink synchronization state at a user equipment in a mobile communication system comprises receiving control information associated with controlling uplink synchronization state of the user equipment from a network, releasing uplink resources allocated from the network if the uplink synchronization state is shifted from a synchronization state to an asynchronous state based on the control information. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182993 | FRAME SYNCHRONISATION SCHEME WITH INTERFERENCE REDUCTION - A frame synchronisation is proposed for a multi-band communication system, wherein a data signal exchanged between a transmitter and a receiver is organised in system frames having a preamble section which contains a frame synchronisation section that is composed of a number of symbol frames, each of which is in turn composed of a defined number of slots, whereby each slot corresponds to an individual transmission frequency band. The method comprises steps for transmitting the data signal containing a synchronisation signal in one or more slots of every other symbol frame of the frame synchronisation section, processing only data signal components selected from transmission frequency bands required for the synchronisation signal transmission, and subtracting the processed data signal from its shifted copy, whereby the copy is shifted by one symbol frame. | 07-22-2010 |
20100195640 | METHOD OF PERFORMING UPLINK TIME ALIGNMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing uplink time alignment in wireless communication system includes transmitting a random access preamble, receiving a random access response, the random access response comprising a random access preamble identifier corresponding to the random access preamble but no time alignment value, and restarting a time alignment timer according to receiving the random access response. | 08-05-2010 |
20100202436 | Timing Synchronization in Wireless Mesh Networks - A system for synchronizing time amongst a plurality of wireless network devices in a wireless network is provided, where a message is exchanged between a transmitting wireless device and a receiving wireless device. Such a system includes: a controller that inserts synchronized time information in the message, prior to transmitting the message, the synchronized time information comprising a current time value and a synchronization time value; and a processor that determines a local elapsed time value since last receiving a last synchronized time. | 08-12-2010 |
20100208720 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, INTER-BASE-STATION SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND BASE STATION - A wireless communication system includes an asynchronized base station apparatus to perform an operation that is equivalent to the synchronization with a synchronized base station apparatus having received a sync pulse. The system includes a synchronized base station that uses a received sync pulse to synchronize itself with a base station which is a different cell, an asynchronized base station located in the cell of the synchronized base station, and a terminal. The asynchronized base station includes a unit that determines a reception timing difference, at the terminal, between a transport signal transmitted by the synchronized base station and a transport signal transmitted by the asynchronized base station, and a unit that controls the transmission timing of the asynchronized base station such that the reception timing difference becomes equal to or less than a predetermined value. | 08-19-2010 |
20100215032 | Synchronization and Frame Structure Determination of a Base Station - A method and apparatus of synchronization and frame structure determination of a base station are disclosed. One method includes the base station determining an initial frame structure including an active region and a dummy region, wherein the regions are sets of OFDM symbols. The base station receives timing information from at least one of a mobile station and a second base station, wherein the mobile station is simultaneously communicating with the base station and the second base station. The base station adjusts its frame structure based at least in part on the timing information, wherein adjusting its frame structure includes at least one of adjusting the active region and the dummy region. The base station adjusts its internal timing to improve synchronization with the second base station based on the timing error information. | 08-26-2010 |
20100220710 | MULTICARRIER TRANSMITTING APPARATUS - A multicarrier transmitting apparatus capable of providing a fast cell search. A base station apparatus ( | 09-02-2010 |
20100220711 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus for communicating with a mobile station includes an out-of-synchronization determining unit configured to determine out-of-synchronization with the mobile station in downlink based on an uplink signal transmitted from the mobile station. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220712 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING SYNCHRONIZATION PRECISION OF DATA TRANSMISSION AND SYSTEM THEREOF - A method for improving synchro precision of data transmission and system thereof are disclosed. The method includes the following steps: RRU receives a data frame and buffers; frame-parses to a wireless frame impulse signal and a carrier wave data signal of the data frame, setting the maximum time-lapse compensating time; a time-lapse is redeemed to the wireless frame impulse signal after parsing, according to the time of transmission and buffering, and the maximum time-lapse compensating time, and then sends to the communication port of RRU to transmit; a time-lapse is redeemed to the carrier wave data signal after parsing, according to the time of transmission and buffering, the maximum time-lapse compensating time, and transmission time of processing data, the carrier wave data is processed, and then is sent to the communication port of RRU to transmit; the wireless frame impulse signal and the carrier wave data signal are sent to the communication port of RRU simultaneously. The solution redeems the carry time-lapse for transmission data, so that the redeeming precision can reach multiple seconds, thus improving synchro precision of the data in an effective manner. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220713 | RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE COLLISION DETECTION | 09-02-2010 |
20100226358 | METHOD AND SYSTEMS FOR SYNCHRONIZING OVERLAPPING WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Methods and devices for synchronizing various independent wireless systems are disclosed. For example, an exemplary first base-station ( | 09-09-2010 |
20100226359 | Synchronization of broadcast-only wireless networks - Time synchronization for nodes of a broadcast-only network is provided by combining two methods. The first method provides relative synchronization of communication frames of node broadcasts, so that all nodes have frames with aligned start and end times. The second method associates a network time with each frame at each node (i.e., each node locally tracks this network time). When a time-stamped message is received by a node, the node network time is set to the larger of its current value or the time stamp of the received message. Each node increments its network time by the same amount from one communication frame to the next. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226360 | Coarse Timing Synchronization Acquisition Method In a Mobile Communication System - A coarse timing synchronization acquisition method in a mobile communication system is applied to the timing synchronization acquisition of a mobile communication system that transmits the same signal blocks repeatedly, which comprises: starting from the beginning time instant of timing synchronization acquisition, iteratively calculating the delay correlation accumulation (DCA) values at K samples, when K is the number of DCA values at each time slot; M time slots are searched in each frame, the position corresponding to the maximum DCA value is taken as the estimate of timing synchronization position; M timing synchronization position estimates are obtained, and among these, one timing synchronization position estimate is selected as the candidate for the current frame timing synchronization position, and it is decided whether the candidate is reliable; after L frames are searched, a predicted timing synchronization position of the next frame is obtained by using the L timing synchronization positions; when consecutively reliable timing synchronization positions approach the predicted timing synchronization position estimate of the frame, the timing synchronization position of the last frame is determined to be the acquired timing synchronization position. The technical scheme of the present invention is realized simply and efficiently, and actual performance robustness is good. | 09-09-2010 |
20100238917 | CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION - In an example embodiment, a method for synchronizing clocks between a plurality of clocked devices where one of the plurality of clocked devices is not directly synchronized with another of the plurality of clocked devices. Clock offset and a clock drift between a first clock associated with a first device and a second clock associated with a second is directly determined based on signals exchanged between the first and second devices. Clock offset and clock drift between the second clock and a third clock associated with a third device is directly determined based on signals exchanged between the second and third devices. A clock offset and clock drift between the first clock and third clock is determined based on a difference between the clock offset and drift between the first and second clocks and the clock offset and drift between the second and third clocks. | 09-23-2010 |
20100246564 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TIMING ACQUISITION ROBUST TO CHANNEL FADING - The embodiments provide mechanisms for synchronizing a receiver with OFDM pilots that are robust in the presence of channel fading conditions. In addition to using instantaneous channel estimate values to locate the first arriving path and last arriving path, the methods calculate time-domain averaged channel estimate values and use those averaged values to determine an average first arriving path and last arriving path. A combination of the instantaneous first arriving path and last arriving path and the average first arriving path and last arriving path may then be used to determine the delay spread and calculate a timing offset to be applied in timing synchronization. The various embodiments introduce improvements under channel fading conditions. Time-domain averaging may be embodied in a flexible DSP processor, or implemented in hardware and/or software. Using both instantaneous and time-averaged channel estimates greatly improves the robustness of time synchronization under channel fading conditions. | 09-30-2010 |
20100260167 | TIME SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - The present invention relates to a time synchronization method in a wireless sensor network. In the present invention, if an upper node requests a lower reference node to start time synchronization, the lower reference node broadcasts a first sync reference packet. The upper node receives the first sync reference packet and transmits the first sync reference packet reception time to the lower reference node. The lower reference node broadcasts the first sync reference packet reception time, such that the other nodes perform time synchronization on the basis of the first sync reference packet reception time. Meanwhile, the lower reference node estimates the first sync reference packet reception time of the upper node to calculate the reception estimation time, and transmits the reception estimation time to a determination node that is two hops anterior to the lower reference node. Therefore, the determination node compares the reception time received from the upper node and the reception estimation time received from the lower reference node and determines whether a capture attack on the upper node has occurred. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260168 | CONVEYING SYNCHRONIZATION STRATUM INFORMATION - A method for self synchronization of a first base station is described. Synchronization information is received from a second base station. The first base station then synchronizes with the second base station using the received synchronization information. Synchronization information may be received from one or more base stations. The second base station may be part of the one or more base stations. A stratum may be determined for each of the one or more base stations. The synchronization information may include a stratum. The second base station may be selected as a synchronizing base station. The second base station may have the lowest stratum. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260169 | MINIMIZING THE IMPACT OF SELF SYNCHRONIZATION ON WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A method for self synchronization by a base station is described. Network information is sent to a wireless communication device. The network information indicates a first time period. The first time period is a period of silence by the base station. Synchronization signals are monitored during the first time period. Monitoring synchronization signals includes not transmitting. | 10-14-2010 |
20100265934 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS USING FAST INITIAL SYNCHRONIZATION FOR WIMAX MOBILE STATIONS - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure provide techniques for bypassing the DCD/UCD message reception step in the network entry procedure in WiMAX systems by using DCD/UCD messages that are stored in a nonvolatile memory inside a mobile station. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265935 | INDEPENDENT INFORMATION NETWORK - A localized collaboration of wireless communication enabled devices can be provided for sharing of information that is independent of external communications. A local hub can communicate with a remote hub and end users using one or more wireless communication points, and provide for uploading and downloading of collaborative information from the local hub by an end user device. The local hub wirelessly broadcasts a message that has contact information that allows a remote hub to wirelessly retrieve collaborative information from the local hub. The local hub can synchronize collaborative information with a remote hub, if present, by retrieving a remote version of collaborative information using the remote hub's broadcast contact information; comparing the remote version with a locally stored version, if present; updating the local version with differences between the remote version if the remote version is a desired; and creating a local version if one is not present. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265936 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACQUIRING SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN NODES AND METHOD FOR ORGANIZING MULTIPLE PHYSICAL CHANNELS - A method for acquiring synchronization between nodes and configuring multiple physical channels in order to improve performance in the ad-hoc/mesh network is disclosed. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265937 | Synchronization of a Plurality of Devices in a Wireless Sensor Arrangement - Two or more wirelessly networked devices for control or data acquisition functions for real-time application are provided with a error corrected synchronization and data collection process. A single start device transmits a start message, followed by each stop device acknowledging that start message. If one or more stop devices fails to acknowledge the initial start message, one or more start messages are transmitted including an elapsed time since the initial start message. Each stop device receives the initial start message and any subsequent start messages, using the elapsed time in the start message to synchronize a local timer. Upon stop event detection, each stop device records its local timer value and subsequently transmits that value to a collection device or console. | 10-21-2010 |
20100272094 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVELY SETTING THE PROBABILITY OF GENERATING A BEACON BROADCAST IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A system and method of operating a wireless network having a plurality of nodes. Each node determines whether to replace the beacon node. When a node determines that the beacon node is to be replaced, the node determines whether it should nominate itself as a potential replacement beacon node. The decision whether to nominate itself as a potential replacement beacon node is a function of a nomination probability associated with the node. If the node determines that it should nominate itself as a potential replacement beacon node, the node sends out one or more beacon signals. Each node then adaptively modifies the probability of nominating itself as a function of the number of beacon signals received from other nodes. Beacon signals are received by potential replacement nodes and, if the potential replacement beacon node has received a beacon signal from a higher ranking potential replacement beacon node, the node removes itself as a candidate for the replacement beacon node. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272095 | Device and Method for Controlling the Creation of a User Channel Connection in a Communication System and Associated Communication System, Digital Storage Medium, Computer Program Product, and Computer Program - In order to be able to control the creation of a user channel connection in a communication system using wireless communication between at least one mobile part and one wired part in such a way that a user channel connection is established more quickly upon a connection request indicated by the mobile part or the wired part for the purpose of transmitting user data and, at the same time, due to market requirements, no synchronization pulses are sent by the wired part in the idle state, an initiating device of the communication system (for example, for an incoming call: base station; for an outgoing call: mobile part) sends, from an asynchronous idle state, synchronization pulses (SB) to all available physical resources. Due to the plurality of the sent, available synchronization pulses (SB), rapid synchronization is ensured because the probability is sufficiently increased thereby that a pulse will fall in the search window of a receiver. | 10-28-2010 |
20100296506 | DIGITAL BROADCAST TRANSMITTER, DIGITAL BROADCAST RECEIVER, AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURING AND PROCESSING STREAMS THEREOF - A method for processing a stream of a digital broadcast receiver is provided. The method which processes a stream that is divided into a first area allocated to first mobile data and a second area allocated to normal data, includes: receiving a transport stream including new mobile data in at least a part of the second area separately from the first mobile data, demodulating the transport stream, equalizing the demodulated transport stream, and decoding at least one of the first mobile data and the new mobile data from the equalized transport stream. Accordingly, mobile data services may be provided in various ways. | 11-25-2010 |
20100309902 | Radio Communication System, Coordinator Unit and Communications Terminal - A radio communication system comprising a coordinator unit and at least one communications terminal configured for the radio communication system in which access to the radio resource is performed in accordance with time-division multiplexing, wherein the radio resource is divided into determinate time frames, the coordinator unit assigns to the at least one communications terminal, at least one useful data transmission time slot whose temporal position is determined in sequential time frames with respect to the beginning of the particular time frame, and the individual time frames are structured such that they contain a synchronization time slot, at least one useful data transmission time slot of equal length and one additional dynamic time slot. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309903 | Wireless Communication - The invention is directed to a method of synchronising transmission between two nodes in a wireless network. The method comprises the steps of obtaining an expected interference profile for each node; and agreeing a synchronised transmission schedule between the nodes, where the expected interference profile of the or each node meets predetermined criteria. | 12-09-2010 |
20100316043 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a radio communication method which can reduce the power consumption as compared to the conventional technique while realizing coexistence of a plurality of radio communication methods and can perform synchronization with a super frame of other radio communication device. The super frame has life confirmation slots ( | 12-16-2010 |
20100316044 | TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION AND CHANNEL ESTIMATION AT A TRANSITION BETWEEN LOCAL AND WIDE AREA WAVEFORMS USING A DESIGNATED TDM PILOT - Systems and methods are provided for channel estimation and timing synchronization in a wireless network. In an embodiment, a method is provided for time synchronization at a wireless receiver. The method includes decoding at least one TDM pilot symbol located at a transition between wide and local waveforms and processing the TDM pilot symbol to perform time synchronization for a wireless receiver. Methods for channel estimation at a wireless receiver are also provided. This includes decoding at least one TDM pilot symbol and receiving the TDM pilot symbol from an OFDM broadcast to facilitate channel estimation for a wireless receiver. | 12-16-2010 |
20100322230 | ARRANGEMENT AND APPROACH FOR TIME SLOT INDEX SYNCHRONIZATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - The time slot index for wireless signals is synchronized using an approach that facilitates rapid synchronization acquisition and tracking synchronization recovery. According to an example embodiment, a synchronization circuit (e.g., | 12-23-2010 |
20100329236 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLE USER UPLINK REQUIRING MINIMAL STATION TIMING AND FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZATION - An apparatus is disclosed having a receiver configured to receive correction information; and a transmitter configured to transmit data based on the correction information through one or more antennas to one or more nodes. A method for wireless communications is also disclosed. The method includes sending correction information to a plurality of wireless nodes; receiving corrected data generated by at least one station of the plurality of wireless nodes based on the correction information; and spatially processing the corrected data. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329237 | SIGNAL RECEIVER, CONTROL METHOD OF SIGNAL RECEIVER, AND GPS DEVICE UTILIZING THE SIGNAL RECEIVER AND METHOD - A signal receiver including an input that receives a plurality of signals from a respective plurality of channels; a multiplexer unit that receives the plurality of signals from the input and that selects, in a time-division manner, one of the plurality of signals; and at least one phase difference detector that receives the selected signal from the multiplexer unit, a number of the at least one phase difference detectors being less than a number of the plurality of channels. | 12-30-2010 |
20110002324 | TIME SYNCHRONIZATION OF A PLURALITY OF DIFFERENT WIRELESS NETWORKS WITH DATA SENSORS - The invention relates to a method for time synchronization of a plurality of different wireless networks A, B, each wireless network (A, B) comprising at least one data sensor (A. | 01-06-2011 |
20110026513 | Method and system for synchronizing a data base at a plurality of nodes in an ad hoc network - A method for synchronizing a data base at a plurality of nodes in an ad hoc network including at least one authentication node group; each authentication node group including a leader node and at least one member node; the method includes: (a) in each respective authentication node group, comparing and identifying differences between the data base at the respective leader node and the data base at each respective member node; (b) for each comparing, if the differences are identified, exchanging data bases between the leader node and the member node; and (c) for each comparing, in no particular order: (1) merging the leader node data base with the member data base at the leader node to create a leader node merged data base; and (2) merging the member node data base with the leader data base at the member node to create a member node merged data base. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026514 | DMR PRIVATE NETWORK COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND IMPLEMENTATION METHOD THEREOF - The present invention relates to private network communication techniques, and provides a DMR private network communication terminal, communication system, and an implementation method thereof with respect to the drawback existing in the prior art that the idle time slot can not be determined in advance, and therefore the idle time slot can not be utilized to initiate new private network communication. The DMR private network communication terminal includes: a communication module, adapted to receive/transmit DMR private network communication; a synchronization module, adapted to listen to a DMR synchronization pattern and establish synchronization with the DMR synchronization pattern, determine the time slot occupied by the DMR synchronization pattern, and thereby lock the pre-assigned communication time slot, and controls the communication module to receive/transmit DMR private network communication in the pre-assigned time slot. The present invention further provides a DMR private network communication system and an implementation method thereof. By restricting private network communication terminals to perform communication only in the preset communication time slot, the same channel of private network communication is assured to be transmitted in the same time slot. Thus, other terminals can lock the idle time slot in advance and initiate new private network communication, and therefore the DMR frequency spectrum resource can be fully utilized. | 02-03-2011 |
20110038361 | METHOD OF PERFORMING UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION IN RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE - A method and device for performing a contention based random access procedure by a mobile communication terminal in communication with a base station. The method according to an embodiment includes transmitting a random access preamble message to the base station; receiving a random access response from the base station, the random access response including a timing advance command; determining a status of a mobile communication terminal time alignment timer; and ignoring the timing advance command if the mobile communication terminal time alignment timer is determined to be running in the determining step. | 02-17-2011 |
20110051711 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, BASIC FREQUENCY BLOCK SPECIFYING METHOD AND BAND CONTROL METHOD - A base station includes a receiving unit configured to receive a UE capability regarding a bandwidth from a mobile station; and a specifying unit configured to specify, among plural basic frequency blocks included in a system band, one or more basic frequency blocks to be used by the mobile station based on the UE capability. | 03-03-2011 |
20110064071 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM WITH SECONDARY SYNCHRONIZATION CODE BASED ON VALUES IN PRIMARY SYNCHRONIZATION CODE - A wireless communication system. The system comprises transmitter circuitry (BST | 03-17-2011 |
20110064072 | Scalable Media Access Control for Multi-Hop High Bandwidth Communications - A scalable medium access control (“MAC”) module is provided that avoids conflict resource reservation so that network performance does not degrade as the number of hops or nodes in a wireless network increases. The MAC also provides different access schemes for traffic with different quality of service (“QoS”) requirements such that QoS is guaranteed and network resources are efficiently utilized. Furthermore, the resource allocation scheme determines the routing path as resources is allocated for data traffice, thereby achieving more robust layer-2 routing at the MAC layer. Finally, the scalable MAC is compliant with both WiMedia MAC and IEEE 802.15.3 MAC. | 03-17-2011 |
20110069696 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - Provided is a radio base station eNB including a transmission timing decision unit and a system information transmission unit. The transmission timing decision unit decides a transmission radio frame according to an offset Xk from a transmission timing of a first system information SI- | 03-24-2011 |
20110069697 | METHOD FOR OPENING CHANNEL WHICH IS USED IN RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In radio communication, especially in a centralized network, a commonly faced problem is the issue of the coexistence between a plurality of networks and different networks use different network timing parameters with no synchronization to one another. Thus, a device of one network usually has a difficulty in communication with a device of another network whether or not both are in a radio communication range. This results in causing unwanted mutual interference because when two or more networks operate in the same operation space, a device belonging to a certain network has a difficulty in letting a device belonging to another network know about the existence of the device belonging to the certain network. A means for enabling the first device to communicate with the second device is presented and the operation in the current channel is stopped and the current channel in operation is opened with respect to the second device and the other devices in the network of the second device by the established communication means. | 03-24-2011 |
20110085540 | TIME SYNCHRONIZER - An object of this invention is to realize stable control in a time synchronizer utilizing GPS satellites so that a long operational time is ensured for the system even if any of the GPS satellites becomes unable to be captured. When a base station becomes unable to capture any of the GPS satellites and if there is a mobile station which is in a relationship capable of performing handover from the base station to another base station, a radio wave input/output unit receives a frame transmitted by the other base station being able to normally receive the GPS satellite via the mobile station, and a frame timing detection unit estimates a deviation from the UTC. A 1 PPS correction circuit unit transmits a signal to correct the deviation, and a control unit causes a GPS receiver to change and adjust the frame timing. A frame generation unit generates a frame based on the corrected 1 PPS signal. | 04-14-2011 |
20110090896 | METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZING DATA IN A NETWORK - A wireless network may contain access points that run a network management service. The service may monitor the access points and associated wireless access control settings. Wireless access control settings may be changed by a user to add or remote authorized client devices. The network management service may automatically detect changes to the network and may synchronize settings between access points accordingly. Each access point may broadcast a service name. The service name may include a wireless access point participant identifier, a cloud identifier that is based on a service set identifier, and a commit identifier that is based on a hash of the wireless access control settings for the broadcasting wireless access point. Cloud identifiers can be compared to identify whether a new access point should be synchronized. Participant identifiers may be compared to identify leaders. Commit identifiers can be compared to detect changes in wireless settings. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090897 | Systems and methods for transmitting media content via digital radio broadcast transmission for synchronized rendering by a receiver - Systems, methods, and processor readable media are disclosed for encoding and transmitting first media content, second media content and triggering instructions to a digital radio broadcast receiver such that the triggering instructions arrive for immediate execution to trigger immediate rendering of the second media content in synchronization with the first media content. | 04-21-2011 |
20110096768 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RETRANSMISSION - Provided is a method for retransmission in a terminal and a base station, the method including: receiving a data burst transmitted by occupying at least one subframe from the other one of the terminal and the base station; determining a transmission timing for transmitting a feedback signal based on a value, determined by transmission information of the data burst including the number of subframes occupied by the data burst, and a frame offset; transmitting the feedback signal to the other one of the terminal and the base station at the transmission timing; and if an NACK message is included in the feedback signal, receiving the data burst retransmitted from the other one of the terminal and the base station. | 04-28-2011 |
20110103367 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - The present invention is realized by a user apparatus in communication with a base station apparatus, the user apparatus is provided with a determining unit which determines a downlink synchronization status based on downlink quality information measured based on a downlink signal transmitted from the base station apparatus. | 05-05-2011 |
20110110358 | STEREO BIT CLOCK TUNING - A source communication device includes a source network clock to control timing of communicating with other devices in a network, a source streaming clock associated with processing of audio or video data, a time stamp generator to generate a time stamp that includes a source network clock value and a source streaming clock value, and a time stamp insertion mechanism that incorporates the time stamp into a data unit that is to be transmitted to one of the other devices in the network. A sink communication device includes a sink network clock synchronized with the source network clock, a sink streaming clock associated with processing of audio or video data, and a sink time stamp mechanism to compare a sink streaming clock value with the source streaming clock value, and adjust the sink streaming clock based on the comparison. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110359 | SYNCHRONIZATION OF COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT - Apparatus and methods relating to synchronization of communication equipment are disclosed. Synchronization information received from a bonded communication link can be used to synchronize local and/or remote communication equipment, such as femtocell sites coupled to nodes in a ring network. This may involve isolating a frequency reference signal from a DSL (Digital Subscriber Line) communication link which is a constituent link of a bonded communication link, for example. In a ring network, received synchronization information could be used in synchronizing a locally connected installation of communication equipment, and passed for transmission in the ring network for synchronizing other communication equipment. Such dropping and passing of an analog frequency reference signal could be applied in networks having other topologies as well. At least some embodiments of the invention are applicable to optical links. One or more dedicated wavelengths of an optical link could be used to transfer a frequency reference signal, for example. Other functions, such as quality monitoring, quality reporting, and/or predictive traffic forwarding may be provided in some embodiments. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110360 | Synchronization of Computer System Clock Using a Local Gateway - Methods and apparatuses for synchronizing a system clock of a computer via a local gateway are described herein. In one embodiment, a local clock of a gateway device is periodically synchronized with a remote time service facility over an external network. The synchronized local clock of the gateway device is then used to synchronize a system clock of one or more clients over a local network without having the clients individually to access the remote time service facility. Other methods and apparatuses are also described. | 05-12-2011 |
20110134906 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTED PROCESSING FOR WIRELESS SENSORS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for compressed sensing (CS). The CS is a signal processing concept wherein significantly fewer sensor measurements than that suggested by Shannon/Nyquist sampling theorem can be used to recover signals with arbitrarily fine resolution. In this disclosure, the CS framework is applied for sensor signal processing in order to support low power robust sensors and reliable communication in Body Area Networks (BANs) for healthcare and fitness applications. | 06-09-2011 |
20110142028 | SYNCHRONIZATION VIA ADDITIONAL BEACON TRANSMISSION - Apparatuses may stay synchronized with a wireless network utilizing a diluted beacon interval that is an integer multiple of a network beacon period signal being transmitted at a set interval. Diluted beacon intervals may reduce communication burden, but may also cause periods of inactivity that allow apparatuses to become unsynchronized with the network. Apparatuses may be active in the network during an awake window wherein a beacon may be transmitted. A set time may also be set during the awake window may delineate a period of time after which any beacon signal received from another apparatus is deemed to be late. Receiving late beacon signals in the apparatus may trigger the transmission of additional beacon signals to help the other apparatuses that transmitted late beacons become resynchronized with the network. | 06-16-2011 |
20110142029 | NETWORKING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A system where apparatuses may stay synchronized with a network utilizing a reduced beacon period based on an integer multiple of a standard beacon period that is established for the network. The reduced beacon periods may initiate scanning opportunities, which are periods of time during which apparatuses may passively scan for beacon messages broadcast from other apparatuses, which upon receipt in a scanning apparatus may trigger the transmission of network information messages. Network information messages may comprise connectivity information that would be usable by outside apparatuses to determine whether participation in the network described in the network information message (e.g., another network) is desired. If the apparatus desires to interact with apparatuses in the other network, then further decisions may be made with respect to how communication between these entities should be established. | 06-16-2011 |
20110142030 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING HIGHER-LAYER PROTOCOL MESSAGING IN AN IN-BAND MODEM - Acknowledging a source terminal data message from a destination terminal in an in-band communication system is disclosed. A first synchronization sequence followed by a low layer acknowledgement message and a second synchronization sequence followed by a high layer acknowledgement message is transmitted. | 06-16-2011 |
20110149946 | METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING NODES - This method for synchronizing at least two nodes in communication with at least one terminal in a wireless network, each node transmitting synchronization sub-frames, each synchronization sub-frame being aligned to an actual synchronization time is characterized in that it comprises
| 06-23-2011 |
20110149947 | CELL SEARCH METHOD, FORWARD LINK FRAME TRANSMISSION METHOD, APPARATUS USING THE SAME AND FORWARD LINK FRAME STRUCTURE - A method of and an apparatus therefor searching a cell in a mobile station of a communication system in which a plurality of cells are grouped into a plurality of cell groups, and each cell group includes at least two cells. The method includes detecting a primary synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal from a received signal, and identifying a cell based on a combination of the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal. The secondary synchronization signal is related to the cell group to which the mobile station belongs and the primary synchronization signal is related to the cell to which the mobile station belongs within the cell group. | 06-23-2011 |
20110164606 | FRAME GENERATING DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, DATA TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SYSTEM, FRAME GENERATING METHOD, AND RECEIVING METHOD - A group-basis distribution data presence/absence information generation section generates distribution data presence/absence information indicating whether or not data to be transmitted to a reception device included in a group that includes one or a plurality of reception devices is included in a frame. Further, a synchronization signal generation section generates synchronization information including the distribution data presence/absence information. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164607 | VIRTUAL REAL-TIME CLOCK BASED ON TIME INFORMATION FROM MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Method and apparatus to implement a “virtual” real-time clock at a terminal based on time information from multiple communication systems. At least one system (e.g., GPS) provides “absolute” time information for the virtual real-time clock, and at least one other system (e.g., a cellular system) provides “relative” time information. The virtual real-time clock is “time-stamped” with absolute time as it becomes available from the first system. Relative time (which may be received from multiple asynchronous transmitters) is mapped to the timeline of the virtual real-time clock as it is received from the second system. Absolute time at any arbitrary time instant on the timeline may then be estimated based on the absolute time from the first system and the relative time from the second system. Absolute times from the first system for two or more time instants may also be used to calibrate the relative time from the second system. | 07-07-2011 |
20110170534 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZING MEASUREMENTS TAKEN BY MULTIPLE METROLOGY DEVICES - Apparatus includes at least two devices that communicate with each other, wherein a first one of the at least two devices having an IEEE 1588 precision time protocol interface, the interface including one or more components configured for communications in both a wired manner and a wireless manner with a second one of the at least two devices. The second one of the at least two devices having an IEEE 1588 precision time protocol interface, the interface including one or more components configured for communications in both a wired manner and a wireless manner with the first one of the at least two devices. Wherein one of the at least two devices includes a master clock and the other one of the at least two devices includes a slave clock, wherein the master clock communicates a time to the slave clock and the slave clock is responsive to the communicated time from the master clock to adjust a time of the slave clock if necessary to substantially correspond to the time of the master clock, thereby time synchronizing the at least two devices together. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170535 | Method of Handling Uplink Synchronization and Related Communication Device - A method of handling uplink synchronization for a mobile device capable of receiving and transmitting on a plurality of component carriers in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises performing a first random access procedure on a first component carrier of the plurality of component carriers to establish uplink synchronization on the first component carrier, and performing a second random access procedure on at least a component carrier of the plurality of component carriers to establish uplink synchronization on the at least a component carrier. | 07-14-2011 |
20110176534 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONISATION - A communication device is provided, the communication device comprising a receiving circuit configured to receive a message from another communication device; a time base circuit providing a time base signal that specifies a plurality of time periods; a determining circuit configured to determine, based on an expected reception time of the message and a reception time of the message, a parameter value characterizing a time base offset between the communication device and the other communication device; an offset generating circuit configured to generate a time period offset value specifying a time offset from a point in time, the time period offset value corresponding to a number of time periods from the plurality of time periods, wherein the number of time periods is determined according to the parameter value. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176535 | Technique for Synchronizing a Terminal Device with a Wireless Network - The invention relates to a technique for controlling a synchronization of a terminal device ( | 07-21-2011 |
20110182279 | Interference Reduction For Wireless Networks - Embodiments are described to mitigate network interference issues and to enable a significant increase in the throughput of wireless systems. In one method, pilot transmissions of a first and second group of wireless units are synchronized. Each wireless unit of the first group and each wireless unit of the second group use a different orthogonal pilot (than others in their group) from the same group of orthogonal pilots. Also, the pilot transmissions of the second group of wireless units are synchronized so as to be shifted in time from the pilot transmissions of the first group. In another method, data from neighboring cells and pilots from wireless units are received at a cell. Channel vectors for the wireless units are then estimated using the received data from neighboring cells, the received pilots from the wireless units and previously estimated channel vectors between the cell and the neighboring cells. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182280 | Synchronization for Device-to-Device Communication - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to one example embodiment, a method may include synchronizing, by an access node in a wireless network, with a first mobile station, synchronizing with a second mobile station, compiling a device-to-device group, the device-to-device group including at least the first mobile station and the second mobile station, sending a first connection message to the first mobile station, the first connection message including timing advance parameters of both the first mobile station and the second mobile station, and sending a second connection message to the second mobile station. | 07-28-2011 |
20110188490 | Method and apparatus for data transmission - Method and apparatuses are provided for frame-based voice data transmission. In one exemplary embodiment, synchronization information is transmitted in only some of the transmitted frames in an operating mode without payload data transmission. | 08-04-2011 |
20110200032 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and arrangements for adjusting timing of transmissions in a radio communication system in which aggregation of component carriers is employed are disclosed. A base station sends a first TA command applicable to a first component carrier to a user equipment. A need to maintain different uplink transmission timing for the first user equipment component carrier and second uplink component carrier is detected by the base station. The base station then sends a second TA command based on the detected need to maintain different uplink transmission timing. The second TA command is applicable to uplink transmissions on the first component carrier and/or the second component carrier. The user equipment adjusts uplink transmissions on the first component carrier and/or the second uplink component carrier based on the second timing advance command. | 08-18-2011 |
20110206032 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - By changing a scrambling code to be multiplied with a secondary synchronization channel for a different sub-frame number, the number of codes required to be retained in a mobile station apparatus is reduced and also a circuit scale and a computation amount thereof are reduced, while an effect of causing interference from a neighboring cell to be random is being maintained. There are provided a primary synchronization channel generation unit ( | 08-25-2011 |
20110206033 | COMMUNICATION METHOD BETWEEN WIRELESS NODES - In a wireless communication system, when a transmission node has data to be transmitted to a reception node, it checks an acknowledgement slot of the current communication frame and transmits information regarding a reception available acknowledgement slot to the reception node through a request-to-send (RTS) slot in the current communication frame, and the reception node transmits information regarding the data slot available for receiving among at least one data slot corresponding to the reception available acknowledgement slot to the transmission node through a clear-to-send (CTS) slot corresponding to the data request slot in the current communication frame. Thereafter, the transmission node transmits data to the reception node through a reservation data slot of the subsequent communication frame until the message transmission fails or finishes. | 08-25-2011 |
20110211570 | SYNCHRONIZATION OF NETWORK DEVICES - A synchronized communication protocol based on time slots is used for wireless data transmission. Synchronization data are received for each network device by an additional receiver which has a lower energy requirement in comparison with the transmitting and/or receiving unit. To specify an energy-efficient and, at the same time, robust solution to the synchronization, at least two bits are used for each synchronization signal, as a result of which the synchronization signals can be distinguished from, e.g., interferences or the susceptibility to interference can at least be distinctly reduced. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211571 | UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION IN MULTIPLE CARRIER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of uplink synchronization in a multiple carrier system is provided. After establishing Uplink synchronization for a primary carrier, a secondary carrier based on activation information via the primary carrier is activated. A periodic ranging via the secondary carrier is performed to adjust uplink synchronization for the secondary carrier. | 09-01-2011 |
20110216756 | SYNCHRONIZATION SCHEDULING METHOD - The present invention discloses a synchronization scheduling method. The method includes that: sending a plurality of data bursts of a specified service by an upper network element to specified network elements belonging to the upper network element, wherein data packets of the data bursts include time stamp information so that the specified network elements send the data bursts according to the time stamp information; and setting difference between the time stamp information of every two adjacent data bursts by the upper network element to be an integer multiple of the TDM period of the specified service, wherein length of the TDM period is one of exactly divided parts of a system frame number period of a radio interface. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216757 | Apparatus and Method for Decentralized Synchronization - A base station apparatus may be provided, which may include a synchronization device for generating a synchronization measure, wherein the synchronization measure can represent a quality measure of synchronization for the base station apparatus and wherein the base station apparatus may include a sending device for sending the synchronization measure to further devices. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216758 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication device is provided, including a radio control unit | 09-08-2011 |
20110222528 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND APPARATUS TO SYNCHRONIZE ACTIONS OF AUDIO SOURCE MONITORS - Systems, methods, articles of manufacture and apparatus are disclosed to align actions of audio source monitors. An example method disclosed herein includes invoking an audience monitor to transmit a radio frequency (RF) initialization packet to a base unit, receiving an indication that the base unit has received the RF initialization packet at a first time, and invoking the base unit to transmit an RF acknowledgement packet to the audience monitor. The example method also includes receiving an indication that the RF acknowledgement packet is received by the audience monitor and waiting for an end to a delay period having a first value, identifying whether the audience monitor has finished processing the RF acknowledgement packet when the delay period ends at a second time, and incrementing the delay period to a second value when the audience monitor is still processing the RF acknowledgement packet and the delay period has ended. | 09-15-2011 |
20110243121 | User Equipment Based Method to Improve Synchronization Shift Command Convergence in TD-SCDMA Uplink Synchronization - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose techniques for improving synchronization shift command convergence in Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA) uplink synchronization. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243122 | SECONDARY SYNCHRONIZATION SEQUENCES FOR CELL GROUP DETECTION IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Timing parameters and an identity of a particular one of a number of cell groups are indicated in a signal transmitted in a cellular communication system having a radio frame in a physical layer, the radio frame comprising a number of time slots. In a known one of the time slots, a synchronization signal, S | 10-06-2011 |
20110249665 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication system including a communication apparatus can transmit signals each including same data from a transmission antenna and a transmission antenna to a mobile station. The mobile station measures a difference in receiving timing between the signal from the transmission antenna and the signal from the transmission antenna. The communication apparatus exercises control so as to change at least one of transmission timing of the signal from the transmission antenna and transmission timing of the signal from the transmission antenna according to the difference in receiving timing at the mobile station. | 10-13-2011 |
20110255528 | Synchronizing wireless devices - Wireless communication may be provided between an access point and one or more wireless devices, such as wireless sensors used in avionics applications for sensing, monitoring and control systems. Synchronization of wireless devices may be required so that certain actions, such as data acquisition, are performed at precisely controlled time instances. The system described herein provides for rapid synchronization of wireless devices that does not require the use of prior timing data and that may be performed without communication directly between the wireless devices. Further, techniques are provided for addressing packet losses and packet propagation delays. | 10-20-2011 |
20110268103 | TRANSMISSION SIGNALING TECHNIQUES TO ENHANCE RECEIVER INTERFERENCE MITIGATION PERFORMANCE - Techniques are described that can be used to maximize the interference suppression capability of space-time coded systems by managing synchronous transmission signaling. To enhance the probability of the occurrence synchronous interference and accordingly increase interference cancellation capability at a receiver, a network of at least two transmitters in a network may utilize similar structured coding schemes and coordinate transmission so that the receiver receives co-channel signals synchronously. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268104 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INITIAL ACQUISITION AND CELL SEARCH FOR AN OFDMA SYSTEM - A method and apparatus is provided for transmitting an orthogonal frequency domain multiple access (OFDMA) signal including a synchronization channel signal transmitted within a localized portion of a bandwidth of the OFDMA signal, the synchronization channel signal having predetermined time domain symmetry within the localized portion of the bandwidth and including information for providing at least partial cell identification information. The synchronization channel signal enables an initial acquisition and cell search method with low computational load which provides OFDMA symbol timing detection and frequency error detection and frame boundary detection and cell specific information detection in an OFDMA system supporting multiple system bandwidths, both synchronized and un-synchronized systems, a large cell index and an OFDMA symbol structure with both short and long cyclic prefix length. | 11-03-2011 |
20110274102 | SYSTEM INFORMATION TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DEVICE - Disclosed are a device and method for transmitting or receiving the system information. The system information transmitting device comprises a processor for transmitting the system information on a broadcast channel, and the system information comprises multi-carrier information relating to a multi-carrier operation. The present invention allows additional information elements to be included in the system information, while also providing backward compatibility with legacy systems | 11-10-2011 |
20110286442 | Method Of Synchronisation Within A Base Station System - The method of synchronisation of a reference frequency of a basestation transceiver (BTS), to the reference frequency of a basestation controller (BSC) comprises a sequence of steps, wherein synchronisation packets are transmitted and provided with a timestamp of transmission and a timestamp of reception. An evaluation network delivery is evaluated upon finalization of a period of observation. If high enough, a confidence level is established of the received synchronisation packets. Only if the confidence level is above a threshold, a correction to the reference frequency of the oscillator in the basestation transceiver is applied. | 11-24-2011 |
20110292927 | UPLINK RECEIVING APPARATUS OF OFDMA SYSTEM BASED ON LTE AND FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD THEREOF - Provided are an uplink receiving device of a long term evolution (LTE)-based orthogonal frequency division multiplexing access (OFDMA) system, and a method of synchronizing a frequency thereof. The uplink receiving device includes a fast Fourier transform (FFT) processing unit eliminating a cyclic prefix (CP) from an OFDM uplink signal to perform a fast Fourier transform (FFT); a subcarrier extraction unit performing a subcarrier extraction operation with regard to an output of the FFT processing unit to thus only extract a signal of a specific terminal unit; and an inverse discrete Fourier transform (DFT) processing unit performing an inverse DFT on an output of the subcarrier extraction unit to generate a time domain signal. | 12-01-2011 |
20110299520 | SYNCHRONIZATION FOR EXTENDING BATTERY LIFE - The present invention discloses a method and system for efficiently supporting data calls to WTRUs in systems that also support telephony. Various types of data is transmitted on a known schedule which is tightly synchronized to a predetermined time frame. The WTRUs synchronize their wake-up periods to search for data at times when data may or will actually be transmitted to them. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299521 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ACCURATE CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION FOR COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A high accuracy clock synchronization mechanism between a sender and a receiver in a communication network achieves time synchronization using broadcast beacons, directly at the PHY/MAC layer of the sender and the receiver, to minimize synchronization delay jitter. This provides a more efficient synchronization method than either NTP or SNTP, because multiple handshaking information exchange is avoided. Further, using beacons avoids the overhead of introducing additional synchronization packets in higher layer synchronization. | 12-08-2011 |
20110305237 | SECONDARY SYNCHRONIZATION CODEBOOK FOR E-UTRAN - Providing for secondary synchronization encoding utilizing a primary synchronization channel (P-SCH)-related scrambling code is described herein. Scrambled secondary synchronization codes (SSCs) can be assigned to multiple base stations of a radio access network (RAN). By way of example, PSC-based scrambling codes can be created from a plurality of M-sequences generated from a common polynomial expression. Further, an SSC codebook is provided that selects sequence pairs of a sequence matrix for generating SSCs. Selection can be based on transmission characteristics of resulting SSCs, providing reduced interference in planned, semi-planned and/or unplanned mobile deployments. | 12-15-2011 |
20110310880 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH SELECTIVE PREAMBLE SYNCHRONIZATION PORTION AND RELATED METHODS - A wireless communications device may include a transceiver, a memory configured to store a predetermined set of preamble synchronization portions, each preamble synchronization portion having a different length, and a controller cooperating with the transceiver and the memory. The controller may be configured to receive forward transmission blocks, each forward transmission block having a preamble synchronization portion and a body portion associated therewith. The preamble synchronization portion may include a desired preamble synchronization portion from among the predetermined set of preamble synchronization portions. The controller may be configured to determine and use, for each received forward transmission block, the corresponding preamble synchronization portion from among the predetermined set of preamble synchronization portions. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310881 | REMOTE RADIO HEAD - A remote radio head is disclosed that comprises an interface for connecting the remote radio head to a base station via an asynchronous packet network, an absolute time reference source for (time-)synchronising a signal transceived by the remote radio head. A corresponding method for transmitting a transmit signal at a remote radio head comprises: receiving a data packet at an interface connecting the remote radio head to a base station via an asynchronous network, processing the data packet to form the transmit signal, determining an absolute time reference by means of an absolute time reference source local to the remote radio head, and transmitting the transmit signal in an absolute time-synchronised manner with respect to the absolute time reference. A method for receiving a receive signal at a remote radio head is also disclosed. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310882 | OFDM CONTROL SIGNALING IN THE PRESENCE OF TIMING ASYNCHRONIZATION IN A PEER-TO-PEER NETWORK - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitates mitigating the affects of asynchronous behavior when transmitting a data signal. According to various aspects, the system and methods are employed for selectively appending an appropriate time-shifting mechanism to a data signal in order to rectify the negative affects of asynchronous time behavior during a logical data burst. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310883 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL - Provided is a communication apparatus including a first communication unit for performing communication using a carrier having a first frequency, a second communication unit having a plurality of antennas, for performing communication using a carrier having a second frequency, a first communication processing unit for processing a signal received by the first communication unit and causing to transmit a signal, and a second communication processing unit for processing a signal received by the second communication unit and causing to transmit a signal. The second communication processing unit includes a synchronization unit for specifying a start position of a second transmission request in which a plurality of transmission beam patterns are set in one packet based on information indicating reception initiation, and an automatic gain control unit for performing automatic gain control based on a first automatic gain control setting value. | 12-22-2011 |
20120008618 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION USING MULTIPLE DIFFERENT TIMING SIGNAL SOURCES - A wireless terminal detects timing signals from different local timing signal sources. The wireless terminal selects from the plurality of detected timing signal sources two timing signal sources in accordance with a predetermined timing signal source priority ordering. In some embodiments, the wireless terminal intentionally selects two timing signal sources which are not synchronized with respect to one another. The wireless terminal determines a first set of peer communications time intervals corresponding to a first selected timing signal source and a second set of peer communications time intervals corresponding to a second selected timing signal source. The wireless terminal transmits a peer to peer signal, e.g., a peer discovery signal, during at least one of the first set of peer communications time intervals. The wireless terminal transmits a peer to peer signal, e.g., a peer discovery signal, during at least one of the second set of peer communications time intervals. | 01-12-2012 |
20120014371 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTONOMOUS UPLINK TIMING ADVANCE MAINTENANCE - According to some embodiments, a mobile device may calculate adjustments of a timing advance based on a determined relative downlink timing change. Adjustments of the timing advance may be made toward a target timing advance in accordance with an adjustment parameter. The adjustment parameter may be adapted based on a received timing advance command and at least one of: a calculated adjustment of the timing advance; and a difference between the target timing advance and the timing advance. In another aspect, self-adjustment of a timing advance performed by a mobile device may be configured based on a property of a communication channel between the mobile device and a base station. In another aspect, self-adjustment of a timing advance performed by a mobile device may be configured based on timing advance commands received from a base station. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014372 | ALGORITHM FOR MANAGING DATA LOSS IN SOFTWARE DEMODULATORS - Embodiments of methods for receiving and processing multi-band signals in wideband and narrowband environments are described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014373 | WIRELESS TRANSMITTER, WIRELESS RECEIVER, AND PREAMBLE SEQUENCE GENERATION METHOD - Provided is a wireless transmitter capable of accurately specifying the number of multiplexed streams and correctly decoding the data signals when a preamble sequence transmitted from any antenna of a wireless transmitter is detected. In this device, a multiplex count determination unit ( | 01-19-2012 |
20120039330 | METHODS PROVIDING SIGNAL SYNCHRONIZATION AND RELATED NETWORKS AND DEVICES - A method of providing signal synchronization for a radio access network may include transmitting a first carrier including synchronization signals on a first frequency from the radio access network. Information relating the first carrier on the first frequency with a second carrier on a second frequency may be transmitted from the radio access network, with this information being intended to be used in synchronization by a wireless terminal upon addition of the second carrier. More particularly, the first and second frequencies may be different. A command to add the second carrier as a downlink for transmissions may be transmitted to the wireless terminal. Related network nodes and wireless terminals are also discussed. | 02-16-2012 |
20120044928 | DETERMINATION OF NETWORK SYNCHRONIZATION - User equipment (UE) associated with synchronous networks operate in a synchronous mode while UEs associated with asynchronous networks operate in an asynchronous mode. When operating in a synchronous mode, a UE can significantly improve performance of synchronization signal detection, data decoding, and tracking loop management by using the interference cancellation (IC) techniques that are not available in an asynchronous mode of operation. Obtaining synchronization indicators and determining the synchronization status of the current network by UE is disclosed. The determination may be based on the synchronization indicator, whether detected through signal detection, signal measurements, signal analysis, or the like. | 02-23-2012 |
20120063447 | NODE IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TIME AND FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZING NODES IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A node in a wireless system using transmit/receive slots for a communication among the nodes in the wireless system comprises a reception block configured to receive from a transmitting node in the wireless system a synchronization signal, and to derive from the synchronization signal a time offset and a frequency offset between the clock generators in the node and in the transmitting node. Further, a slot synchronization block is provided including the clock generator which is updated based on the derived time offset and the derived frequency offset. Further, a transmission block is provided for transmitting data. The slot synchronization block sets a slot start of a slot based on the derived time offset and sets a slot of a subsequent slot based on the derived frequency offset. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063448 | System and Method for Uplink Timing Synchronization - A system and method are disclosed for providing uplink timing synchronization in a wireless communication system. The uplink timing synchronization may be provided via a specific message sent from the user equipment to a network access device, or may be calculated based upon data received at the network access device from the user equipment. | 03-15-2012 |
20120069836 | Virtual Timing Indication - The invention is related to wireless communication systems, methods, devices, computer program, and computer-readable memory medium, and, more specifically, relate to synchronization techniques. The invention relates to a method, including deriving two different timings from a timing source, wherein a first derived timing is a physical timing used for timing at least transmissions from a wireless network access node, and wherein a second derived timing is a virtual timing representing a currently preferred physical timing; receiving an indication of a virtual timing from at least one other network access node; comparing the at least one received virtual timing indication with the derived virtual timing of the network access node, and update the derived virtual timing; and determining achieving synchronization of the derived virtual timing with the at least one received virtual timing, and to adjust the physical timing accordingly. | 03-22-2012 |
20120082152 | Methods Providing Aided Signal Synchronization and Related Network Nodes and Devices - Methods may be providing for signal synchronization at a wireless terminal communicating with a radio access network. For example, a command may be received from the radio access network, and the command may be to add a first carrier on a first frequency as a link for communications from the radio access network to the wireless terminal. Responsive to receiving the command to add the first carrier, the first carrier may be synchronized and/or configured using signals of a second carrier on a second frequency different than the first frequency. Related wireless terminals, network nodes, and network node methods are also discussed. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082153 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING PROPAGATION DELAYS FOR USE IN WIDE AREA NETWORKS - A system and method for determining a signal propagation delay between a transmitter and a receiver, and for adjusting a transmission time based on the propagation delay. A central station inserts a marker into a transmitted signal at a time corresponding to a received timing signal. The MCT receives the signal from the central station and determines a time difference between receipt of the marker and the detection of the time interval event. A transmission by the MCT is adjusted by an amount of time proportional to the time difference. | 04-05-2012 |
20120087365 | ENCODING AND DETECTING CELL-SPECIFIC INFORMATION IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and apparatus are provided for encoding cell-specific information in a telecommunication system. Cell-specific information is encoded by a synchronization code. A synchronization signal including the synchronization code is sent, wherein the synchronization code includes a first repetitive cyclically permutable codeword generated from a first codeword | 04-12-2012 |
20120099583 | SYNCHRONISING A COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - In one aspect, the method of synchronising a communications device in a wireless communications network comprises receiving a beacon signal at a first frequency; and receiving a data signal at a second frequency, the beacon signal being used to synchronise reception of the data signal. In another aspect, the method comprises transmitting a beacon signal at a first frequency and transmitting a data signal at a second frequency, the beacon signal being useable to synchronise reception of the data signal. The first frequency is substantially less than the second frequency such that the beacon signal experiences substantially different frequency-dependent propagation effects to the data signal. | 04-26-2012 |
20120106537 | VEHICLE NETWORK NODE MODULE - A vehicle network node module includes device buffers, a network buffer, a switch circuit, and a processing module. The device buffers temporarily store outgoing device packets from, and temporarily store incoming device packets for, vehicle devices in accordance with a locally managed prioritization scheme. The network buffer receives incoming network packets from, and outputs the outgoing network packets to, a vehicle network fabric in accordance with a global vehicle network protocol. The network buffer also temporarily stores the incoming network packets and the outgoing network packets in accordance with the locally managed prioritization scheme. The switching circuit selectively couples the network buffer to individual ones of the device buffers in accordance with the locally managed prioritization scheme. The processing module interprets the outgoing device packets and the incoming network packets to determine types of packets and determines the locally managed prioritization scheme based on the types of packets. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106538 | SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND SYSTEM OF CONTROL SEQUENCE NUMBERS - A synchronization method and system of control sequence numbers is provide to achieve radio link control sequence number synchronization between different network elements. This method includes the following steps: allocating a preset radio link control sequence number to a first radio link control protocol data unit corresponding to a first packet in a data burst and successively allocating a radio link control sequence number to subsequent radio link control protocol data units corresponding to packets of this data burst, when each designated network element in a plurality of designated network elements performing radio link control protocol process on the packets in the data burst received by said each designated network element. | 05-03-2012 |
20120113976 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, METHODS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR PROVIDING ATSC INTEROPERABILITY - Systems, apparatus, methods and computer program products are provided for causing a dataframe to be emitted at an air interface of an antenna. A memory stores a transmission to antenna delay value (TAD). An offset calculator calculates an offset value based on an epoch of a global timebase generator and the transmission to antenna delay value (TAD). An interface controller in communication with the offset calculator communicates a segment synchronization signal and a field synchronization signal based on the offset value. | 05-10-2012 |
20120120944 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - A method for coexistence radio communication systems is presented. In one embodiment, the method includes receiving a realtime frame synchronization signal and receiving one or more frame parameters. The method further includes determining, based at least on the frame synchronization signal and the frame parameters, estimated frame timing information and scheduling transmission based on the estimated frame timing information to avoid collision of the transmission and reception. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120945 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - The present application discloses a number of inventions directed to method(s), apparatus and/or networks and systems adapted to track time varying channels, adapted to synchronise packets arriving at a receiver, adapted to correlate a received signal, adapted to manage digital resources, adapted to receive a signal and/or adapted to enable communication in a wireless packet based communications network. | 05-17-2012 |
20120134353 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR METHOD FOR MAINTAINING A RADIO LINK AT A MOBILE RADIO - Methods and apparatus are provided for radio link maintenance at a mobile radio in a wireless communication network. The disclosed methods and apparatus help a mobile radio maintain a radio link by regularly monitoring frame synchronization, regularly checking a scrambling sequence of a mobile radio against that of infrastructure equipment, and regularly detecting and/or recovering from fade conditions. In the event the radio link can not be maintained, then the disclosed methods and apparatus will cause the mobile radio to switch to a control channel so that the synchronization, scrambling mismatch and/or fade issues may be corrected. In one implementation, the disclosed methods and apparatus can be implemented at mobile radios in an Association of Public-Safety Communications Officials (APCO) Project 25 (P25) compliant system. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134354 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HANDLING SECURITY SYNCHRONIZATION FOR PROLONGED PERIODS OF NO-RECEPTION OF VOICE FRAMES - A method and system for handling security synchronization for prolonged periods of no-reception of voice frames. The method includes receiving one or more protocol data units (PDUs) by a radio link control (RLC) sub layer and determining a time period between the receiving of each PDU and a previously received PDU by the RLC sub layer. Further, the method includes initiating recovery procedure for the time period exceeding a first predefined time. The recovery procedure includes identity count of the one or more PDUs to be recovered, deciphering each PDU using a plurality of hyper frame numbers (HFNs) and updating a master HFN based on the deciphering. The master HFN deciphers each PDU among the one or more protocol data units. Further, the method also includes delivering the one or more PDUs to a packet data convergence protocol sub layer where type verification of the PDU is performed. | 05-31-2012 |
20120147879 | Method for Scheduling Data Transmission in Hybrid Communication Networks for Transportation Safety Systems - A hybrid communication network for a transportation safety system includes a fixed wired nodes and mobile wireless nodes. Because the wired nodes operate independently packets transmitted by the wired nodes to the wireless nodes need to be synchronized. A downlink travel time for downlink packets traveling from a controller to the wireless nodes is determined. Then, the controller schedules downlink data intervals (DDI) based on the downlink travel time; and transmits downlink packets to the wireless nodes during the DDI, such that a latency requirement of the transportation safety system is satisfied. | 06-14-2012 |
20120163367 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ACQUIRING SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for acquiring synchronization using a signal having repetition patterns is provided. The apparatus includes: a signal reception unit for receiving signal streams transmitted in the repetition patterns, a synchronization point tracking unit for calculating, during one period in which the signal streams are repeated in the repetition patterns, an add-sum of the signal streams, a sub-sum of the signal streams and an add-sub-sum which is a difference between the add-sum and the sub-sum, and for tracking an estimated synchronization point by comparing the sub-sum and the add-sub-sum, and a synchronization acquisition unit for acquiring, based on the estimated synchronization point, a synchronization point by searching for a point where the repetition of some of the signal streams is ended or a point where new signal streams having different characteristics from the signal streams are started. | 06-28-2012 |
20120170570 | UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION PROCESSING METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - An uplink synchronization processing method, a User Equipment (UE), and a base station are provided. The method includes: receiving a component carrier (CC) uplink synchronization indication message sent by a base station, where the uplink synchronization indication message carries identification information of one or multiple newly configured CCs; sending synchronization signaling to the base station when knowing that the uplink synchronization needs to be executed on all or a part of the one or multiple newly configured CCs corresponding to the identification information; and receiving a time advanced (TA) adjusting message that is sent by the base station according to the synchronization signaling, and applying a TA value carried in the TA adjusting message to the CC on which the uplink synchronization needs to be executed. | 07-05-2012 |
20120177027 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TIME SYNCHRONIZING WIRELESS NETWORK ACCESS POINTS - This disclosure is directed to devices and methods for providing a time synchronized WLAN system. Stationary APs in a WLAN system can determine accurate timing information from a GNSS satellite, so as to synchronize with each other. The synchronized APs can then be used to determine position information for devices on the network using pseudo-ranging techniques. | 07-12-2012 |
20120188996 | Systems and Methods for Automatically Synchronizing Data Using a Mobile Communications Device - Embodiments of the invention provide systems and methods for automatically synchronizing data using a mobile communications device (MCD). According to one embodiment, a method for automatically synchronizing data using an MCD is provided. The method may include: associating an automatic synchronization command with an event occurrence on an MCD and at least one MCD application; and, upon detecting the event occurrence, executing the automatic synchronization command to cause automatic synchronization of data between memory of the MCD and at least one remote server associated with the MCD application. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188997 | Reduced power synchronization of wireless devices - Synchronizing at least one wireless sensor includes sending at least one reference message along with a request for acquired data from an access point to the at least one wireless sensor, where the reference message includes a first timestamp indicating when the reference message was sent according to time of a clock of the access point, receiving from the at least one wireless sensor a response that includes the requested data, the first timestamp, and at least one other timestamp corresponding to time of a clock of the at least one wireless sensor, and determining a relative clock offset of the at least one wireless sensor using the timestamps. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188998 | SYNCRONIZING WIRELESS DEVICES - A method of synchronising the reference clock of a first wireless device with a master reference clock of a second wireless device via a wireless network. The method involves transmitting, from the second wireless device to the first wireless device, a dedicated synchronisation frame via a dedicated synchronisation channel; receiving the dedicated synchronisation frame at the first wireless device; and synchronising the reference clock of the first wireless device with the master reference clock of the second wireless device based on the received dedicated synchronisation frame. | 07-26-2012 |
20120201236 | IP COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND SINGLE-OSCILLATOR RADIO AND OSCILLATOR CONTROL METHOD - The invention relates to the field of radio communication devices and, more specifically, gateways connected firstly to a cellular radio communication network via a packet data communication network, such as an IP network, and secondly to cellular mobile communication terminals. The invention proposes to use the same oscillator to provide both the reference clock of the radio subsystem and the reference clock of the general processor of the device. The fact that the same oscillator is used for these two components also allows embodiments in which some of the functions that have hitherto been devolved to a hardware control component, itself operating by means of a clock derived from the radio oscillator and being involved in the control of said oscillator, can now be devolved to a software component that is executed on the general processor of the gateway. | 08-09-2012 |
20120207146 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING SIGNAL TRANSMISSION STARTING POINT OF TERMINAL IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Disclosed is a method for adjusting a transmission time point of at least one second terminal in a wireless network by a first terminal. In the method for adjusting a transmission time point of a terminal, a transmission time point of the second terminal is set, a first frame including information regarding the transmission time point is transmitted to the second terminal, a first response frame transmitted according to the transmission time point from the second terminal is received, and the transmission time point is adjusted according to an arrival time of the first response frame. | 08-16-2012 |
20120218985 | USE OF CORRELATION COMBINATION TO ACHIEVE CHANNEL DETECTION - Combinations of correlation results are used to achieve detection of multiple coded signals at a receiver in a wireless communications system. The code applied to signals includes a lower rate code and a higher rate code. The lower rate code is a nested or tiered code such that it comprises at least two code sequences of the higher rate code. The received coded signal is correlated with the higher rate code using a single higher rate correlator to provide a higher rate code correlation result. The higher rate code correlation results are fed to two or more lower rate code correlators that combine multiple higher rate code correlation results, each using a different lower rate code, to provide corresponding lower rate code correlation results. The presence of at least one coded signal or mutually exclusive coded signals can be determined from the lower rate code correlation results. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218986 | Line-Timing in Packet-Based Networks - In a packet-based (e.g., Ethernet) network, such as the network of central offices and base stations of a wireless telephone system, a node receives one or more incoming packet-based signals from one or more other nodes of the network and recovers a clock signal from each incoming packet-based signal. The node selects one of the recovered clock signals as the node's reference clock signal. When the node is part of a base station, the node uses the selected clock to generate and transmit one or more outgoing packet-based signals to one or more central offices. The node also uses the selected clock to generate the base station's wireless transmissions. In one implementation, the base stations and central offices are connected by Ethernet facilities. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218987 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION - A method for uplink synchronization in a multi-carrier system includes the following steps: a base station selects one or more first component carriers, which do not establish the uplink synchronization with the base station, from multiple component carriers supported by a terminal; then the base station obtains Timing Advance (TA) needed by the terminal to perform the uplink transmission on the first component carriers, and sends the TA information to the terminal; the terminal performs the uplink transmission on said first component carriers according to said TA. The application of the present invention enables the establishment of uplink synchronization between the base station and the user equipment in multi-carrier system. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218988 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION - A method, an apparatus and a system for uplink synchronization are disclosed by the embodiment of the invention. The method includes the following steps: a network equipment configures multi-carrier operation mode for a user equipment and obtains the timing advance TA group message corresponding to each of component carrier CC of the user equipment; the network equipment maintains the TA timer of each TA group according to the TA group information to be uplink synchronized with the user equipment. The embodiment of the invention provides the establishment and maintenance mechanism for uplink synchronization in the case that the timing advance of each component carrier CC is different in the multi-carrier system. | 08-30-2012 |
20120236842 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZING MOBILE STATION MEDIA FLOWS DURING A COLLABORATIVE SESSION - A method and apparatus are described for synchronizing mobile station (i.e., wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU)) media flows during a collaboration session. Inter-WTRU transfer request messages, flow addition request messages and session update request messages may be exchanged between a plurality of WTRUs and a session continuity control application server (SCC-AS). Each of the messages may include a session description protocol (SDP) attribute line containing time synchronization information (e.g., a presentation time offset (PTO) information element (IE), a media flow group identity (ID) and a synchronization tolerance IE). The SCC-AS may update the time synchronization information and include the updated information in messages it sends to the WTRUs, which may re-synchronize their respective media flows based on the updated time synchronization information. | 09-20-2012 |
20120243528 | Mobile Application DRx Synchronization with Embedded Vehicle Hardware - The described method and system provide for synchronizing a mobile application on a mobile device with a DRx (discontinuous receive) schedule of a vehicle. When the vehicle ignition is turned off, a telecommunications unit on the vehicle sends a synchronization message to the mobile device, which allows the mobile application to synchronize with the DRx schedule of the vehicle. The DRx schedule includes a standby mode, a cyclic mode, and a powered down mode for the vehicle, and user requests inputted into the mobile application will be processed according to the mobile application's determination of vehicle availability during those modes. The mobile application is thus able to inform the user of the vehicle status at any point during the vehicle's DRx schedule without requiring any further information from the vehicle after the synchronization message. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243529 | WIRELESS BASE STATION, REFERENCE SIGNAL SUPPLY DEVICE, AND WIRELESS BASE STATION SYSTEM - A PLL circuit of a wireless base station receives a reference signal for synchronization, transmitted from a GPS unit to generate a synchronizing signal in synchronization with the reference signal. A GPS state management unit transmits state information representing a state of the GPS unit to an EMS as the state information of a device supplying a reference signal, mounted on its own device, according to SNMP that is a standard management protocol. | 09-27-2012 |
20120250674 | Increased Bluetooth Clock Accuracy - The present invention provides a communications unit for operation in a communication system in accordance with a protocol that operates to a first clock resolution, the communications unit comprising a first clock, operating to the first resolution, a second clock operating to a second resolution higher than the first resolution, means configured to respond to a request to report a clock value by reporting: (a) the current value of the first clock and (b) information indicating the time on the second clock at which the first clock ticked to its current value. | 10-04-2012 |
20120263165 | Synchronization within wireless devices - Synchronizing a wireless sensor includes receiving a first command at the wireless sensor, noting a first timestamp value indicating when the first reply is sent, responding to the first command with a first reply, receiving a second command at the wireless sensor that contains a second timestamp value indicating when the first reply was received and a third timestamp value indicating when the second command was sent to the wireless sensor, noting a fourth timestamp value indicating when the second command was received by the wireless sensor, and determining an offset at the wireless sensor using the first, second, third, and fourth timestamp values. The presence of the first timestamp value may be interpreted as a request to provide timestamp information for synchronization. An access point may communicate with the wireless sensor. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263166 | SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PORTABLE TERMINAL - A synchronization method and apparatus for synchronizing data at synchronization intervals configured individually for respective data objects in a portable terminal is provided. The synchronization method includes configuring respective synchronization intervals of a plurality of data objects, and synchronizing the data objects the respective synchronization intervals. The data synchronization method and apparatus allows for setting of respective synchronization intervals to a first value for the data that are changed frequently and a second value for the data that are not changed frequently. Also, the data synchronization method and apparatus is capable of configuring the synchronization intervals of the data objects according to properties of the data objects so as to reduce unnecessary data synchronization attempts. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263167 | TIMING AND FREQUENCY ACQUISITION FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methods are provided for processing Time Domain Multiplexing Pilot symbols by employing complex accumulators to determine peak values which indicate the start of timing and frequency information. In an embodiment, a method is provided for timing acquisition in a wireless network. The method includes acquiring samples from an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) data packet over a predetermined period of time, where the samples include one or more TDM pilot symbols. The samples are then processed to determine a maximum value that indicates the TDM pilot symbol has been detected. | 10-18-2012 |
20120275449 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A communication system includes a plurality of communication stations arranged to respectively transmit a beacon on which beacon time information related to a beacon received from a peripheral communication station is placed at a predetermined transmission interval and control a beacon transmission timing of its own station while a collision with the beacon transmitted from the peripheral communication station is avoided on the basis of beacon information placed on the received beacon, in which at least a part of the communication stations includes means configured to decide a priority with respect to beacons received from at least one peripheral communication station and means configured to place beacon time information of a beacon having a high priority among the received beacons on a beacon of its own station, and transmits the beacon at a predetermined transmission interval. | 11-01-2012 |
20120287918 | Method and System for Preserving Content Timing Across Femtocell Interfaces Via Timestamp Insertion - Aspects of a method and system for preserving content timing across femtocell interfaces via timestamp insertion are provided. In this regard, a femtocell may receive a first time-stamped packet via a first interface and transcode the time-stamped packet. The femtocell may buffer the transcoded packet based on a time-stamp recovered from the packet and may transmit the buffered transcoded packet via a second interface. One of the first interface and the second interface may utilize the Internet Protocol. One of the first interface and the second interface may be a non-cellular interface and the other interface may be a cellular interface. The femtocell may be operable to generate a timestamp corresponding to a time instant at which a time-stamped packet arrived via the first interface or the second interface. The timestamp may be referenced to a clock within a cellular enabled communication devices communicatively coupled to the femtocell. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287919 | SYNCHRONIZATION APPARATUS AND METHOD IN WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEMS - A node synchronization apparatus in a wireless network system sets a fast Fourier transform (FFT) start point and requests a one-hop neighbor node to change its transmission time. The synchronization apparatus sets a signal receiving time and requests a one-hop neighbor node to change a receiving time. In this way, a node synchronizes signal transmission and signal reception. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287920 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, ITS BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYNCHRONIZATION MANAGEMENT METHOD AND TIMER CONTROL PROGRAM THEREFOR - The present invention provides a wireless communication system which can reduce the probability that a latency before data transmission increases when a mobile station that is actually in sync is judged to be out of sync based on a timeout of the timer used for judging whether a mobile station is in a deemed in-sync state or in a deemed out-of-sync state. A base station of a wireless communication system which performs communication between a mobile station and the base station, includes a timer unit which sets a period for judging whether an uplink signal from the mobile station is synchronized; and a timer control unit which is capable of determining the period for each of mobile stations and notifies the period to each of the mobile station upon RRC establishment or RRC re-establishment. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287921 | METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING DIRECT MODE TIME DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (TDMA) TRANSMISSIONS - A method for synchronizing the direct mode TDMA transmission of a set of radios by following a selected radio as the leader includes: receiving, by a radio, a communication from an other radio; identifying, by the radio, a leader according to a leadership election rule using the received communication from the other radio and a current leader information; setting, by the radio, the identified leader as its leader; and synchronizing, by the radio, a time slot boundary with a time slot boundary defined by the leader. | 11-15-2012 |
20120300766 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system base station, and a remote radio head (RRH) and a computer-implemented synchronization method for the wireless communication system base station. The RRH is communicably coupled to a baseband unit (BBU) of the wireless communication system base station through a network, and the BBU processes and transmits downlink data to the RRH. The RRH includes: a time-delay measurement unit for measuring a time-delay for the downlink data to arrive at the RRH from the BBU; and a time-delay notification unit for notifying from the RRH to the BBU of time-delay data on the time-delay measured by the time-delay measurement unit, wherein the time-delay data is used to advance the starting time for the BBU to process and transmit the downlink data by an amount of time obtained based on the time-delay data. | 11-29-2012 |
20120307820 | PSS Detection Process for an LTE Communication Network - Cell detection process for a communication network, such as a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system; comprising the steps of: receiving signal samples (i.e. OFDM samples in the case of LTE) transmitted by at least one Base Station (BS); performing a first Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS) correlation measurement with a predetermined PSS sequence in order to generate a first PSS correlation measurement sequence; performing a second Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS) correlation measurement in order to generate a second PSS correlation measurement sequence; comparing said first and second correlation measurement sequences with a predetermined threshold in order to determine peak values, determining common peak values substantially corresponding to similar locations within the half radio frame, and identifying the PSS corresponding to said common peak positions. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307821 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Uplink synchronization establishment in a base station which operates a plurality of component carriers according to one embodiment of the present description, is performed in that the base station is connected to a user equipment, sets component carrier aggregation information, generates an uplink timing groups in the set component carrier aggregation, and transmits information on the thus-generated uplink timing groups to the user equipment. | 12-06-2012 |
20120320902 | Method for Time Synchronization in a Communication Network - A method for time synchronization in a communication network having a plurality of nodes each comprising a first node and at least one second node, wherein the first node generates first cycle counting states according to a reference cycle frequency and the second node generates second cycle counting states according to an internal cycle frequency, wherein time synchronization is performed in consecutive synchronization cycles in which, starting from the first node, synchronization messages are consecutively transferred from one node to a further node and a synchronization message transmitted by the node includes a segment of information that is used for time synchronization in the node receiving the synchronization message, wherein time synchronization is performed in the second node based on an estimate of a first cycle counting state in combination with a linear-quadratic regulator to obtain a synchronized time comprising a controlled first cycle counting state. | 12-20-2012 |
20120327928 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRACKING A CHANNEL TIMING MESSAGE AND SUPPORTING CHANNEL SCANNING IN A DIGITAL MOBILE RADIO SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for enabling a radio to track channel timing and support channel scanning A non-leading radio operating on a communications channel, determines a diffusion period during which channel timing is to be propagated from a leading radio to non-leading radios operating on the communications channel. The non-leading radio implements a first scanning pattern during the diffusion period to scan a CT designated channel for a control timing message with a timing signal sent from the leading radio. The first scanning pattern involves scanning the CT designated channel during every other scan interval and scanning non-priority channels and priority channels during scan intervals not used on the CT designated channel. | 12-27-2012 |
20130003716 | COMPACT BASE STATION APPARATUS AND FRAME TIMING DIFFERENCE INFORMATION ACQUIRING METHOD - Provided is a compact base station apparatus (HeNB) whereby frame timing can precisely be synchronized between HeNB and MeNB, thereby suppressing the interference in an upstream channel. In HeNB ( | 01-03-2013 |
20130010781 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR PERFORMING SYNCHRONIZATION AND COMPENSATING CLOCK DRIFT AMONG COMMUNICATION DEVICES - In order to perform synchronization and compensate clock drift among a plurality of communication devices interconnected to form a mesh communications network, all communication devices, except one given communication device, perform a first distributed consensus-based synchronization. The given communication device performs: obtaining a first correction information derived at least from a difference between a clock timing resulting from the first distributed consensus-based synchronization and a reference clock timing; and transmitting the first correction information through the mesh communications network. All the communication devices, except said given communication device, further perform updating the clock timing resulting from the first distributed consensus-based synchronization by taking into account the transmitted first correction information. | 01-10-2013 |
20130016714 | NETWORK CONNECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF A MOBILE STATION - A network connection method and apparatus for improving network connection performance of a mobile station in a Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) system is provided. The method includes determining whether a cell change from a first cell to a second cell is detected while waiting for a network connection request message, after an acquisition of a synchronization with a first base station associated with the first cell, determining, if the cell change is detected, whether a synchronization is acquired with a second base station associated with the second cell and whether the network connection request message is detected, initiating, if the network connection request message is detected after the synchronization is acquired with the second base station, a network entry procedure, and saving, if the network connection request message is detected before the synchronization is acquired with the second base station, the network connection request message in a buffer. | 01-17-2013 |
20130034092 | Joint Channel Detection of Out of Synchronization Condition - To test whether a first radio channel is synchronized, a first quality value (e.g., power control bits) is determined for a first radio channel (e.g., DPCCH or F-DPCH), and a second quality value is determined for a second radio channel (e.g., PCICH) which carries precoding information (e.g., beamforming weights); then the first and second quality values are combined. In specific embodiments the combining includes comparing the first and second quality values against respective first and second thresholds to obtain respective first and second binary results that are logically combined; or by multiplying the first and second quality values by respective first and second weighting values to achieve weighted values which are added. | 02-07-2013 |
20130039359 | Time Synchronization Using Packet-Layer and Physical-Layer Protocols - In certain embodiments, a slave clock node in a wireless packet network achieves time synchronization with a master clock node by implementing a packet-layer synchronization procedure, such as the IEEE1588 precision timing protocol (PTP), to set the slave's local time based on the master's time. The slave's local time is then maintained by implementing a physical-layer syntonization procedure, such as synchronous Ethernet, without relying on the packet-layer synchronization procedure. The packet-layer synchronization procedure may be selectively employed to adjust the slave's local time (if needed) after significant periods of time (e.g., substantially greater than one second). Both the packet-layer synchronization procedure and the physical-layer syntonization procedure are traceable to a common reference timescale (e.g., UTC). Depending on the implementation, the packet-layer synchronization procedure can be, but does not have to be, terminated when not being employed to adjust the slave's local time. | 02-14-2013 |
20130064239 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING AND OBTAINING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station and terminal use methods of obtaining synchronization and system information in a wireless communication system. An operation of a base station includes generating a synchronization signal to be transmitted through a Synchronization Channel (SCH), generating a broadcast signal to be transmitted through a Broadcast Channel (BCH), and transmitting repetitively the SCH and the BCH by performing beamforming on the channels with different transmission beams. | 03-14-2013 |
20130070750 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING RECEPTION SYNCHRONIZATION IN LOCAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a local wireless communication system, a reception signal including an STF (short training field) in which a plurality of patterns are repeatedly transmitted is received, the STF including a first number of STF patterns and a second number of STF patterns, the second number of STF patterns having an opposite code to that of the first number of STF patterns. In a first frequency offset estimation and correction process and a second frequency offset estimation and correction process, frequency offset estimation is performed on a plurality of STF patterns to acquire a phase error of each sample constituting the STF patterns, and the frequency of the STF patterns is corrected based on the acquired phase error. Cross correlation is performed on a predetermined number of STF patterns, among a plurality of STF patterns output subsequent to the frequency offset estimation and correction, to detect frame timing. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070751 | SYNCHRONIZATION OF TIME IN A MOBILE AD-HOC NETWORK - Network timing synchronization for an ad hoc network combines master node techniques and distributed timing techniques to provide highly accurate, low-overhead synchronization within different timing domains throughout the network. | 03-21-2013 |
20130083789 | Clock Synchronization and Distributed Guard Time Provisioning - Embodiments provide a method to accommodate clock drift and guard time in a distributed fashion. A first device is adapted to communicate with a second device. A clock in the first device is synchronized to a clock in the second device using beacon or/and acknowledgement frames from the second device. A nominal guard time is computed that accounts for clock drift in the first and second devices during a nominal synchronization interval. An additional guard time is computed that accounts for clock drift in the first and second devices during an additional interval beyond the nominal synchronization interval. An available transmission interval is determined within an allocation interval for transmissions between the devices, wherein the beginning and/or the end of the available transmission interval are selected by accounting for the nominal guard time and/or the additional guard time. One or more frames are transmitted within the available transmission interval. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083790 | Clock Synchronization and Centralized Guard Time Provisioning - Embodiments of the invention provide a method to accommodate clock drift and guard time in a centralized fashion. In one embodiment, a first device is adapted to communicate with a second device. A clock in the first device is synchronized to a clock in the second device using beacon or/and acknowledgement frames received from the second device. A centralized guard time is calculated by the second device between two neighboring allocation intervals. The centralized guard time accounts for clock drift in the first and second devices during a nominal synchronization interval. An interval at least as long as the centralized guard time is provisioned by the second device between two neighboring allocation intervals. One or more frames are transmitted between the devices within the allocation intervals. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083791 | METHOD OF UPDATING A TIME SYNCHRONIZATION REFERENCE - A method and apparatus are provided for updating a temporal synchronization reference exchanged between a first item of equipment and at least one second item of equipment belonging to a communication network. The method includes the following steps implemented by one of the two items of equipment: a step of receiving a traceability cue relating to a frequency-synchronization reference; a step of determining the periodicity of updating of the temporal synchronization reference as a function of said traceability cue received. The updating makes it possible to maintain the temporal synchronization reference of the second item of equipment. | 04-04-2013 |
20130100947 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION USING MULTIPLE DIFFERENT TIMING SIGNAL SOURCES - A wireless terminal detects timing signals from different local timing signal sources. The wireless terminal selects from the plurality of detected timing signal sources two timing signal sources in accordance with a predetermined timing signal source priority ordering. In some embodiments, the wireless terminal intentionally selects two timing signal sources which are not synchronized with respect to one another. The wireless terminal determines a first set of peer communications time intervals corresponding to a first selected timing signal source and a second set of peer communications time intervals corresponding to a second selected timing signal source. The wireless terminal transmits a peer to peer signal, e.g., a peer discovery signal, during at least one of the first set of peer communications time intervals. The wireless terminal transmits a peer to peer signal, e.g., a peer discovery signal, during at least one of the second set of peer communications time intervals. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100948 | Methods and Apparatuses for Maintaining Synchronization Between a Radio Equipment Controller and an Item of Radio Equipment - The present invention comprises methods and apparatuses for maintaining radio network timing synchronization across an asynchronous communication link between a Radio Equipment Controller (REC) and an item of Radio Equipment (RE). An REC-side adaptor sends first and second asynchronous packet flows over the asynchronous communication link, including a downlink packet flow comprising CPRI basic frames and overhead information encapsulated in asynchronous communication link packets, and a synchronization packet flow comprising CPRI clock data. An RE-side adaptor recovers the CPRI clock from the synchronization packet flow, and uses the recovered clock to re-synchronize the downlink data recovered from the downlink packet flow. For the uplink, the RE outputs uplink traffic in a synchronous, CPRI-compliant stream that is then encapsulated for asynchronous transport by the RE-side adaptor. The REC-side adaptor reconstitutes the asynchronously received uplink data as a synchronous, CPRI-compliant stream for input to the REC. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100949 | DUAL PHYSICAL LAYER TRANSCEIVERS FOR HIGH SPEED SYNCHRONOUS INTERFACE (HSI) FRAME INTERLEAVING - An apparatus including dual physical layer transceivers for high speed synchronous interface (HSI) frame interleaving. The apparatus includes a first physical layer transceiver and a second physical layer transceiver. The apparatus further includes a frame interleaver that is communicably coupled to each of the first and second physical layer transceivers. The frame interleaver is operable to interleave a protocol data unit (PDU) of high speed synchronous interface (HSI) frames across uplink lanes of the first physical layer transceiver and uplink lanes of the second physical layer transceiver according to a pipe offset. | 04-25-2013 |
20130107871 | SYNCHRONIZATION PREAMBLE TRANSMISSION METHOD, SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
20130128877 | Secondary Synchronization Signal Detection with Interference Cancelation for LTE - Methods and systems for removing interference from strongly powered SSS sequences in a received signal so that comparatively weakly powered SSS sequences in the received signal can be detected are disclosed. The methods and systems can perform a first cell search using the received signal to detect a strongly powered SSS sequence. Using a known SSS sequence corresponding to the strongly powered SSS sequence, the channel over which the strongly powered SSS sequence is received can be estimated. The estimated channel can then be used to determine the contribution of the strongly powered SSS and PSS sequence to the received signal so that it can be canceled. With the contribution of the strongly powered SSS and PSS sequence canceled from the received signal, a second cell search can be performed using the received signal to detect a weakly powered SSS sequence. | 05-23-2013 |
20130136119 | Method and Apparatus for Wireless Transmission of Data Packets - Method for wire-free transmission of data packets between network nodes in a control network, wherein the data packets each have a preamble for synchronization consisting of a predetermined number of preamble symbols, and wherein during a first operating mode, each preamble-subsymbol of a preamble symbol in the preamble is coded by the phase angle of a transmitted single signal pulse, during a second operating mode to increase the signal recognition performance, for the preamble which is transmitted in the data packet, a signal pulse sequence for coding the preamble-subsymbol is transmitted instead of a single signal pulse, where the single signal pulse within the signal pulse sequence is transmitted repeatedly. | 05-30-2013 |
20130148645 | UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD BETWEEN TERMINAL AND BASE STATION - Disclosed is an uplink synchronization method of a base station according to the present invention includes receiving an initial access signal from a terminal; obtaining an uplink synchronization using the received initial access signal; informing the terminal about obtainment of the uplink synchronization; and receiving a data signal from the terminal. According to the present invention, a marine wireless communication system may efficiently perform uplink synchronization between the base station and the terminal, and may efficiently operate wireless resources. | 06-13-2013 |
20130156023 | Methods and Apparatus for Efficiently Synchronizing a Transmitter and a Receiver in a Communication System - The disclosed embodiments provide methods and systems for synchronizing a transmitter and a receiver. In one embodiment, a method for synchronizing a transmitter and a receiver includes the transmitter performing a reset operation, and the receiver responding by performing a reset operation. In another embodiment, a method for synchronizing a transmitter and a receiver includes the receiver performing a reset operation, and the transmitter responding by performing a reset operation. The reset indicator includes toggling a reset indicator. | 06-20-2013 |
20130163578 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ENABLING MULTI BAND TRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus for enabling multi-band transmission includes receiving a beacon on a first radio band and receiving the beacon on a second radio band. The beacon includes synchronization information for transmission on the first and second radio bands. | 06-27-2013 |
20130182699 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - There is provided a wireless communication apparatus for conducting communication between a high-order apparatus and a low-order apparatus, including a beacon reception unit and a beacon transmission unit. The beacon reception unit receives a first regular beacon signal ( | 07-18-2013 |
20130188632 | SYNCHRONIZED WIRELESS DISPLAY DEVICES - This disclosure relates to techniques for synchronizing playback of media data between a source device and one or more sink devices in a Wireless Display (WD) system. WD systems enable mobile devices to share a local display of the source device with remote sink devices. The techniques of this disclosure include a management procedure at the source device to select a universal queue size for the source device and the participating sink devices. The source device selects the universal queue size based at least on supported queue sizes of the source device and the sink devices. The media packets are then held in queues having the universal queue size at the source device and the sink devices. The uniform queue size combined with compensation for transmission delay enables each of the devices to begin processing the media packets at the same time. | 07-25-2013 |
20130195100 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING TO SUPPORT FLEXIBLE REFERENCE SIGNAL CONFIGURATION - The method includes determining which of one or more physical resource elements are to include a reference signal. The method includes generating a signaling message including information indicating the determined physical resource elements that are to include a reference signal, and transmitting the signaling message to user equipment. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195101 | System And Method For Detecting Packet Synchronization - A method of providing frame synchronization for GPS signals can include performing coherent bit extraction on the GPS bits and then performing coherent frame boundary detection based on the bits of the coherent bit extraction. Concurrently, differential bit extraction on the GPS bits and differential frame boundary detection based on bits of the differential bit extraction can be performed. Whichever of the coherent frame boundary detection and the differential frame boundary detection first finds a frame boundary, then that frame boundary is used for the frame synchronization. A method of providing string synchronization for GLONASS signals includes performing coherent and differential bit extraction on the GLONASS bits. | 08-01-2013 |
20130215880 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system broadcasts a control signal at a first frequency band from a base station and allocates additional frequency band(s) for transmitting data by terminal(s). A control signal at the first frequency band indicates the location of the additional frequency band(s) and is not transmitted over the additional frequency band(s). Wireless data transmission is simultaneously performed over the first frequency band and the additional frequency band(s). Each terminal receives the control signal, which is used in time-synchronizing frames between the wireless data transmission at the first frequency band and the wireless data transmission at the additional frequency band(s). The control signal also includes control data for managing wireless data transmission of the terminal(s) at the first frequency band, and is utilized instead of a control signal at the additional frequency band(s). | 08-22-2013 |
20130230041 | TIME SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND TIME SYNCHRONIZATION DEVICE FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a time synchronization method and a time synchronization device for a mobile communication system. When the time status of one type of time protocol is bad, a different type of time protocol having a better status can be automatically selected, thereby the system flexibility and the time information quality and reliability can be effectively enhanced. The time synchronization method for a mobile communication system may comprise: selecting respectively an optimal time source for each type of time protocol port of at least two types of time protocol ports; selecting a system optimal time source from optimal time sources for respective types of time protocol ports. | 09-05-2013 |
20130235864 | DETERMINING CLOCK MODELS - Examples disclosed herein relate to methods and apparatuses for observing signals transmitted by one or more transmitters in an asynchronous communication network and applying a time reference to generate a clock model. In one embodiment, parameters representing the clock model may then be forwarded to other mobile devices to assist in positioning operations. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235865 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN BROADCASTING SYSTEM - An apparatus for transmitting data in a broadcasting system is provided. The apparatus comprises a basic broadcasting data encoder configured to encode basic broadcasting data streams to generate basic broadcasting signals; a synchronization unit configured to acquire synchronization information for synchronization between the basic broadcasting data streams and at least one additional data packet; an additional data multiplexing unit configured to input the synchronization information to each of the additional data packets and multiplex the additional data packets to which the synchronization information is input to generate additional data streams; an additional data encoder configured to encode the additional data streams to generate additional signals; an adding unit configured to generate mixed signals based on the basic broadcasting signals and the additional signals; a modulating unit configured to modulate the mixed signals to generate transmission signals; and a transmitting unit transmitting the transmission signals. | 09-12-2013 |
20130242973 | Uplink Synchronization Maintenance Principles in Wireless Networks - A cell within cellular network includes user equipments (UEs) that transmit data to a base station (eNB). Over a period of time, not all of the UEs will have data to transmit. The UEs are tracked as a scheduled portion and an unscheduled portion, wherein a UE is included in the scheduled portion in response to receiving a scheduling request from the UE. Synchronization is maintained between the eNB and each UE in the scheduled portion by sending a timing adjustment (TA) command if needed. Synchronization is maintained between the eNB and each UE in the unscheduled portion by allocating a periodic reference signal (sync-RS) to each UE in the unscheduled portion and by sending a respective timing adjustment (TA) command if needed to each respective UE in the unscheduled portion in response to a respective sync-RS received from each UE in the unscheduled portion. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242974 | Method and Apparatus for Synchronization Mechanisms in Wireless Communication Systems - A method for synchronization mechanism in a wireless communication network supporting new carrier type is disclosed. The method comprises generating a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS); transmitting a pair of the PSS and the SSS on a first carrier by a first mechanism; and transmitting a pair of the PSS and the SSS on a second carrier by a second mechanism; wherein the second carrier is of new carrier type. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242975 | Radio Link Synchronization in a Wireless Communication Device - A wireless communication terminal including a controller coupled to a transceiver wherein the controller is configured to determine a synchronization based on a mapping of channel state information to decoder error rate corresponding to a hypothetical control code word, to attempt to decode a control codeword in a received signal, and to conclude that an out of synchronization event has not occurred if the control codeword is decoded successfully regardless of an indication of the mapping. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242976 | PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD ADN PROGRAM - A system including multiple nodes performing radio communication, wherein each node stores routing information, uses it to determine a transmission path, and performs cut-through transmission by transmitting and receiving packets to and from a node on the determined path through transmission and reception radio waves given a directivity by controlling their phases. In the system, time synchronization and transmission and reception of packet communication records are performed during a certain time period by carrying out the cut-through transmission while controlling phases of the radio waves so that all of the nodes form one or more closed loops. The node transmits and receives packets in accordance with routing information and a time frame assigned to each of the nodes as a time when each node is allowed to transmit and receive a packet, updates the routing information, and shares it with each node. | 09-19-2013 |
20130259024 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRIMARY SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL DETECTION - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for primary synchronization signal (PSS) detection. The method may comprise: performing a central-symmetrical preprocess on a receive vector by exploiting a central symmetry of the primary synchronization signal; and performing, based on the central-symmetrical preprocess, a non-coherent detection on the receive vector using local primary synchronization signals so as to detect the primary synchronization signal. The computation complexity in PSS detection may be significantly reduced by performing preprocess to the receive vector based on the central symmetry of the primary synchronization signal, thereby considerably enhancing the speed and performance of PSS search and further improving the cell search efficiency. | 10-03-2013 |
20130266001 | PROTOCOL SYNCHRONIZATION FOR HARQ BACKGROUND - A method and apparatus according to the present invention addresses and/or prevents lost protocol synchronization in HARQ systems caused by ACK/NACK errors. One embodiment detects lost synchronization errors for NDI-based retransmission protocols and restores synchronization by sending an explicit RESET message. In response to the RESET message, the transmitter aborts the transmission of a current PDU and transmits a new PDU and corresponding NDI. Another embodiment prevents protocol synchronization errors by sending scheduling grants on a packet by packet basis. The receiver sends a subsequent explicit scheduling grant to the transmitter based on an error evaluation of a received PDU. The transmitter will not send the next PDU unless it receives the subsequent explicit scheduling grant. | 10-10-2013 |
20130272294 | Methods and User Equipments for Providing Information About a Connection State - A method in a first user equipment ( | 10-17-2013 |
20130279492 | MULTICARRIER PACKET SYNCHRONISATION - One embodiment of the present invention provides a computationally efficient method to process a short training sequence in order to establish the presence of a valid packet on the medium and determine optimum sampling instance. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279493 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING UPLINK TIME ALIGNMENT - A method and apparatus of managing uplink time alignment in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment transmits a random access preamble to maintain an uplink time alignment to a base station and receives a random access response in response to the random access preamble from the base station. | 10-24-2013 |
20130287015 | METHOD OF PERFORMING CELL SEARCH IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing cell search includes receiving a primary synchronization signal (PSS) comprising a primary synchronization code (PSC) and receiving a secondary synchronization signal (SSS) comprising a first secondary synchronization code (SSC) and a second SSC, wherein the SSS includes a first SSS and a second SSS, the first SSC and the second SSC are arranged in that order in the first SSS, and the second SSC and the first SSC are arranged in that order in the second SSS. Detection performance on synchronization signals can be improved, and cell search can be performed more reliably. | 10-31-2013 |
20130294437 | EVOLVED PACKET CORE LESS DIRECT MODE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION ATTACHING METHOD THEREOF - An evolved packet core less direct-mode communication system and a communication attaching method thereof are provided. The evolved packet core less direct-mode communication system comprises a client direct-mode communication apparatus and a server direct-mode communication apparatus. The server direct-mode communication apparatus transmits a synchronization signal to the client direct-mode communication apparatus. The client direct-mode communication apparatus synchronizes to the server direct-mode communication apparatus according to the synchronization signal and establishes a communication connection with the evolved packet core less direct-mode communication system after synchronization. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294438 | Synchronizing Wireless Local Area Network Access Points - In a wireless local area network, a first and second access point in which the RF coverage areas overlap are synchronized by positioning a monitor station within the overlap area. The monitor station receives beacon frames from both access points and records the arrival times. A manager in communication with both access points and the monitor station calculates a retardation interval and issues a control command to the second access point to retard transmission of its beacon frame. The retardation interval is calculated such that the contention-free period of the second access point does not overlap the contention-free period of the first access point. The manager may also issue control commands to the first and second access points to adjust their contention-free periods. | 11-07-2013 |
20130301633 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZATION OF TIME-SLOTTED BARRAGE RELAY NETWORKS - Systems and methods are presented for establishing network-wide time synchronization in a time-slotted barrage relay network. In the first phase, nodes obtain coarse, slot-level time synchronization by estimating the time-of-arrival (TOA) of a message that rapidly floods the network via the barrage relay mechanism. In the second phase, fine time synchronization is achieved via a messaging protocol that exchanges TOA information between neighboring nodes. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301634 | TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION FOR NETWORKS WITH RADIO LINKS - Precision Timing Protocol (PTP) related functions for use in packet communications carried in part by a microwave communications link include setting of time of day values across the microwave link and providing transparent clock functions. The PTP functions may be used for synchronizing radio base stations in a cellular network. The transparent clock can bridge Ethernet switches associated with microwave stations providing the microwave communications link. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301635 | Methods and Apparatus for Synchronizing Clock Signals in a Wireless System - A system for verifying clock synchronization between master and slave network equipment is provided. The master includes a transmitter, first control logic, and a first processor. The slave includes a receiver, second control logic, and a second processor. The transmitter may send synchronization packets to the receiver. When a synchronization packet is sent, the first control logic forwards a first timestamp sample to the first processor. In response to receiving a synchronization packet, the receiver may generate a second timestamp sample that is forwarded to the second processor. When a number of first timestamp samples are collected at the first processor, the transmitter may send a timestamp packet to the receiver. In response to receiving the timestamp packet, the receiver may compare the first and second timestamp samples in an effort to synchronize a slave reference clock in the slave to a master reference clock in the master. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301636 | MINIMAL MAINTENANCE LINK TO SUPPORT SYNCHRONIZATION - A method for use in a field unit operable in a wireless communication network. The method includes receiving an indication of a plurality of access identifiers from a base station. The field unit selects an access identifier from the plurality of access identifiers received from the base station. The selected access identifier is associated with a type of field unit request. The field unit transmits the selected access identifier to the base station. The field unit then receives a message from the base station. The message is based on the transmitted selected access identifier. The message contains a timing adjustment that indicates an amount to advance timing. A corresponding field unit apparatus, a base station method, and corresponding base station apparatus is also disclosed. | 11-14-2013 |
20130308625 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING SYNCHRONIZATION IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE NETWORK - A method and an apparatus for performing synchronization by a first device in a Device-to-Device (D2D) network are provided. The method includes detecting a synchronization signal from at least one second device during one period, determining a phase adjustment value depending on a number of synchronization signals, which have been detected from the at least one second device during the one period, adjusting a phase value of a first device using the phase adjustment value, and transmitting a synchronization signal if the phase value of the first device reaches a predetermined specific value. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308626 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF IMPLEMENTING TIME SYNCHRONIZATION - The present invention discloses a method of time synchronization and a base station system. The base station system includes a main unit, at least one radio unit, and a transmission medium adapted to transmit information between the main unit and the at least one radio unit. The base station system further includes a clock synchronization server configured close to the side of the at least one radio unit or integrated with the at least one radio unit. The clock synchronization server is adapted to transmit synchronization data to the main unit through the transmission medium, so that the main unit performs configuration processing according to the synchronization data to implement time synchronization with the clock synchronization server. | 11-21-2013 |
20130315226 | TIME SYNCHRONISATION IN A SINGLE NETWORK - A method for synchronizing in time a plurality of transmitters (T | 11-28-2013 |
20130322426 | TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION OF WIRELESS NETWORKS - A single wireless slave node may be in a timing virtual network (TVN) with neighboring wireless slave nodes. The single wireless slave node may store information indicative of the identity, link propagation delay, and channel signature of each of its neighboring wireless slave nodes. The single wireless slave node may repeatedly update a timing estimate based on the stored information and by performing a physical layer fast reference signal broadcast transmission and reception. | 12-05-2013 |
20130329720 | Apparatus and Method for Wireless Baseband Processing - Apparatuses and methods for receiving and transmitting signals are provided. A baseband processor includes receiver circuitry including single carrier receiver circuitry for demodulating a received single carrier signal and multi-carrier receiver circuitry for demodulating a received multi-carrier signal. The single carrier receiver circuitry includes a first digital interpolator, and the multi-carrier receiver circuitry includes a second digital interpolator. Symbol timing recovery is executed by adjusting an interpolation phase of the first digital interpolator or the second digital interpolator. The baseband processor also includes transmitter circuitry for encoding a signal to be transmitted. The baseband processor further includes a clock coupled to the receiver circuitry and coupled to the transmitter circuitry. The clock is configured to supply a clock signal that is processed to generate clock sampling frequencies for sending and receiving a single carrier signal and a multi-carrier signal. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329721 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR DETERMINING A FREQUENCY OFFSET - Embodiments relate to a concept for determining an estimate ( | 12-12-2013 |
20130336307 | TERMINAL SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A terminal synchronization method and apparatus for use in a wireless communication system are provided. A synchronization method includes configuring, at the terminal, a synchronization signal reference time depending on whether a synchronization signal is received in an initial observation period as long as at least two frames, monitoring to receive the synchronization signal in an alternation period of a transmission period and a reception period, the alternation period following the initial observation period, updating the reference time depending on whether the synchronization signal is received in the reception period, transmitting the synchronization signal at the updated reference time in the transmission period, and updating the reference time depending on whether the synchronization signal is received in a dedicated observation period following the alternation period. The synchronization apparatus and method are advantageous in that synchronization is obtained without assistance of a base station, an Access Point (AP), etc. | 12-19-2013 |
20140003416 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING UPLINK AND DOWNLINK SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN A PLURALITY OF BASE STATIONS AND A TERMINAL IN A COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 01-02-2014 |
20140003417 | SUPPORTING COORDINATED UNIVERSAL TIME IN LTE | 01-02-2014 |
20140003418 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZING BETWEEN AN IN-VIVO DEVICE AND A LOCALIZATION SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
20140003419 | ORTHOGONAL REFERENCE SIGNAL PERMUTATION | 01-02-2014 |
20140010227 | RECEIVER DESIGN FOR GEO-LOCATION AND/OR PHASE COHERENT PROCESSING - A receiver system using commercially available super high-speed data converters that are able to directly digitize at multiple GHz sampling rates with sufficient accuracy to fit many radio applications. Unlike conventional receivers, no down converters or mixing stages are required. Instead it uses a bank of RF filters from which the desired RF filter, based on the frequency band of interest, is switched in. The frequency spectrum scan rate is very fast as the settling time for the simple RF front-end is small and the speed of RF switching is high. The filtered output is digitized at a multiple GHz sampling rate and all signal processing is done by FPGA or a combination of FPGA and/or a general-purpose processor. | 01-09-2014 |
20140016632 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL METHOD - Provided is a communication apparatus including a first communication unit for performing communication using a carrier having a first frequency, a second communication unit having a plurality of antennas, for performing communication using a carrier having a second frequency, a first communication processing unit for processing a signal received by the first communication unit and causing to transmit a signal, and a second communication processing unit for processing a signal received by the second communication unit and causing to transmit a signal. The second communication processing unit includes a synchronization unit for specifying a start position of a second transmission request in which a plurality of transmission beam patterns are set in one packet based on information indicating reception initiation, and an automatic gain control unit for performing automatic gain control based on a first automatic gain control setting value. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016633 | TECHNIQUES FOR COMMUNICATING DATA BETWEEN A HOST DEVICE AND AN INTERMITTENTLY ATTACHED MOBILE DEVICE - A relatively simple protocol for transferring files and other data between endpoints. The endpoints are a host electronic device and a client electronic device. The connection between the end points can utilize a reliable stream transport connection. Communication is accomplished utilizing packets that have a header and a body with information to be used in transmitting data between the end points. Various packet types are utilized to achieve data transfer. | 01-16-2014 |
20140023063 | TRANSFER OF SYNCHRONIZATION IN A HYBRID GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE PACKET NETWORK SYSTEM - Networks, network devices and methods of synchronization using transfer of synchronization packets are provided. Some network devices are configured to use either a timing reference extracted based on GPS signals or an imported timing reference, as an operative time reference. A network device from which to import the time reference is selected and may be updated to meet a selection rule related to the quality of receiving the transfer of synchronization packets. | 01-23-2014 |
20140029602 | SEQUENCE GENERATING METHOD FOR EFFICIENT DETECTION AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS USING THE SAME - A sequence generation method for allowing a reception end to effectively detect a sequence used for a specific channel of an OFDM communication system, and a signal transmission/reception method using the same are disclosed. During the sequence generation, an index is selected from among the index set having the conjugate symmetry property between indexes, and a specific part corresponding to the frequency “0” is omitted from a transmitted signal. In addition, a reception end can calculate a cross-correlation value between a received (Rx) signal and each sequence using only one cross-correlation calculation based on the conjugate symmetry property. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029603 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TIME-SYNCHRONIZATION IN AD HOC NETWORK - A method and a device perform time-synchronization with an ad hoc network configured by a plurality of nodes. The method includes: transmitting a time-synchronization request frame including an address of one of the plurality of nodes which belong to the ad hoc network to one of the plurality of nodes having a function of receiving the time-synchronization request frame and transmitting a time-synchronization reply frame including time-synchronization information; receiving the time-synchronization reply frame including the time-synchronization information from one of the plurality of nodes which receive the time-synchronization request frame; and performing time-synchronization with one of the plurality of nodes using the time-synchronization information included in the time-synchronization reply frame. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029604 | COMMUNICATING TIME INFORMATION IN A NETWORK TO ENABLE SYNCHRONIZATION - A first node in a network receives a timing packet containing time information, where the timing packet is originated by a time server. The first node then updates the time information in the timing packet to reflect a delay associated with communicating the timing packet over a network link. The first node then updates the time information in the timing packet to reflect the delay associated transfer of the timing packet through the node. The first node sends the timing packet with the updated time information to a second node to enable the second node to use the updated time information for synchronization of the second node. The process repeats across an arbitrary number of nodes to enable time alignment between the first node and final destination node. | 01-30-2014 |
20140036903 | Radio Over Ethernet - A method of wireless communication utilizing a communication system that includes a baseband module that is in communication with a radio module via an Ethernet communication link. The method of wireless communication can include the synchronization of the internal reference clocks of the baseband module and radio module. A hierarchical arrangement can be used to synchronize the internal reference clocks with a grandmaster clock within the communication system. Further, packet transit calculations can be used to synchronize the internal reference clocks. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036904 | TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT, INTERFACE CIRCUIT, INFORMATION TERMINAL, INTERFACE METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A signal received by an antenna ( | 02-06-2014 |
20140044119 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MULTIPLEXING LOW FREQUENCY CLOCKS TO REDUCE INTERFACE COUNT - Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a method and system for multiplexing the low frequency signals from at least one clock transmitter to at least one clock receiver to reduce interface count. The low frequency signals are multiplexed in a CLKMUX logic using selection signals. The selection signals are generated using system frame and system clocks. The multiplexed clock is received by the CLKDEMUX logic through an interface. The interface can be backplane connectors, PCB traces and cables. The CLKDEMUX logic dc-multiplexes the received clock and transmits to the SELECT LOGIC for selecting at least one low frequency clock. The SELECT LOGIC selects at least one low frequency clock based on the signals from a processor. The jitter attenuator filters jitter in the low frequency clock and the CLOCK SINK distributes system clocks to rest of system elements. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044120 | METHOD OF PERFORMING UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing uplink synchronization in a wireless communication system includes transmitting a random access preamble which is randomly selected from a set of random access preambles, receiving a random access response, the random access response comprising a random access preamble identifier corresponding to the random access preamble and a time alignment value for uplink synchronization, starting a time alignment timer after applying the time alignment value, starting a contention resolution timer after receiving the random access response, wherein contention resolution is not successful when the contention resolution timer is expired, and stopping the time alignment timer when the contention resolution timer is expired. | 02-13-2014 |
20140050213 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION DURING A WIRELESS UPLINK RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE - Aspects generally relate to wireless communications and, more particularly, to methods, systems and apparatus for timing synchronization during a wireless uplink random access procedure. For example, certain aspects relate to a technique for receiving first timing advance information associated with uplink wireless communications with a base station (BS), transmitting a random access connection request message to the BS, receiving a random access response from the BS while the first timing advance information is within a valid time period, the random access response comprising second timing advance information associated with uplink wireless communications with the base station, determining, after receiving the random access response, that the valid time period for the first timing advance information has expired, and utilizing the second timing advance information for uplink communications with the BS after determining that the valid time period for the first timing advance information has expired. Numerous other aspects are provided. | 02-20-2014 |
20140064263 | DEVICE DISCOVERY FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide a method and apparatus for device discovery in device-to-device (D2D) communication. One embodiment of the method includes generating first information indicative of a first synchronization signal in response to a request from a first user equipment to be authenticated for D2D communication with one or more second user equipment. The first information corresponds to a sequence used to generate a primary synchronization signal for transmission by a serving cell for the first user equipment. This embodiment of the method also includes providing the first information to the first user equipment so that the first user equipment can transmit the first synchronization signal. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064264 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A WiGig wireless device partially performs a masking processing on a preamble of a transmission signal frame and generates a repetition pattern of the same pulse capable of being used in a correlation detection of a sensor. That is, a repetition pattern of a Golay code is output by intermittently performing the masking processing on the Golay code sequence. The sensor performs the correlation detection using a pulse compression technology, thereby detecting the antenna radiation pattern even in an environment where a reflected wave is generated, by separating the direct wave and the reflected wave. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064265 | Minimizing the Impact of Self Synchronization on Wireless Communication Devices - A method for self synchronization by a base station is described. Network information is sent to a wireless communication device. The network information indicates a first time period. The first time period is a period of silence by the base station. Synchronization signals are monitored during the first time period. Monitoring synchronization signals includes not transmitting. | 03-06-2014 |
20140071976 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ENABLING COMMUNICATION ON A SUPPLEMENTAL CHANNEL IN A GSM WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - An apparatus and method are disclosed for utilizing a supplemental downlink channel in a GSM network. The supplemental downlink channel may be referred to as a GSM Prime channel. The GSM Prime channel utilizes idle frames that are otherwise unused in the GSM network to carry control and data information. A receiving unit capable of receiving the GSM Prime channel is also disclosed. Some embodiments may be mobile devices configured for conventional GSM communication in addition to the receiving of the GSM Prime. Other embodiments may be dedicated GSM Prime receiving units. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 03-13-2014 |
20140079051 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NETWORKED WEARABLE MEDICAL SENSORS - A medical sensor system comprises a gateway comprising a wideband receiver and a narrow band transmitter, the each gateway configured to receive a wideband positioning frame using the wideband receiver from one or more wearable sensors and to transmit acknowledgement frames using the narrow band transmitter that include timing and control data for use by the sensors to establish timing for transmission of the positioning frame; and at least one wearable sensor comprising a wideband transmitter and a narrow band receiver, the sensor configured to transmit a sensor data frame to the gateway using the wideband transmitter and to receive an acknowledgement frame from the gateway using the narrow band receiver, extract timing and control information from the frame, and adjust the timing and synchronization of the wideband transmitter using the timing and control information. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079052 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station which is provided with a switching unit which switches whether a mobile station should acquire, from a base station, a timing correction amount of an uplink transmission timing determined based on a downlink reception timing, and an uplink transmission timing determining unit which, when not acquiring the timing correction amount from the base station, sets the timing correction amount to zero or determines it in accordance with a value of a variable which is included in broadcast information transmitted by the base station. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079053 | SELECTIVE MULTI-MODAL TRANSMISSION ALTERATION - System and methods for an interface alteration device placed between a first segment and a second segment of a communication line of a vehicle. The interface alteration device identifies portions of an incoming data stream that are to be transmitted to a second interface alteration device and causes the identified portions to be transmitted to the second interface alteration device; identifies portions of the incoming data stream that are to be replaced by data received over a data link from the second interface alteration device; and generates an outgoing data stream that is a replicate of the incoming data stream except that the portions of the incoming data stream identified to be replaced are replaced with the corresponding data received from the second interface alteration device. | 03-20-2014 |
20140086233 | SYNCHRONIZATION REQUESTS TO REDUCE POWER CONSUMPTION - An electronic device is described. In order to facilitate the communication of synchronization information with another electronic device in a wireless network, the electronic device provides a request for the synchronization information to the other electronic device at a time other than a predefined synchronization transmission time of the other electronic device. Then, the electronic device receives the synchronization information from the other electronic device in response to the request. In this way, the probability that the synchronization information is successfully communicated is increased, and the amount of time the electronic device is in an active mode is reduced, thereby reducing power consumption. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086234 | SYNCHRONIZATION DEVICE AND SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD - A first synchronization signal for synchronization with a synchronization signal source is acquired from a first signal source. A first signal synchronized with the synchronization signal source is generated based on the first synchronization signal. A second synchronization signal for synchronization with the synchronization signal source is acquired from a second signal source different from the first signal source. A second signal synchronized with the synchronization signal source is generated based on the second synchronization signal. A timing signal synchronized with the synchronization signal source is generated based on the first signal of a synchronization device. A phase difference between the timing signal and the second signal is output. An offset is set so that there is no phase difference between the timing signal and the second signal based on the phase difference. | 03-27-2014 |
20140092894 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO DERIVE SYSTEM TIMING AT A WIRELESS BASE STATION - Method and Apparatus to Derive System Timing at a Wireless Base transceiver Station (BTS). The present invention relates to wireless communication networks and, more particularly, to timing information in wireless communication networks. A method for providing reference timing to a BTS, the method comprising of the BTS sending a message to a network controller via a station, wherein the message requests for round trip delay time incurred by the message; the BTS estimating a timing offset from a response and determining the correction to be made to the reference timing using the timing offset due to the one way delay from the station transmitting the pilot signal, the actual PN offset at which the station transmits the pilot signal and the actual offset at which the pilot signal is received at the BTS; and the BTS making the correction to the reference timing. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092895 | Time Synchronization in a Communication Network - A first and a second base station, and respective methods therein are provided for enabling communication between the first base station and the second base station, wherein one of the base stations enables the other base station to obtain synchronization information. One of the base stations has information of a time server it is using for obtaining synchronization information. When one of the base stations detects the presence of the other, this time server information is sent to the base station not having the time server information, thereby enabling this base station to obtain synchronization information from the same time server as its counterpart. | 04-03-2014 |
20140098807 | CODING METHODS OF COMMUNICATING IDENTIFIERS IN PEER DISCOVERY IN A PEER-TO-PEER NETWORK - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate identifying peers based upon encoded signals during peer discovery in a peer to peer network. For example, direct signaling that partitions a time-frequency resource into a number of segments can be utilized to communicate an identifier within a peer discovery interval; thus, a particular segment selected for transmission can signal a portion of the identifier, while a remainder can be signaled based upon tones communicated within the selected segment. Moreover, a subset of symbols within the resource can be reserved (e.g., unused) to enable identifying and/or correcting timing offset. Further, signaling can be effectuated over a plurality of peer discovery intervals such that partial identifiers communicated during each of the peer discovery intervals can be linked (e.g., based upon overlapping bits and/or bloom filter information). | 04-10-2014 |
20140105205 | Dynamically Self-Organizing Ad-Hoc TDMA Communications Synchronization Method - A method and system for TDMA synchronization including providing an ad-hoc TDMA mobile communication network, the communication network includes a plurality of mobile units, transmitting an information packet from a mobile unit of the plurality of mobile units to each remaining one of the plurality of mobile units. The method and system further including comparing at each remaining one of the plurality of mobile units the corresponding preamble detection time trx,i with a predetermined time parameter tc0rr, and adjusting the corresponding preamble detection time trx i of each remaining one of the plurality of mobile units accordingly. In addition, a method for logical timeslot synchronization and its enhancement using directed synchronization procedure with a refresh procedure are disclosed if a transmitting mobile unit exits the communication network and reconnects thereto. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105206 | Circuit and Method for Operating a Node in a Radio Network - A circuit and a method for operating a node in a radio network, whereby nodes of the same radio network have a common network ID and each node individually is assigned a node ID, wherein during the reception of a current packet by a receiving circuit of the node, an address contained in the packet is determined, wherein reception of the current packet is continued when the determined address agrees with the network ID of the node and the node ID of the node, and wherein during reception of the current packet, the reception of the current packet is terminated and the receiving circuit is controlled based on a case decision, when the determined address does not agree with the network ID of the node or the node ID of the node. | 04-17-2014 |
20140112330 | SHORT AND LONG TRAINING FIELDS - A method includes receiving a first plurality of symbols comprising complex portions. The method further includes applying conjugate symmetry to the first plurality of symbols, producing a second plurality of symbols comprising no complex portions. The method further includes transforming the second plurality of symbols using an inverse fast Fourier transform, producing a third plurality of symbols. The method further includes interpolating the third plurality of symbols, generating a short training field comprising at least one real portion of the third plurality of symbols, generating a long training field comprising at least one real portion of the third plurality of symbols, and transmitting the short training field and long training field in a WPAN. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112331 | AVOIDANCE OF NETWORK INTERFERENCE BETWEEN THERMOSTATS IN A PLURALITY OF PROXIMATE WIRELESS MESH NETWORKS - An apparatus and/or method is described providing for expansion of the number of nodes in an HVAC thermostat control network utilizing a wireless mesh network beyond the limits of a single mesh network by utilizing a synchronization signal to offset periods of high wireless mesh network traffic. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112332 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZATION FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A method and an apparatus for synchronization for a device-to-device communication are disclosed. The method includes: instantly adjusting a synchronization phase value according to a time point when a synchronization signal is received, as soon as a device receives the synchronization signal from an adjacent device in an unconnected state; accumulatively storing at least one phase adjustment value according to a time point when at least one synchronization signal is received, whenever the device receives the at least one synchronization signal from at least one adjacent device in a connected state; and adjusting the synchronization phase value according to the stored at least one phase adjustment value when the device transitions from the connected state to the unconnected state. | 04-24-2014 |
20140119362 | METHOD OF REPORTING PHASE OFFSETS, USER EQUIPMENT AND TRANSMISSION POINT DEVICE USING THE METHOD - A transmission point device, user equipment, and method of reporting phase offsets between signals received from a serving cell and neighbor cells in a communication system are disclosed. The method comprises steps of: quantizing the phase offsets using a predetermined number of bits; utilizing another bit to indicate constellation of the phase offsets; reporting the quantized phase offsets and the constellation to transmission point. The present disclosure may improve the signal combining gain from multiple transmission points with minimum overhead increasing. | 05-01-2014 |
20140126566 | Data Transmission System and Method - A data transmission system is utilized in a Mobile Industry Processor Interface (MIPI). A master device includes a control module for generating a control signal according to a feedback signal. A packet encoding module is coupled to the control module for encoding an original packet to be a transmission packet according to the original packet and the control signal to process a transmission operation. A slave device includes a packet decoding module for decoding the transmission packet to be the original packet or a related display device signal corresponding to the original packet to a display device. A feedback module is coupled to the packet decoding module for generating the feedback signal to the control module of the master device according to a decoding condition of the control module, so as to switch a transmission mode of the transmission operation. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126567 | DISTRIBUTED CO-OPERATING NODES USING TIME REVERSAL - Methods and systems for coherent distributed communication techniques using time reversal are disclosed. In one aspect, cooperating nodes of a cluster can move relative to each other and relative to an intended receiver of the nodes' data transmissions. The nodes are synchronized to a common time reference, and data for transmission from the cluster is distributed to the nodes. The intended receiver sends a sounding signal to the nodes. Each node receives the sounding signal, obtains the channel response between the intended receiver and itself, and time-reverses the channel response. Each node then convolves its time-reversed channel response with the data to obtain the node's convolved data Each node waits a predetermined time following the time reference signal, as determined based on the common time reference. At the expiration of the predetermined time period, the nodes simultaneously transmit their convolved data | 05-08-2014 |
20140126568 | Cell Search in Wireless Communication System - A receiver performs synchronization to a secondary component carrier in a wireless communication system. The secondary component carrier is aggregated with a primary component carrier in the wireless communication system. Side information of the secondary component carrier is utilized to reduce occurrences of a number of synchronization hypotheses in a hypothesis test in the case that synchronization to the secondary component carrier is performed. Symbol timing synchronization of the secondary component carrier is determined in accordance with the reduced occurrences of the number of synchronization hypotheses. | 05-08-2014 |
20140133477 | Method and Apparatus for Configuring Enhanced Timing Measurements Involving Multifarious Radio Links - In its various aspects, the present invention addresses the many challenges associated with making timing measurements involving multifarious radio links. Such measurements are referred to herein as “enhanced” to connote that such timing determinations are being made across multifarious radio links. Here, a radio link will be understood as connecting two radio nodes, and two radio links are considered to be multifarious with respect to each other if they are opposite in terms of uplink and downlink transmit directions, and further if they are associated with different cell identifiers and/or if the two links are between different pairs of radio nodes. In this context, the teachings herein disclose the sharing of “enhanced timing measurement” capability information, e.g., between radio nodes and positioning nodes. Such information indicates the enhanced timing measurement capability of a radio node. Sharing such information enables another node, e.g., a positioning node, to determine an enhanced timing measurement configuration to be used by a radio node. Further, additional teachings herein disclose advantageous configurations for making enhanced timing measurements, and techniques for compensating timing measurements determined from multifarious radio links, e.g., compensating for frequency-dependent propagation time differences. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133478 | BEACON ASSISTED CELL SEARCH IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for transmitting synchronization signals to assist user equipments (UEs) perform cell searches are described. In one design, a base station for a cell may generate and transmit a primary synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal, which may be used by the UEs for initial cell search at power up. The base station may also generate and transmit one or more beacon signals, which may be used by the UEs for neighbor cell search to detect for neighbor cells. The number of beacon signals to transmit and the set of subcarriers usable for each beacon signal may be determined based on the system bandwidth. Each beacon signal may be mapped to one subcarrier in the set of subcarriers in each beacon symbol period. This one subcarrier may be determined based on a beacon hopping pattern or a beacon code and may be dependent on a cell identifier (ID). | 05-15-2014 |
20140133479 | System and Method for Synchronizing Phases and Frequencies of Devices in Multi-User, Wireless Communications Systems - A system and method for synchronizing the phases and frequencies of devices in multi-user, wireless communications systems are provided. A primary beacon signal is transmitted by a destination node in a wireless communications network to a plurality of source nodes. Secondary beacon signals are also exchanged between the source nodes. Using the primary and secondary beacon signals, the nodes generate local phase and frequency estimates which are used to control local phases and frequencies of the source nodes. The source nodes then transmit common information to the destination at carrier frequencies based on the estimated local frequencies and phases, so that the phases and frequencies of the transmitted information are synchronized to facilitate coherent combining of the bandpass signals at the destination. Phase and frequency synchronization can be applied to wireless communications systems having any number of source nodes, and effects of Doppler shifts and moving platforms are accounted for. Acoustic and radio-frequency signaling can be utilized. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133480 | TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION FOR NETWORKS WITH RADIO LINKS - Precision Timing Protocol (PTP) related functions for use in packet communications carried in part by a microwave communications link include setting of time of day values across the microwave link and providing transparent clock functions. The PTP functions may be used for synchronizing radio base stations in a cellular network. The transparent clock can bridge Ethernet switches associated with microwave stations providing the microwave communications link. | 05-15-2014 |
20140140337 | METHOD FOR ACQUIRING TIME SYNCHRONIZATION IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for acquiring time synchronization in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus for the method, wherein the method comprises the steps of: obtaining information on a discontinuous transmission pattern of a synchronous channel; attempting detection of a synchronous channel of a base station; and, if said detection fails, continuously attempting detection of the synchronous channel of the base station during a predetermined time period. If the base station is of a first type, said predetermined time period is set to be the same as or longer than the time period in which the synchronous channel is continuously not transmitted in said discontinuous transmission pattern. If the base station is of a second type, said predetermined time period is set to be the same as or longer than the time period in which the synchronous channel is continuously transmitted in said discontinuous transmission pattern. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140338 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus includes: a communication module configured to wirelessly communicate with first and second counterpart communication apparatuses through a wireless channel during a period in which the wireless channel is allowed to be exclusively used, wherein the communication module multiplexes first and second data frames and transmits the first and second data frames to the first and second counterpart communication apparatuses, wherein the communication module completes receiving first and second receipt confirmation frames being respectively sent from the first and second counterpart communication apparatuses at first and second receipt completion timings, the second receipt completion timing being in synchronization with the first receipt completion timing, and wherein the communication module transmits a next first data frame and a next second data frame after elapse of a given time from the first receipt completion timing and the second receipt completion timing. | 05-22-2014 |
20140146811 | Method and Device for Implementing Automatic Compensation for Asymmetric Delay of 1588 Link - A method and device for implementing a compensation for an asymmetry delay of a 1588 link are provided. The method comprises: measuring and calculating a value of an asymmetry delay of the 1588 uplink/downlink; performing an asymmetry delay compensation when the value of the asymmetry delay exceeds a set synchronization offset range; and continuing a normal 1588 time synchronization if the value of the asymmetry delay does not exceed the set synchronization offset range; and implementing the automatic compensation for the asymmetry delay of the 1588 link. The above-mentioned scheme can correct the asymmetry delay automatically, and ensure the quality of 1588 time synchronization. | 05-29-2014 |
20140153560 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR OPTIMIZATION OF SYNCRHONIZATION MESSAGE TRANSMISSION INTERVALS IN A PEER-TO-PEER NETWORK - Methods, devices, and computer program products for optimization of synchronization message transmission intervals in a peer-to-peer network are described herein. In one aspect, a method for determining an optimized timing for synchronization messages is provided. The method includes receiving clock drift information from other devices on the peer-to-peer wireless communication network. This clock drift information may be used to determine the frequency with which new synchronization messages must be sent in order to keep synchronization error under a certain requirement at other devices, while minimizing the network traffic due to the transmissions of synchronization messages. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153561 | NETWORK TESTING SYSTEM AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A network testing system according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention includes: a radio wave transmitting apparatus which transmits a standard wave including timing data; a first network testing apparatus which performs time synchronization based on the timing data at the time of receiving the standard wave and generates first timing information; and a second network testing apparatus which performs time synchronization based on the timing data at the time of receiving the standard wave, generates second timing information, and transmits a network test reply and the second timing information for network testing at the time of receiving a network test request and the first timing information from the first network testing apparatus to perform the network testing along with the first network testing apparatus. | 06-05-2014 |
20140161114 | PHASE DETECTION IN MESH NETWORK SMART GRID SYSTEM - A method, wireless network, and device are disclosed for determining the phase with which a device on an electrical distribution network is associated. At least one device on the electrical distribution network may be associated with a known phase out of multiple possible phases. This device may store the phase information in its memory. A control node may initiate a phase scan process to determine the relative phase of other devices with respect to the phase of the control node, including the device that has the known phase association. When the phase scan process encounters the device that has the known phase association, the control node may recognize the known phase and calculate the phase associations of the other devices in the electrical distribution network using delay information stored in the other devices. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161115 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE, AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - A data processing apparatus includes a scrambling processing unit and a sending unit. The scrambling processing unit is configured to generate a Pseudo-Random Binary Sequence (PRBS), perform a modulo-2 addition on the pseudo-random sequence and data frame data to scramble the data frame data including first load data, use one section of a part of the pseudo-random sequence on which the modulo-2 addition is performed with the data frame data as an identification sequence, and carry status information corresponding to the identification sequence in frame header information. The sending unit is configured to send the frame header information carrying the status information and the scrambled first load data. Through the scrambling process, continuous run-lengths of “1” and “0” in the data frame data are quite short, while basically the same probability of occurrence is maintained, which is favorable to transmission of the data frame data, thereby alleviating error code problems. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161116 | Synchronization of a Radio Device - The present disclosure relates to a method for synchronizing a radio device with a network node of a Global System for Mobile Communications, GSM, radio communication system. The method comprises obtaining a reference array based on a known training sequence, TSC, of a synchronization burst, SB, of a synchronization channel, SCH, of the network node. The method also comprises receiving an SB including the TSC from the network node and forming a received array. The method also comprises comparing the reference array to the received array for finding a sequence of the received array which has identity with the reference array, and thereby finding the position of the TSC in the received SB. The method also comprises determining whether the identity of the found sequence with the reference array is above a predefined threshold, in which case the radio device can be time synchronized based on the found TSC. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161117 | eNB Enforced TAT Expiry/TA Validity - An apparatus includes an interface connectable to a network, and a controller configured to control a network including UE(s). An uplink connection of the UE(s) is configured on component carrier(s), and a timing advance related instruction with respect to the component carrier(s) is sent to the UE(s), by which validity of the timing advance is changed. An apparatus includes an interface connectable to a network, wherein an uplink connection of the apparatus is configured on component carrier(s), the interface being configured to receive a timing advance related instruction. A controller is configured to change a timing advance validity with respect to the component carrier(s) in response to receiving the timing advance related instruction. Likewise, corresponding methods and computer program products are proposed. | 06-12-2014 |
20140169360 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL AND DETECTING A CELL ID ERROR - A base station generates a frame timing signal corresponding to a cell ID of the base station based on a correspondence relation between a plurality of cell ID candidates and N frame timing candidates that are spaced in time from each other where N is a natural number equal to or greater than 2. The base station transmits a synchronization signal corresponding to the cell ID of the base station at specific timing corresponding to the generated frame timing signal. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169361 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNALS IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting and receiving synchronization signals in a wireless access system for supporting carrier aggregation/multiple cells (CA) and an apparatus therefor. Specifically, the present invention includes the steps of transmitting a first synchronization signal through an extension carrier which is not operated as a single carrier but is operated as a part of the CA, wherein a transmission area of the first synchronization signal differs from a transmission area of a second synchronization signal which is transmitted through a legacy carrier capable of being operated as the single carrier. | 06-19-2014 |
20140177621 | IN-SYNCHRONIZATION AND OUT-OF-SYNCHRONIZATION HANDLING METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present invention is applicable to the field of communications technologies, and provides an in-synchronization and out-of-synchronization handling method and apparatus. The method includes: reporting, by a physical layer, an invalid frame indication to a high layer, where the invalid frame indication is used to indicate an invalid frame, and the invalid frame is a frame not used for detecting out-of-synchronization, so as to count the number of frames that are assured to be out of synchronization within timing; and when the number of frames that are assured to be out of synchronization within the timing reaches a predefined value, determining that a radio link is out of synchronization. By using the present invention, the modified timing of the timer and the number of in-synchronization indications correspond to each other. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177622 | CELL DETECTION - Apparatus, a method and a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium including a set of computer-readable instructions stored thereon, which when executed by a processor causes performance of operations, including periodically measure a received signal strength indication of a broadcast control channel received from a current serving cell to detect a presence of a co-channel broadcast control channel interference. In response to determining the presence of the co-channel broadcast control channel interference, a synchronization channel re-read based upon one or more co-channel interference criteria is initiated. The synchronization channel re-read is adapted to determine if one or more neighbouring cells that are broadcasting on the same frequency as the broadcast control channel frequency of the current serving cell would be better than the current serving cell. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177623 | Transmission Timing in a Carrier Group - Transmission timing of a random access preamble in an uplink carrier of a carrier group being determined employing a synchronization signal transmitted on a downlink carrier of the carrier group. The wireless device receives a time alignment command from the base station. The time alignment command comprises a time adjustment value and an index identifying the carrier group. The wireless device applies the time adjustment value to uplink signals transmitted on any activated uplink carriers in the carrier group. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177624 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, RECEPTION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A base station apparatus is provided, which includes a generator configured to generate a synchronization signal and a transmitter configured to transmit the generated synchronization signal. The generator is configured to generate a synchronization signal to be mapped on a subcarrier included in one of a plurality of frequency resource candidates that are separated by an interval, which is a common multiple of a determined frequency spacing and a subcarrier spacing between contiguous subcarriers, wherein the subcarrier spacing does not have a value that is a divisor of the determined frequency spacing. | 06-26-2014 |
20140185606 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZING POPULARITY VALUE OF CACHE DATA AND METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR DISTRIBUTED CACHING - Embodiments of the present invention include a method for synchronizing a popularity value of distributed cache data, a method, an apparatus, and a system for cooperative and distributed caching. The synchronizing method includes: receiving, by a first base station, a request for accessing a packet domain service sent by a user equipment; if the first base station determines that the packet domain service is locally cached, sending the packet domain service to the user equipment and incrementing a current popularity value of the packet domain service in a list of locally cached content of the first base station according to a preset function; and sending, when the current popularity value of the packet domain service is accumulated to a preset threshold, the current popularity value to a popularity information synchronizing node for synchronization, and clearing the current popularity value locally cached. The present invention saves a transmission bandwidth of an IUB interface. | 07-03-2014 |
20140192796 | Method and Device for Rate Matching - Embodiments of this invention provide a rate matching device used for exchanging data between REC and at least one RE. The rate matching device comprises at least one first interface arranged to exchange user data between the REC and the rate matching device, at least one second interface arranged to exchange user data between the rate matching device and the at least one RE, and a map function block arranged to map the user data between at least one first interface and at least one second interface. Embodiments of this invention also provide a method for exchanging data between REC and at least one RE through the rate matching device. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192797 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSPORTING A CLOCK SIGNAL OVER A NETWORK - According to some embodiments, a master device sends synchronization packets to one or more slave devices, and does so periodically based on a master clock signal having a master clock frequency. At each of the slave devices, an algorithm estimates the master clock frequency based on the timing of synchronization packet arrivals the slave device. The algorithm may estimate the master clock frequency using both the currently-observed timing of synchronization packet arrivals and the history of previous synchronization packet arrivals (e.g., previously-observed timing of synchronization packet arrivals). Based on the estimated master clock frequency, each of the one or more slave devices can update the frequency of their respective slave clock signal (e.g., using a frequency offset) to match that of the estimated master clock frequency. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192798 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING TIMING ADVANCE GROUP CHANGES OF CELLS - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus of detecting a timing advance group change of a cell, wherein the method comprises: judging whether a timing advance value of at least one cell in the timing advance group is invalid; and determining that the timing advance group of the at least one cell changes based on the judgment that the timing advance value is invalid. According to the method and apparatus of the present invention, whether the timing advance group of the cell changes can be detected by judging whether the timing advance value of the cell is invalid, and after the timing advance group is detected to have changed, updating of the timing advance value and timing advance group of the cell in which the timing change happens is implemented. | 07-10-2014 |
20140198783 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR SYNCH FRAME TRANSMISSIONS - Logic to “loosely” manage synch frame transmissions in a synch network via the devices synced to the network that implement the logic. Logic may distributedly adjust the frequency of attempting synch frame transmissions without estimating the size of the neighborhood. Logic in devices of a synch network to let each device maintain a Transmission Window (TW). Logic to determine the frequency of attempting synch frame transmissions based upon the TW. Logic to increase TW if the device detects a synch frame transmission. Logic to decrease TW if the device successfully transmits a synch frame. Logic to balance power consumption and discovery timing by adjusting the decrease in TW responsive to a synch transmission in relation to the increase in TW responsive to detection of a synch transmitted by another device. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198784 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD - A wireless transmission device includes a wireless reception unit which receives and demodulates a wireless frame in which a local area network (LAN) signal including a timing packet and an error detection code are multiplexed and converted into a high-frequency wireless output signal from a wireless transmission path, separates the LAN signal from the demodulated wireless frame, and calculates a wireless frame error rate by detecting a signal error of the wireless frame from the error detection code within the wireless frame, and a holdover switching unit which switches an operation mode from a timing reproduction mode in which a clock and a timing pulse are output based on a cycle and a phase reproduced from a timing packet included in the LAN signal to a holdover mode in which a clock and a timing pulse are output based on a cycle and a phase saved at a normal time when the wireless frame error rate calculated by the wireless reception unit is greater than a first threshold value. | 07-17-2014 |
20140211779 | SCALABLE SYNCHRONIZATION FOR DISTRIBUTED MULTIUSER MIMO - Each wireless access point in a network may transmit pilot bursts; receive pilot bursts; determine the timing, carrier frequency, and/or sampling frequency of each received pilot burst; determine an offset between the timing, carrier frequency, and/or sampling frequency of each received pilot burst and its own transmitted signals; and deliver one or more of these determined offsets to a computer server. The computer server may receive these offsets and, based on them, compute and deliver to each wireless access point a timing, carrier frequency, and/or sampling frequency correction factor. Each wireless access point may adjust its transmitted timing, carrier frequency, and/or sampling frequency in accordance with these correction factors. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211780 | Clock Synchronization Method and Device - Embodiments of the present invention provide a clock synchronization method and device. The method includes: receiving, a preconfigured multi-protocol label switching (MPLS) capability parameter and a traffic engineering (TE) capability parameter, and establishing, based on the MPLS capability parameter and the TE capability parameter, an MPLS tunnel interface; establishing, an MPLS TE tunnel whose bidirectional paths are consistent between the first clock synchronization device and a second clock synchronization device; and performing, clock synchronization message interaction with the second clock synchronization device through the established MPLS TE tunnel. In the embodiments of the present invention, by establishing the MPLS TE tunnel whose bidirectional paths are consistent between the first clock synchronization device and the second clock synchronization device which perform clock synchronization message interaction, symmetry of clock synchronization message interaction paths is ensured, and therefore, a time error in clock synchronization resulting from asymmetry of the paths is avoided. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211781 | SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DIRECT COMMUNICATION - A synchronization method by a device is provided in a device-to-device direct communication. The device receives synchronization signals from a plurality of other devices at a current frame, and estimates a synchronization time at a next frame based on the synchronization signals received from the other devices. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211782 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD - Mobile radio sets are installed on front and rear parts of a mobile body, one of fixed radio sets is set as a synchronization base station, and the other radio sets including the mobile radio sets are set as synchronization packet relay stations. Each of the relay stations in a synchronization acquiring mode makes a transition to a ground synchronization maintaining mode higher in synchronization accuracy when receiving a synchronization packet without the intervention of the mobile radio sets, or makes a transition to an on-vehicle synchronization maintaining mode lower in synchronization accuracy when receiving a synchronization packet with the intervention of the mobile radio sets, and the relay station in the on-vehicle synchronization maintaining mode makes a transition to the ground synchronization maintaining mode when receiving a synchronization packet from a relay station in the ground synchronization maintaining mode. | 07-31-2014 |
20140219267 | RADIO ACCESS NETWORKS - Among other things, a communication system comprising remote units, a reference timing source, a controller, a controller clock, and a remote unit clock. The remote units exchange radio frequency (RF) signals with mobile devices. The reference timing source is synchronized with a coordinated universal time (UTC) or a Global Positioning System (GPS). The controller clock is synchronized with the reference timing source and provides timing information to the controller. The remote unit clock is synchronized with the controller clock and provides timing information to a remote unit. The controller and the remote unit are configured to transmit time stamp messages to synchronize the controller clock and the remote unit clock, by avoiding contention between time stamp transmissions and baseband data transmissions or between time stamp transmissions of different remote units to the controller. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219268 | SYNCHRONIZATION MECHANISM - A method for synchronising a receiving device with a transmitting device in a wireless communication network comprising forming a synchronisation sequence that has a frequency spectrum comprising peaks at multiple discrete fundamental frequencies, a signal power of the synchronisation sequence being concentrated at those frequencies, and transmitting said synchronisation sequence from the transmitting device to the receiving device. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219269 | Method And Apparatus For Iterative Synchronization Of Two Or More Electronic Devices - Dynamic adjustment of offset between timebases of separated electronic circuits is provided based on an amount of time between synchronization events, wherein a synchronization event is an event involving communication across a separation between the separated electronic circuits in order to synchronize the timebases. The dynamic adjustment can be dynamically or adaptively adjusting a margin of error to account for drift that may have occurred since a prior synchronization event. Adjustments might be done by applying a learning sequence to quantify and adjust for static or slowly varying delays between the timebases and coordinating the timebases using output of the learning sequence. The learning sequence might quantify and adjust for static or slowly varying delays and frequency drift in a communication system having a master timebase device and slave timebase devices wherein slave timebase devices are configured to adjust their local timebases to coincide with the master timebase by obtaining timing/synchronization information during one or more events, the events being communication and/or synchronization events, analyzing the timing/synchronization information to derive timing errors due to system nonidealities, and applying timing correction based on timing errors derived by the analyzing. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219270 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING COMMON TIME REFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A terminal and method of performing device-to-device (D2D) communication by a terminal in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes determining if a signal including synchronization information is received via at least one of an uplink and a downlink; and when the signal including the synchronization information is not received, transmitting a synchronization information-containing signal. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219271 | UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION PROCESSING METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - An uplink synchronization processing method, a User Equipment (UE), and a base station are provided. The method includes: receiving a component carrier (CC) uplink synchronization indication message sent by a base station, where the uplink synchronization indication message carries identification information of one or multiple newly configured CCs; sending synchronization signaling to the base station when knowing that the uplink synchronization needs to be executed on all or a part of the one or multiple newly configured CCs corresponding to the identification information; and receiving a time advanced (TA) adjusting message that is sent by the base station according to the synchronization signaling, and applying a TA value carried in the TA adjusting message to the CC on which the uplink synchronization needs to be executed. | 08-07-2014 |
20140233556 | IMPLEMENTING AN ASSISTED CROSS-PROTOCOL ADAPTATION LAYER/CROSS-LAYER CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION SCHEME - A system and method are provided to streamline at least a clock synchronization process for subsequent WiGig PALs once clocks in a first WiGig PAL transmitter and a corresponding first WiGig PAL receiver are synchronized. The unique layering structure of the WiGig 60 GHz standard affords an opportunity to streamline the clock synchronization process based on relationships between individual WiGig PALs, and that the WiGig PALs are directly on top of the WiGig MAC and PHY layers. A process for assisted cross-PAL/cross-layer clock synchronization affords significant reductions in an amount of time required to synchronize the clocks of multiple WiGig PALs based on leveraging an already synchronized clock pair in a first WiGig PAL transmitter/receiver pair to facilitate the clock synchronization of one or more subsequent WiGig PAL transmitter/receiver pairs. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233557 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING INTER-UE DIRECT COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed in the present application is a method in which a user equipment (UE) performs inter-UE direct communication in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method includes the steps of: transmitting a request message to an eNodeB for direct communication with a UE of another party; receiving sequence information from the eNodeB for time synchronization with the UE of the other party; detecting a transmission sequence to be made from the UE of the other party, using the sequence information; and performing the inter-UE communication with the UE Of the other party. | 08-21-2014 |
20140241337 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATION OF BALANCED WEIGHT PREAMBLE SEQUENCES - Various aspects of an approach for generating a large number of balanced weight sequences such as balanced Hamming weight preamble sequences are described herein. The approach provides for the generation of balanced weigh sequences that need to satisfy requirements such as minimal cross-correlation with delayed versions of itself and other sequences in the allowed set. The approach includes creating a set of symbol groups that include balanced properties from which a sequence may be generated by selecting therefrom. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241338 | BLOOD GLUCOSE MONITORING SYSTEM HAVING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MODULE TO WHICH TIME SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD IS APPLIED - The present disclosure relates to a blood sugar meter system with a wireless communication module, and more particularly, to a time synchronization method between a blood sugar meter system with a wireless communication module synchronized with a cellular network such as a global system for mobile communication (GSM)/code division multiple access (CDMA) network and the cellular network. The present invention provides a blood sugar meter system with a wireless communication module applying a time synchronization scheme including: a global system for mobile communication (GSM)/code division multiple access (CDMA) network transmitting network identity and time zone (NITZ) information; and a blood sugar meter metering user's blood sugar data, wherein the blood sugar meter synchronizes a network time according to the NITZ information with an internal time of the metered data and transmits the metered blood sugar data to a server connected to the GSM/CDMA network. | 08-28-2014 |
20140254582 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR VIRTUALLY SYNCHRONIZING UNSYNCHRONIZED OR LOOSELY SYNCHRONIZED NETWORKS FOR POSITION LOCATION DETERMINATION - Methods of operating a position network center, which includes at least one server, may include receiving timing-error data corresponding to a plurality of unsynchronized or loosely synchronized transmitters from at least one position network receiver. Moreover, the methods may include transmitting data indicating a plurality of timing errors by the plurality of unsynchronized or loosely synchronized transmitters to a wireless user device that receives signals from the plurality of unsynchronized or loosely synchronized transmitters. Related position network centers, position network receivers, and wireless user devices are also described. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254583 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ACHIEVING SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of operating a terminal that is related to achieving synchronization in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving signals with a bandwidth comprising a plurality of channels, selecting at least one channel group to attempt to detect based on radio frequency level per a reception signal, wherein the channel group denotes a set of channels that belongs to one bandwidth, and performing a synchronization procedure on each of channels that belong to the at least one channel group selected. | 09-11-2014 |
20140269666 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT SIGNALING OF COMMUNICATION MODE AND DELIMITER INFORMATION - Various aspects for efficient preamble selection and configuration based on wireless communication parameters to provide a reduction of preamble overhead by generating and transmitting packet preambles based on a data rate that is to be used for communication between wireless devices are disclosed herein. In one aspect of the disclosed approach, a preamble sequence is selected from a set of preamble sequences, wherein each preamble sequence is associated with at least one communication mode and the selected preamble sequence is configured to signal a respective communication mode. A preamble structure is generated based on the selected preamble sequences and then transmitted to a receiver. A period of silence may be associated with the communication mode to be communicated, and the transmitter may be configured to not transmit the preamble structure before the period of silence expires. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269667 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC CONFIGURATION OF PACKET PREAMBLES FOR SYNCHRONIZATION-BASED TRANSMISSIONS - Various aspects of the disclosed approach described herein allows a reduction of preamble overhead by tailoring transmitted packet preambles based on an expected level of clock-related offset between a transmitter and a receiver for a pair of communicating nodes. An estimate may be maintained at the transmitter of maximum time and frequency offsets between the transmitter and the receiver. The estimate may then be utilized to create a customized preamble sequence for generating the packet preamble. The estimate may also be utilized to select a particular modulation technique for the packet preamble. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269668 | SIGNAL TIMING IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A method of compensating for transmitting to multiple devices during device-to-device (D2D) communications may include determining that a receiving wireless device of a device-to-device (D2D) pair may experience a timing conflict. The timing conflict may be with respect to the receiving wireless device receiving at least a portion of a D2D communication transmitted by a transmitting wireless device of the D2D pair while the receiving wireless device is transitioning between a transmitting mode and a receiving mode. The method may also include adjusting the D2D communication to compensate for the timing conflict. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269669 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DERIVING ALIGNMENT INFORMATION - A communication device configured to operate in accordance with a first communication protocol and to align itself with one or more communications transmitted in accordance with that protocol by identifying a communication transmitted in accordance with a second communication protocol that is not intended for the communication device, deriving alignment information from the identified communication and configuring itself to receive a communication transmitted in accordance with the first communication protocol in dependence on the alignment information. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269670 | METHODS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION STATIONS, AND SYSTEM FOR TIME SYNCHRONIZATION AND DISCOVERY - Embodiments of a user station (STA) and methods for synchronizing with devices in a wireless communication network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a STA receives a first beacon from a device in the first social network. The STA may synchronize to the first social network based on time synchronization information in the first beacon. The STA may transmit the time synchronization information of the first beacon to a second social network. A portion of a coverage area of the second social network may be outside a coverage area of the first social network. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269671 | SIMULTANEOUS CHANNEL SWITCHING WITHIN A MESH NETWORK - A computer-implemented method for channel switching in a mesh network is described. In one embodiment, a beacon is sent. The beacon includes a channel change request in both proprietary and standard formats. The channel change request includes an instruction to change to a particular channel and a timing synchronization function identifying when the change to the particular channel should occur. The timing synchronization function is used to determine that the time has arrived to change to the particular channel. The particular channel is changed to synchronously with all other access points in a mesh network. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269672 | DISTRIBUTED TWO-STEP CLOCK - The present invention generally relates to methods and apparatus for precision time transfer wherein the inherent packet delay variation and possible asymmetry introduced in networks is avoided or mitigated. In one embodiment, the timing functions of a master device may be placed closer to a slave device using a Remote Time-Stamp Generator, located in the network between the master and the slave, and whose time reference serves as a proxy for the time reference of the master. Time-of-traversal of packets at the remote time-stamp generator may be used as proxies for the time-of-departure and the time-of-arrival of certain messages at the master. Such proxy times may be used to synchronize the slave with the master, particularly if the master and the Remote Time-Stamp Generator are both synchronized with a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) source. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269673 | Sync Interval Determination - The invention relates to a method of synchronizing clocks of at least two devices in a network and a corresponding wireless device for synchronizing its clock with another wireless device. The method comprises steps of: transmitting a synchronization signal to said at least one second device to determine at least one time offset between a clock of the first device and at least one clock associated with said at least one second device; receiving said at least one time offset from said at least one second device; determining a time interval for the first device based on a time offset parameter corresponding to said at least one time offset, after which time interval the first device transmits a next synchronization signal to said at least one second device. With this method, the radio station is able to reduce its power consumption when the time offset between the first device and the second device is small. | 09-18-2014 |
20140286330 | Node System and Supervisory Node - A node system includes a first node, a second node, and a supervisory node which transmit frames while increasing or decreasing the cycle microtick count, and determines reduced cycle microtick counts by subtracting or adding a rate correction limit value from or to the cycle microtick count of the supervisory node when reception of the first frame transmitted by the first node stop and the cycle microtick count of the supervisory node when reception of the first and second frames stop. | 09-25-2014 |
20140293991 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZATION WITHIN A NEIGHBORHOOD AWARE NETWORK - Methods, devices, and computer program products for synchronization of wireless devices in a peer-to-peer network are described herein. In one aspect, a method for synchronizing a wireless communication apparatus is provided. The method includes receiving one or more synchronization messages, each synchronization message having timing information and a cluster identifier, the timing information comprising anchor timing information, the cluster identifier being the same value as a cluster identifier of the apparatus. The method further includes determining whether a difference between a time value when a received synchronization message last received anchor timing information and a time value maintained for the apparatus is greater than a threshold. The method further includes discarding the received synchronization message if the difference exceeds the threshold. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293992 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZATION WITHIN A NEIGHBORHOOD AWARE NETWORK - Methods, devices, and computer program products for synchronization of wireless devices in a peer-to-peer network are described herein. In one aspect, a method for synchronizing a wireless communication apparatus is provided. The method includes initiating a contention based process for transmitting a synchronization message during a discovery time interval of a discovery time period. The synchronization message includes a first timestamp of the wireless communication apparatus. The method further includes selectively transmitting the synchronization message based on a master preference value of the wireless communication apparatus. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293993 | SENSOR NODES WITH MULTICAST TRANSMISSIONS IN LIGHTING SENSORY NETWORK - An embodiment method for communicating data within a lighting sensory network may include configuring a first plurality of lighting nodes to operate as sensor nodes, configuring a second plurality of lighting nodes to operate as listening nodes, generating, by a sensor node using an encryption key, a sensor message associated with sensor data and including at least a timestamp, calculating an interval for transmitting the sensor message, wherein the interval is randomized and exponentially increasing, determining whether to transmit the sensor message based on the calculated interval, transmitting the sensor message in response to determining to transmit the sensor message based on the calculated interval, receiving, by a listening node, the sensor message at a listening node, determining whether the received sensor message is useful based on the timestamp and a predefined age threshold, and performing a lighting action in response to determining the received sensor message is useful. | 10-02-2014 |
20140301384 | INTEGRATED AVIONICS SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Systems and methods are described for synchronizing data in a mobile platform. In one embodiment, a method for synchronizing data in a mobile platform is provided. The method includes: receiving a first synchronization signal at a first remote interface unit from a signal generator; receiving a second synchronization signal at a second remote interface unit from the signal generator; and executing a synchronization state machine of the first and second remote interface units based on the first and second synchronization signals to synchronize outputs of the first and second remote interface units. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301385 | LTE CELL DETECTING APPARATUS IN MULTI-CELL ENVIRONMENT - There is disclosed a Long Term Evolution (LTE) cell detecting apparatus in a multi-cell environment that may efficiently detect an LTE cell even in a multi-cell environment where interference occurs between adjacent cells. | 10-09-2014 |
20140307727 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN DEVICES - An apparatus and method for mediating synchronization between devices are provided. The apparatus includes a short-distance communication section for implementing wireless communication, and a control section that transmits first synchronization request information to a first device through the short-distance communication section, receives device identification information from the first device, and transmits second synchronization request information to a second device after confirming the first device as a master device. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307728 | TRANSMITTER, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - A transmitter is connected to a master device, and wirelessly transmits a timing packet, which is transmitted from the master device, to a receiver. The transmitter includes: an input unit for receiving an input of a timing packet from the master device; a delay compensation unit for obtaining a packet length of the timing packet and a modulation system used for radio transmission, calculating a device-specific delay value and a first propagation delay value based on the modulation system and the packet length, and calculating a delay compensation value based on the device-specific delay value and the first propagation delay value; a filter unit for adding the delay compensation value to a specific field of the timing packet; and an output unit for outputting the timing packet to the receiver. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307729 | METHOD FOR INDICATING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - A method for transmitting/receiving data in a wireless access system, and a base station (BS) and a user equipment (UE) for the same are disclosed. The method for performing synchronization with a neighbor base station (BS) of a user equipment (UE) in a wireless access system includes, if a user equipment (UE) based on a macro BS is located at a boundary of the neighbor BS, measuring a synchronization channel of the neighbor BS, wherein a subframe of the neighbor BS includes an additional secondary synchronization signal (SSS) so as to perform synchronization with the neighbor BS. | 10-16-2014 |
20140314066 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS CLOCK REGENERATION - Methods and systems for operating a wireless clock system for multimedia datastream transmission and display. Source clock frames are compared with a reference clock frames and the clock difference are transmitted to a wireless clock receiver which also receives the same reference clock frames. Source clock frames are re-constructed using the reference clock frames, clock difference information and the receiver's local clock system. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314067 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS CLOCK REGENERATION - Methods and systems for operating a wireless clock system for multimedia datastream transmission and display. Source clock frames are compared with a reference clock frames and the clock difference are transmitted to a wireless clock receiver which also receives the same reference clock frames. Source clock frames are re-constructed using the reference clock frames, clock difference information and the receiver's local clock system. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314068 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZING TIMING BETWEEN WIRELESS NETWORKING DEVICES - Systems and methods are provided for synchronizing a timing of one or more access points in an area. The systems and methods utilize a timestamp frame exchange between the one or more access points based on a timestamp refresh interval that is changed after each timestamp frame exchange is performed. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314069 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN BASE STATIONS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH DISTRIBUTED CELL STRUCTURE - A method for acquiring by a base station (BS) synchronization between BSs in a mobile communication system with a distributed cell structure is provided. The method includes measuring a timing error with other BS as a synchronization target. The method also includes performing a synchronization operation with the other BS using at least one first sub-frame based on the measured timing error, wherein a number of symbols included in a first sub-frame is less than a number of symbols included in a second sub-frame. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314070 | PRECISE TEMPERATURE AND TIMEBASE PPM ERROR ESTIMATION USING MULTIPLE TIMEBASES - Methods and systems for precise temperature and timebase PPM error estimation using multiple timebases may comprise in an electronic device comprising a plurality of timebases and measuring a temperature corresponding to the timebases. Frequencies of the timebases at the measured temperature may be compared to determine differential error functions for the timebases. A fine reading of the temperature corresponding to the timebases may be generated based, at least in part, on the measured temperature and the determined differential error functions for the timebases. The timebases may be calibrated utilizing the generated fine reading of the temperature. The timebases may comprise different order temperature dependencies. Models of temperature dependencies of each of the timebases based may be updated, at least in part, on the fine reading of the temperature. A global navigation satellite system (GNSS) clock signal may be periodically utilized to improve the accuracy of the calibration of the timebases. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314071 | Method, Apparatus and System for Multi-Carrier OFDM Duplex Transmission - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, an apparatus, and a system for multi-carrier OFDM duplex transmission, and relate to the communications field, so as to solve the problem where spectrum duplex transmission cannot be normally performed due to interference that is generated by an echo signal transmitted by using an OFDM technology. The method for multi-carrier OFDM duplex transmission includes: performing, on at least one OFDM subcarrier channel, sending and receiving of a near-end OFDM signal; obtaining a carrier phase difference between a near-end echo OFDM signal and a far-end OFDM signal; and performing a phase adjustment for the near-end OFDM signal according to the carrier phase difference. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314072 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system is disclosed in which each base station is configured to provide synchronisations signals in each radio frame of both a primary (backwards compatible) component carrier and a secondary (extension) component carrier. The location of the synchronisation signals in the radio frame of the primary (backwards compatible) component carrier are fixed whilst the location of the synchronisation signals in the radio frame of the secondary (extension) component carrier are configurable. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314073 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device has a transmission/reception unit and a communication processing unit. The transmission/reception unit is configured to conform to a plurality of communication methods. The communication processing unit selects one of the plurality of communication methods with respect to each time slot based on device time in accordance with a predetermined selection rule, to perform communication via the transmission/reception unit by the selected communication method. In time synchronization master processing, a first communication device gives device time of the device itself as a time stamp to a time synchronization request signal and transmits the time synchronization request signal. In time synchronization slave processing, a second communication device receives the time synchronization request signal and calibrates the device time of the device itself based on the time stamp in the time synchronization request signal. | 10-23-2014 |
20140321450 | METHOD, RECEIVER AND SYSTEM FOR SIGNAL SYNCHRONIZATION - In a method for time domain joint synchronization in downlink, a sequence to be analyzed is obtained from a received time domain signal; the sequence to be analyzed is down-sampled by a factor of α to obtain a down-sampled sequence; an initial timing estimation is performed based on the down-sampled sequence; a frequency offset compensation is applied to the sequence to be analyzed based on an Integral Frequency Offset (IFO) estimation value {circumflex over (ε)} obtained by the initial timing estimation; a Fractional Frequency Offset (FFO) estimation value {circumflex over (ε)} | 10-30-2014 |
20140321451 | Access Network For Digital Telecommunications System And Method Of Digital Telecommunications - An access network for terminals of a digital telecommunications system includes base stations adapted for receiving radiofrequency signals emitted by the terminals, each terminal a physical layer processing module adapted to form a radiofrequency signal on the basis of binary data in accordance with a predefined physical layer protocol. Moreover, for at least one base station, termed the “partial station”, an inverse physical layer processing, making it possible to extract binary data from a radiofrequency signal, is distributed between the partial station and a processing server distinct from the partial station, an inverse physical layer processing module being made up of a first inverse processing module, integrated into the partial station, and a second inverse processing module, integrated into the processing server. The invention also relates to a method of digital telecommunications. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321452 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING DEVICE TO DEVICE SYNCHRONIZATION AND IDENTIFICATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION - The present invention relates to methods for efficiently performing device to device synchronization and device identification in a device to device communication system, and devices for supporting the methods. The method for supporting device to device synchronization and identification in a wireless access system that supports device to device communication according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: allowing a first device to broadcast a RACH signal for device to device synchronization in a peer discovery section; allowing the first device to receive a first response message transmitted from a second device as a response to the RACH signal; and transmitting a message including device identification information for the first device to the second device. | 10-30-2014 |
20140334478 | SYNCHRONIZATION SEQUENCES AND CARRIER TYPE DETECTION - Systems and methods relating to detecting one or more characteristics (e.g., a carrier type or a carrier mode) of a carrier signal transmitted by a radio access node of a cellular communications network are disclosed. In one embodiment, a method of operation of a wireless device includes receiving a carrier signal transmitted by a radio access node and detecting, in the carrier signal, a first physical signal that primarily supports synchronization and cell identification and a second physical signal that supports a functionality other than synchronization and cell identification. A time-domain spacing between the first and second physical signals is a function of a characteristic of the carrier signal. The method further includes determining a characteristic of the carrier signal based on a time-domain spacing between the first and second physical signals detected in the carrier signal. | 11-13-2014 |
20140341206 | METHOD FOR TIME SYNCHRONIZATION OF NODES IN PEER AWARE COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - According to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, a method for time synchronization of a first node in a peer aware communication (PAC) environment is provided. The first node obtains medium access control authority by performing contention with a second node neighboring the first node. The first node adds a time synchronization offset to the first beacon frame. In addition, the first node transmits the first beacon frame in a beacon period of a superframe when obtaining the media access control authority. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341207 | LISTEN-BEFORE-TALK RESERVATION SCHEME FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS OVER UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Methods and apparatuses are described in which an unlicensed spectrum is used for Long Term Evolution (LTE) communications. A first method includes synchronizing clear channel assessment (CCA) slots across a plurality of base stations to determine availability of an unlicensed spectrum for transmissions in a next transmission interval. A second method includes performing a CCA during one of a plurality of CCA slots synchronized across a plurality of evolved Node Bs (eNBs) to determine availability of unlicensed spectrum for transmissions in a next transmission interval. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341208 | SYNCHRONIZATION FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to one example embodiment, a method may include synchronizing, by an access node in a wireless network, with a first mobile station, synchronizing with a second mobile station, compiling a device-to-device group, the device-to-device group including at least the first mobile station and the second mobile station, sending a first connection message to the first mobile station, the first connection message including timing advance parameters of both the first mobile station and the second mobile station, and sending a second connection message to the second mobile station. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341209 | UPDATING DATA OF A CONTROLLER OF A PRIMARY DEVICE OF A POWER SUBSTATION - Exemplary embodiments for updating a controller of a primary device of a power substation. An actual time is received from a time server via a cell phone communication network with a mobile device and the actual time is sent with the mobile device via a local wireless communication network to the controller. | 11-20-2014 |
20140348154 | WIRELESS POSITION-TIME SYNCHRONIZATION FOR SCANNING SENSOR DEVICES - A method includes wirelessly transmitting one or more messages to a sensor assembly in order to synchronize a clock of the sensor assembly. The method also includes wirelessly receiving multiple sensor measurements of a characteristic of a web of material from the sensor assembly. The method further includes receiving timestamps and position data associated with the sensor measurements. In addition, the method includes correlating the sensor measurements, timestamps, and position data. The sensor measurements from the sensor assembly could be timestamped, and the position data could include timestamped position data. The timestamped position data could be received from a source other than the sensor assembly. The method can further include generating a cross direction profile of the web of material using the sensor measurements, timestamps, and positions. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348155 | MULTIPLE INDEPENDENT NARROW CHANNELS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A multiple independent narrow-channel wireless network and method for transmitting and received data over a wireless network using a fragmented frequency spectrum. The system and method uses a plurality of narrow wireless channels obtained from splitting a wide wireless channel. Each narrow channel performs sending, receiving, and carrier sensing. Moreover, each narrow channel is independent such that data can be sent or received without any interference from other narrow channels and without synchronization. Embodiments of the system and method include a compound radio having a compound receiver and a compound transmitter. The compound transmitter includes an inter-radiolet symbol synchronization module, to permit use of a single inverse fast Fourier transform block, and a dynamically configurable filter array, to mitigate leakage between channels. The compound receiver uses fraction data rate processing to optimize efficiency. A throughput maximal metric technique is used to determine its frequency of operation in white spaces. | 11-27-2014 |
20140355595 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STRATEGICALLY MONITORING IS-2000 1X ANCILLARY TIMING PARAMETERS - Various aspects of the present disclosure provide an IS 2000 1x mobile station that is configured to strategically monitor a sync channel message for updates on ancillary information such as daylight savings time change, time zone change, and leap second change. In one aspect, a mobile station autonomously monitors sync channel in accordance with location information at a time independently determined by the mobile station; and updates one of a daylight savings time change, a time zone change, or a leap second change in accordance with a sync channel message on the sync channel. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355596 | Method, Apparatus and Computer Program for Search and Synchronisation - Disclosed is an apparatus, method and computer program which frequency shifts a received signal by a first frequency value and low-pass filters the frequency shifted received signal at a first cutoff frequency to filter out a plurality of adjacent carrier frequencies. Parallel baseband processing is then performed on two or more adjacent carrier frequencies among the plurality of adjacent carrier frequencies based upon an adjacent carrier power criterion. In certain examples, the parallel baseband processing is adapted for detecting a frequency correction burst in two or more adjacent Global System for Mobile Communications carrier frequencies or an Enhanced Data Rates for Global System for Mobile Communications Evolution carrier frequencies. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355597 | METHOD FOR NETWORK SYNCHRONIZATION ACQUISITION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Disclosed is a method for network synchronization acquisition in a wireless network. A synchronized node transmits a first synchronization reference signal, a second synchronization reference signal, and a beacon according to a predetermined period. A non-synchronized node receives the first synchronization reference signal, the second synchronization signal, and the beacon from at least one transmitting node. Then, the non-synchronized node acquires network synchronization temporarily based on the first synchronization reference signal, decodes the beacon, and checks whether at least one transmitting node exists or not. Then, the non-synchronized node requests a network synchronization forwarding service or a time adjustment, and acquires synchronization based on the provided network synchronization forwarding service. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355598 | DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER WITH INTEGRATED FIR FILTER - A Digital-to-Analog Cjonverter contains a digital shift register and a digital multiplexer. Durir g each input signal clock period, the Digital-to-Analog Converter is multiplexed in time to perform multiple conversions on samples stored in the shift register. In this way, a weighted average of seyeral signal samples is calculated, which corresponds to a FIR filter operation. Errors due! to Quantisation Noise, INL or DNL undergo the same FIR filter characteristic. | 12-04-2014 |
20140362849 | SYNCHRONIZED WIRELESS DISPLAY DEVICES - This disclosure relates to techniques for synchronizing playback of media data between a source device and one or more sink devices in a Wireless Display (WD) system. WD systems enable mobile devices to share a local display of the source device with remote sink devices. The techniques of this disclosure include a management procedure at the source device to select a universal queue size for the source device and the participating sink devices. The source device selects the universal queue size based at least on supported queue sizes of the source device and the sink devices. The media packets are then held in queues having the universal queue size at the source device and the sink devices. The uniform queue size combined with compensation for transmission delay enables each of the devices to begin processing the media packets at the same time. | 12-11-2014 |
20140369340 | METHOD AND DEVICES FOR RADIO LINK MONITORING - A method for radio link monitoring includes: weighting a sequence of signal-to-noise ratios of the radio link with a weighting function of the sequence of signal-to-noise ratios; and monitoring an average of the weighted sequence of signal-to-noise ratios of the radio link. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369341 | METHOD AND ITS APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A CONTINUOUS SIGNAL - A method for continuous signal transmission and an electronic device thereof are provided. The continuous signal transmission method of the electronic device includes obtaining TA corresponding to each of the continuous plurality of radio frames, determining the transmission order of the continuous plurality of radio frames on the basis of the TA values, and transmitting the continuous plurality of radio frames in accordance to the determined order. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369342 | NODE AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION CONTROL - A node includes a time difference measurement unit and a time setting unit. The time difference measurement unit measures a time difference between a first time based on latest received time information and a second time based on second-latest received time information. The time setting unit calculates an adjustment time difference when the time difference exceeds an allowable range of error that is smaller than an allowable range of maintainable communication, sets a time obtained by adding the adjustment time difference and the second time to the time of the node when the adjustment time difference is within the allowable range of maintainable communication, and sets a time obtained by adding a time difference corresponding to the allowable range of maintainable communication and the second time to the time of the node when the adjustment time difference exceeds the allowable range of maintainable communication. | 12-18-2014 |
20140376540 | Frequency-Domain Symbol And Frame Synchronization In Multi-Carrier Systems - Methods and systems are disclosed for frequency-domain symbol and frame synchronization for multi-carrier communication systems. Received signals are sampled and converted into frequency components associated with subcarriers within the multi-carrier communication signals. Symbol synchronization is performed in the frequency domain by performing correlation(s) between frequency components of the received signal and frequency-domain synchronization symbol(s). After symbol synchronization, frame synchronization correlation is also performed in the frequency domain between frequency components of the received signal and frequency-domain synchronization symbol(s). The disclosed embodiments are particularly useful for symbol and frame synchronization in multi-carrier received signals for power line communication (PLC) systems and/or other harsh noisy communication environments. | 12-25-2014 |
20150009984 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING SYNCHRONIZATION AND TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL IN BEAMFORMING SYSTEM - A method of establishing synchronization with a base station by a mobile station in a communication system using beamforming includes: receiving a downlink signal transmitted through at least one transmission beam by using at least one reception beam; determining at least one of a propagation delay and a signal strength of the received downlink signal for each downlink transmission/reception beam pair through which the downlink signal is transmitted/received, wherein each downlink transmission/reception beam pair includes a transmission beam through which the downlink signal is transmitted from the base station and a reception beam through which the downlink signal is received by the mobile station; and establishing a downlink frame boundary of the mobile station by using the determined at least one of the propagation delay and the signal strength for each downlink transmission/reception beam pair. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009985 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - This specification relates to an apparatus and method for performing random access in a wireless communication system. This specification discloses a mobile station, including a reception unit for receiving TAG configuration information on which at least one serving cell configured in the mobile station is classified as a Timing Alignment Group (TAG) from a base station and a transmission unit for transmitting a random access preamble to the base station on one representative serving cell within the TAG. In accordance with this specification, a procedure of obtaining a TAV for a serving cell in order to secure and maintain uplink timing synchronization becomes clear, the time taken to obtain uplink synchronization for a serving cell may be reduced, and overhead due to excessive random access attempts may be reduced by obtaining a TAV for a plurality of serving cells through one random access procedure. | 01-08-2015 |
20150016444 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A transmission node for use in a wireless communication network includes a first register for storing a set of first mask bits, a second register for storing a set of second mask bits, and a mask switching block for multiplexing the set of first mask bits and the set of second mask bits and outputting the set of third mask bits. The transmission node further includes a CPRI unit with an auxiliary interface for receiving the set of third mask bits. An activation block is connected between the CPRI unit and the mask switching block for causing the mask switching block to output the set of second mask bits based on data in a current frame in the CPRI unit. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016445 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A transmission node for use in a wireless communication network includes a first CPRI unit for transmitting auxiliary data to a second CPRI unit in the transmission node. A memory unit stores control word data of the auxiliary data. A memory write block is connected between the first CPRI unit and the memory unit for writing the control word data to the memory unit based on a first set of frame timing signals received from the first CPRI unit. A memory read and merge block is connected to the memory unit for reading the control word data stored in the memory unit based on a second set of frame timing signals, merging the control word data with IQ data, and transmitting the merged auxiliary data to the second CPRI unit. | 01-15-2015 |
20150023342 | METHOD FOR OPERATING OF PEER AWARE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - In a peer aware communication network, a method in which a peer device accesses a link includes: determining a phase based on service which is provided to another peer device; and accessing a link which is included in a superframe that a predetermined length according to the phase, a method of reserving resources and a method of avoiding interference are provided. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023343 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION AND BASE STATION - A base station that performs wireless communication with a mobile station using a plurality of cells, the base station includes: a wireless communication circuitry configured to transmit a first control signal that includes first information used to adjust a transmission timing of the mobile station with the cells and second information that is different from the first information, and a second control signal that includes information indicating whether the second information is used to specify a cell among the cells; and a controller configured to perform control for transmission of the first control signal and the second control signal. | 01-22-2015 |
20150030015 | Method and Related Communication Device for Configuring Timing Resource in Device to Device Communication - A method of configuring timing resource in device to device (D2D) communication for a first user equipment (UE) includes receiving a first signal from a second UE; and reporting to a network node at least one of information about an arriving time related to the first signal and information about prospective resource allocation of the first UE, whereby the network node configures timing resource for D2D communication between the first UE and the second UE. | 01-29-2015 |
20150036675 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING PACKET IN MULTI-CHANNEL WIRELESS NETWORK - A multi-channel wireless network acquires reference time information that is commonly applied to all multi-channels and acquires packet receiving time information of a received packet on each channel basis based on the reference time information by spreading and applying the reference time information to each channel. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036676 | SEMICONDUCTOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT AND TEST METHOD THEREOF - A semiconductor integrated circuit, operable in a normal mode and a test mode, includes a demodulator, a demodulated signal processing section, a header analysis section, a payload processing section, and a control section. The demodulator demodulates a modulated wireless signal including a synchronization pattern, header, and payload, to generate a demodulated signal. The demodulated signal processing section detects the synchronization pattern from the demodulated signal, generates a synchronization detection signal synchronized to the synchronization pattern, and converts the demodulated signal into a received bit sequence. The header analysis section extracts and analyzes the header to obtain the number of bits of the payload. The payload processing section processes the payload. The control section disables the demodulator when processing of the number of bits in the payload is completed in the normal mode, and disables the demodulator synchronously with a signal indicating the end of a test in the test mode. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036677 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND MOBILE TERMINAL - There is a need to enable decompression of a speech signal even if no network synchronizing signal is output from a baseband processing portion. For this purpose, an information processing device includes a first serial interface. The first serial interface includes a notification signal generation circuit that generates a notification signal each time compressed data incorporated from the baseband processing portion reaches a predetermined data quantity, and notifies a speech processing portion of this state using the notification signal. The speech processing portion includes a synchronizing signal generation circuit that generates a network synchronizing signal based on the notification signal. A clock signal for PCM communication is generated based on the network synchronizing signal. A speech signal can be decompressed even if no network synchronizing signal is output from the baseband processing portion. | 02-05-2015 |
20150043568 | METHOD, TERMINAL AND HEADSET FOR WIRELESS FULL-DUPLEX VOICE COMMUNICAITON WITH AUTO-SYNC WITHOUT BASE OR SYNC-MASTER - A communication terminal having a digital communication circuit and an automatic synchronizer. The digital communication circuit utilizes time division multiplexing in a single radio channel, selectable in a frequency band. The terminal implements a wireless communication in a conference and hands-free mode on an autonomous network between at least two wearers of similar terminals. The automatic synchronizer synchronizes to the signal of other terminal in the group to synchronize its internal time reference. This ensures the continuity of communication between each terminal in the group within a range of each other, even when the communication is lost with other terminals in the group. No particular terminal is required to maintain the synchronization in the group. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043569 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for communication includes transmitting a first uplink message from a first remote node ( | 02-12-2015 |
20150049753 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONTROLLING CELL DEACTIVATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention is directed to a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention is directed to a method of receiving information at a user equipment configured with a serving cell in a mobile communication system, and the method comprises activating the serving cell; receiving a first signal from a base station, the first signal including timing advance group assignment information for the serving cell; and deactivating the serving cell if the timing advance group assignment information indicates a second timing advance group different from a first timing advance group assigned to the serving cell. | 02-19-2015 |
20150055644 | PRECISE TIMESTAMPING OF ETHERNET PACKETS BY COMPENSATING FOR START-OF-FRAME DELIMITER DETECTION DELAY AND DELAY VARIATIONS - An apparatus includes a synchronization block and a physical coding sublayer block. The synchronization block may be configured to determine a position of a start of frame delimiter. The physical coding sublayer block may be configured to measure a delay through the physical coding sublayer block and provide delay and delay variation compensation based upon the measured delay. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055645 | Method For Air Interface Synchronization - The present disclosure relates to the technical field of LTE-A, and discloses a method for air interface synchronization between base stations. A base station to be synchronized, which simultaneously monitors a plurality of neighboring base stations, can select one neighboring base station to perform time-service synchronization in accordance with different criteria in order, such as whether CoMP is necessary, the time-service hop count, time-service delay, and the CQI level (channel quality indicator) and the like. That is, the most suitable synchronization source is determined according to a certain priority order. Such solution both applies to a phase of initial establishment of air interface self-synchronization between base stations, and also to a phase of periodic synchronization maintenance. In addition, the technical effect of such solution is particularly prominent in the case of intensively arranged Small Cells. | 02-26-2015 |
20150063342 | Retrospective Ephemeris Collection - A method for collecting a satellite data stream is disclosed. The method includes: receiving satellite signals; storing the received satellite signals; completing bit synchronization and subframe synchronization of the received satellite signals; recovering a portion of the satellite data stream from the satellite signals stored prior to completing bit synchronization and subframe synchronization. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063343 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR DISTRIBUTED DEVICE-TO-DEVICE SYNCHRONIZATION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for synchronizing a user equipment (UE) in a device-to-device communications network. The UE may scan for a synchronization signal transmitted from another UE in the network. A synchronization frame including a plurality of slots to use may be identified based at least in part on a result of the scanning. The identified synchronization frame may be analyzed to select a slot to use from the plurality of slots of the synchronization frame. A synchronization signal may be transmitted using the identified synchronization frame and the selected slot. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063344 | DATA BOUNDARY DETERMINING METHOD, INDICATION INFORMATION SENDING METHOD, AND APPARATUSES THEREOF - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a data boundary determining method, an indication information sending method, and apparatuses thereof. The boundary determining method includes: acquiring, by a base station in which a non-reference cell locates, timing information of a reference cell, or a parameter used to determine boundary information of a high speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH); and determining, by the base station, the boundary information of the HS-DPCCH according to the timing information of the reference cell or the parameter, where the boundary information is used by the base station to search for the HS-DPCCH. The present invention solves a technical problem in the prior art that a base station in which a non-reference cell locates is not capable of finding a correct boundary of the HS-DPCCH and therefore causes a decrease in downlink data transmission performance. | 03-05-2015 |
20150071281 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a wireless communication system, a wireless transmitter generates a TS packet that includes a PCR value based on a timer value for a time preceding an offset time from start time of a PCR time slot and transfers a wireless frame that includes the TS packet with the PCR value at start time of the PCR time slot. The wireless receiver receives the wireless frame that includes the TS packet with the PCR value at the PCR time slot, measures propagation time of the wireless frame between the start time of the PCR time slot and time when the wireless frame that includes the TS packet with the PCR value is received, obtains sum of the offset time and the propagation time as delay time of the PCR value, and adjusts its timer value based on the PCR value acquired from the wireless frame and the obtained delay time. | 03-12-2015 |
20150078369 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISSEMINATION OF TIMING INFORMATION IN DISTRIBUTED SYNCHRONIZATION DEVICE TO DEVICE NETWORKS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in connection with improving convergence to a common timing structure for devices in a distributed synchronization D2D network. In an example, a communications device is equipped to detect, by a UE, a synchronization signal during a listening slot duration scan of a communication channel. In an aspect, the listening slot duration may be defined based on a first timing structure, and the synchronization signal may be defined based on a second timing structure. The communications device may further be equipped to obtain timing information associated with the second timing structure from the synchronization signal, and determine whether the first timing structure or the second timing structure is a preferred timing structure. | 03-19-2015 |
20150085852 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TIME SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD - In an extensive distribution system with no delay guarantee network used as a relay network, an influence of a fluctuation of a communication delay time is avoided to conduct a high-precision time synchronization. First and second delay control devices installed in junctions between communication networks and a relay network, respectively, have functions of retaining first and second time information, and setting a first relay network passing time of a first communication signal directed from a time dissemination device toward a time receiving device through a relay network, and a second relay network passing time of a second communication signal directed from the time receiving device toward the time dissemination device, respectively. In measurement of communication delay time of the first communication network and the second communication network prior to time synchronization, the first and second relay network passing times are unified in advance to exclude uncertainty of the communication time. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085853 | SYNCHRONIZATION OF DISTRIBUTED NODES - Dynamic, untethered array nodes are frequency, phase, and time aligned/synchronized, and used to focus their transmissions of the same data coherently on a target or in the target's direction, using time reversal or directional beamforming. Information for alignment/synchronization may be sent from a master node of the array to other nodes, over non-RF links, such as optical and acoustic links. Some nodes may be connected directly to the master nodes, while other nodes may be connected to the master node through one or more transit nodes. A transit nodes may operate to (2) terminate the link when the alignment/synchronization information is intended for the node, and (2) pass through the alignment/synchronization information to another node without imposing its local clock properties on the passed through alignment/synchronization information. In this way, an end point node may be aligned/synchronized to the master node without a direct link between the two nodes. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085854 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING SYNCHRONIZATION FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN DEVICES - A method and an apparatus for obtaining synchronization of a terminal for communication between devices when a base station collapses are provided. The method includes, when a preamble signal is not received from the base station, maintaining a first synchronization for a predetermined time using a timer, transmitting a first preamble signal at a first synchronization point, performing a synchronization procedure with at least one neighbor terminal based on the first preamble signal, and, after the synchronization procedure, performing communication with the at least one neighbor terminal. In addition, when a preamble signal is not received from a base station, a first preamble signal from a relevant neighbor terminal is monitored for a predetermined time. When the first preamble signal is not received from the relevant neighbor terminal for the predetermined time, a second preamble signal is transmitted at an arbitrary point. | 03-26-2015 |
20150092766 | LOCALIZATION, SYNCHRONIZATION AND NAVIGATION USING PASSIVE SENSOR NETWORKS - A method for sensor operation includes deploying a network of sensors ( | 04-02-2015 |
20150092767 | RECEIVER - A receiver node for use in a digital broadcast system, comprising a receiver configured to receive a signal containing a service encoded with an error correcting code for decoding and wherein said receiver is further configured to ignore the signal during an ignore period, the node configured to use said error correcting code and the encoded service received outside the ignore period to reconstruct the part of the service ignored by the receiver. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092768 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DISCOVERY SIGNALS FOR LTE ADVANCED - A system and method for enhanced cell detection by a User Equipment (UE) is provided. The UE includes a transceiver configured to receive a discovery reference signal (DRS) occasion from at least one transmission point. The DRS occasion comprising a set of consecutive DRS sub-frames. The UE also includes processing circuitry configured to: in response to detecting a physical cell identity (PCID) of a Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS)/Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS)/Cell-Specific Reference Signal (CRS) that is the same as a reference PCID for a configured Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS) resource, the processing circuitry attempts to detect or measure the CSI-RS using the timing obtained from the PSS/SSS/CRS; and in response to not detecting a PCID of PSS/SSS/CRS that is the same as the reference PCID for a configured CSI-RS resource (TP), the processing circuitry does not attempt to detect or measure the CSI-RS. | 04-02-2015 |
20150103817 | GLOBAL TIME SYNCHRONIZATION SERVER FOR WIRELESS DEVICES - Synchronization of communication events according to a global time base (GTB). Devices implementing the GTB may be configured to awaken and exchange discovery and service capability information over pre-scheduled channels at time points determined according to the GTB. The GTB may be correlated to Global Positioning System (GPS) system time. A global time server (GTS) is described for providing a local source of accurate clock time relative to the GTB. The GTS may aggregate multiple sources of absolute and/or relative time including GPS and WWAN, select the most accurate source for a mobile environment, track source state transitions, and manage clock drift. Global time clients (GTCs) may receive updates from the GTS and compute offsets for communication events relative to a local clock. The GTC may correct for transport errors from transmission of the updated global time value across modules or sub-components of the devices. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103818 | TRANSPORT AND ERROR COMPENSATION OF A GLOBALLY SYNCHRONIZED TIME-BASE - Synchronization of communication events according to a global time base (GTB). Devices implementing the GTB may be configured to awaken and exchange discovery and service capability information over pre-scheduled channels at time points determined according to the GTB. The GTB may be correlated to Global Positioning System (GPS) system time. A global time server (GTS) is described for providing a local source of accurate clock time relative to the GTB. The GTS may aggregate multiple sources of absolute and/or relative time including GPS and WWAN, select the most accurate source for a mobile environment, track source state transitions, and manage clock drift. Global time clients (GTCs) may receive updates from the GTS and compute offsets for communication events relative to a local clock. The GTC may correct for transport errors from transmission of the updated global time value across modules or sub-components of the devices. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103819 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system includes a plurality of radio base stations ( | 04-16-2015 |
20150110101 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING DISTRIBUTED FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZATION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in connection with enabling distributed frequency synchronization based on a fastest node clock rate. In one example, a first UE is equipped to determine that a fastest clock rate is faster than an internal clock rate of the first UE by more than a first positive offset, and adjust the internal clock rate based on the determined fastest clock rate. In an aspect, the fastest clock rate is associated with a second UE of one or more other UEs from which synchronization signals may be received. In another example, a UE is equipped to obtain GPS based timing information, adjust an internal clock rate based on the GPS based timing information, and transmit a synchronization signal at an artificially earlier time in comparison to a scheduled time of transmission associated with the adjusted internal clock rate. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110102 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING SYNCHRONIZATION IN A NETWORKED ENVIRONMENT - Described herein are systems and methods for synchronization in a networked environment. For example, some embodiments provide methods for synchronizing a client device having a client media time reference with a server device having a server media time reference. In some cases such methods are embodied in computer readable code that is executable on one or more processors. Furthermore, some embodiments provide hardware, such as networked media devices that are configured to perform such methods. In overview, in some embodiments a client obtains timing information from a server and, on the basis of this timing information, applies an adjustment to a client control time reference, thereby to synchronize the client media time reference with the server media time reference. Some embodiments are particularly directed to the situation where there is a desire to synchronize networked media devices across a combination of wired and wireless networks. | 04-23-2015 |
20150117437 | DISTRIBUTED ALGORITHM FOR CONSTRUCTING AND MAINTAINING A HIERARCHICAL STRUCTURE FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE SYNCHRONIZATION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may be a UE. The UE determines timing information associated with a synchronization signal to be transmitted. The timing information includes a hop count and a reliability indicator associated with the synchronization signal. The reliability indicator is independent of the hop count and indicates one of reliable or unreliable. The UE broadcasts the timing information with the synchronization signal. The hop count may be a number of hops the synchronization signal is from a base station synchronization signal received from a base station. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117438 | NETWORK CONNECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF A MOBILE STATION - A network connection method and apparatus for improving network connection performance of a mobile station in a Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) system are provided. The method includes determining whether a cell change from a first cell to a second cell is detected while waiting for a network connection request message, after an acquisition of a synchronization with a first base station associated with the first cell, determining, if the cell change is detected, whether a synchronization is acquired with a second base station associated with the second cell and whether the network connection request message is detected, initiating, if the network connection request message is detected after the synchronization is acquired with the second base station, a network entry procedure, and saving, if the network connection request message is detected before the synchronization is acquired with the second base station, the network connection request message in a buffer. | 04-30-2015 |
20150124797 | PRECISE TIME TAGGING OF EVENTS OVER AN IMPRECISE LINK - A system for precise timing and synchronization of events is provided. The system includes a first terminal including one or more first counters and a packetizer configured to create a packetized data stream having one or more event tags. The system also includes a second terminal that includes one or more second counters and a depacketizer. The second counter(s) is/are configured to count clock pulses generated by a first clock of the first terminal at a first clock rate. The depacketizer is configured to receive the packetized data stream and detect the event tag(s). When the at least one event tag is detected, the second terminal calculates a time at which the first terminal created the packetized data stream based on a count value of the second counter(s) and a count value of the first counter(s) of the first terminal. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124798 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF DETERMINING COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device and a communication scheme judgment method that enable reception of frames of different communication schemes without setting a common synchronization signal in the frames for each communication scheme. A signal including synchronization information corresponding to a communication scheme is receivable via a frequency band within which a frequency band of a channel corresponding to a first communication scheme overlaps with at least a portion of a frequency band of a channel corresponding to a second communication scheme. Using the synchronization information, when synchronization of one communication scheme out of the first communication scheme and the second communication scheme is establishable, processing of the signal is performed using the one communication scheme, and when the synchronization of the one communication scheme is not establishable and synchronization of the other communication scheme is establishable, processing of the signal is performed using the other communication scheme. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124799 | TRANSPORT STREAM PACKETS WITH TIME STAMP GENERATION BY MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL - Provided is a method of transmitting transport stream packets from a terminal connected to a network including generating a time stamp with reference to time information managed in synchronization with other terminals by a medium access control (MAC) layer in order to control medium use in the network; processing the transport stream packets by using the time stamp; and transmitting the processed transport stream packets. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124800 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A communication system includes a plurality of communication stations arranged to respectively transmit a beacon on which beacon time information related to a beacon received from a peripheral communication station is placed at a predetermined transmission interval and control a beacon transmission timing of its own station while a collision with the beacon transmitted from the peripheral communication station is avoided on the basis of beacon information placed on the received beacon, in which at least a part of the communication stations includes means configured to decide a priority with respect to beacons received from at least one peripheral communication station and means configured to place beacon time information of a beacon having a high priority among the received beacons on a beacon of its own station, and transmits the beacon at a predetermined transmission interval. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124801 | ACCESS DEVICE AND SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR SENDING DATA - Embodiments of the present invention provide an access device and system and a method for sending data, and relate to the field of communications technologies, where the device includes: an IP clock server, a first interface, a second interface and a transmission module. According to the embodiments of the present invention, a time synchronization packet is generated by an IP clock server, and a service packet transmitted by an access point transmission device and the time synchronization packet generated by the IP clock server are sent to a small-cell base station through a same interface, thereby implementing both a synchronization function and a transmission function and effectively reducing the number of cables and difficulty in cabling for a small-cell base station. | 05-07-2015 |
20150131645 | DEVICE SYNCHRONIZATION - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for device synchronization. In one aspect there is provided a method. The method may include establishing, at a first wireless device, a clock to be shared with at least a second wireless device; and sending, by the first wireless device over a short-range wireless link, a command to at least the second wireless device, the command indicating an operation to be performed by at least the second wireless device at a time defined by the clock. Related apparatus, systems, methods, and articles are also described. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131646 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SIGNALING CONFIGURATION, SENDING OR RECEPTION - Provided are a method and device for signaling configuration, sending or reception, the method for signaling configuration comprises includes: a base station configures the signaling describing the subframe bearing the Synchronization Track Reference Signals (STRS) for a carrier, and the base station does not send the STRS and/or the PSS/SSS in the carrier when the signaling configured is null, while the base station sends the PSS/SSS in the carrier in a predetermined manner and sends the STRS in the carrier according to the signaling configuration information when the signaling configured is not null; the base station sends the signaling to a User Equipment (UE); the UE receives the signaling sent by the base station, analyzes the signaling, and judges the PSS/SSS is not sent in the carrier when the signaling is null, or judges the PSS/SSS is sent in the carrier when the signaling is not null. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131647 | MASTERLESS SLOT ALLOCATION - An approach is provided for collaboratively synchronizing devices in an ad hoc network. No device is acting as a master device or base station dictating time slot allocation to devices. A first device communicates with the other devices by a Media Access Control scheme based on time frames having time slots. Responsive to a determination that a current time slot allocated to a second device is occurring, a determination that a Boolean value selected according to a predetermined probability is true, and a transmission of a map of allocations of time slots to the devices, the first device determines the map indicates a conflict in which the same time slot is allocated to the first device and another device. The first device resolves the conflict by allocating another time slot to the first device, so that each time slot is allocated to no more than one corresponding device. | 05-14-2015 |
20150139217 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS USING SYNC BEACONS IN NEIGHBOR AWARENESS NETWORKING (NAN) - Techniques are disclosed using Sync Beacons in neighbor awareness networking (NAN) in wireless networks, wherein the Sync Beacon frames use Public Action frames for the Sync Beacon. Such networks include (but are not limited to) IEEE 802.11 networks. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139218 | Managing Overlapping Messages in a Network Environment - A system and method manages a stream of data to receive a data packet among a set of potentially colliding data packets. The stream of data is monitored with a first detector level to recognize a potential first data packet having a bit sequence that matches a known bit sequence. In response to a recognition of a potential first data packet by the first detector level, the stream of data is monitored with a second detector level to recognize a potential second data packet having a bit sequence that matches a known bit sequence while the first detector level is engaged with the potential first data packet. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139219 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING FREQUENCY ERRORS - A frequency error embodied in a series of values is determined by processing each of two or more selected values with another value in the series, each other value being spaced from its respective selected value by a first spacing, to generate processed values that all comprise substantially the same phase component; combining the processed values to generate a combined value that comprises substantially the same phase component as the processed values; repeating the processing and combining with the same selected values but a second spacing, different from the first spacing, to generate a combined value comprising a different phase component from the combined value generated using the first spacing, reflecting the frequency error; and determining the frequency error in dependence on the combined values generated using the first and second spacings. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139220 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE AND SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD - There is provided a signal processing device including a selection unit that selects and outputs one clock serving as a transport stream (TS) clock, which represents timing of data of a TS, among a plurality of clocks with frequencies not less than a serial rate which is a data rate at which the TS included in a radio frequency (RF) signal is output in a serial manner. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139221 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZING MULTIPLE TRANSMITTERS - A method and apparatus for synchronizing multiple transmitters is disclosed. A global time reference is used to synchronize the arrival of data from a plurality of secondary transmitters in a receiver station. In one embodiment, the global time reference is provided by a GPS satellite, and may also be used to synchronize the carriers of the signals received at the receiver station from each of the plurality of transmitters. In one embodiment, a pilot signal used for ATSC applications is added by the secondary transmitters. | 05-21-2015 |
20150146711 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DIGITAL MULTIMEDIA DATA WITH ANALOG BROADCAST DATA - A method and system for the transmission of digital data ( | 05-28-2015 |
20150146712 | Detecting a Narrow Band Ranging Signal in an OFDM Frame - Techniques are presented for a first device configured to be in communication with a second device in a digital communication system to receive an orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) ranging signal from the second device. The OFDM ranging signal comprises a plurality OFDM symbols that encode a known bit sequence within a subset of available OFDM communication subcarriers and a subset of available time slots. The OFDM ranging signal is analyzed to determine a timing offset for the second device due to a time for signals to travel between the first device and second device over a communication channel. A message is transmitted from the first device to the second device, the message including information configured to indicate the timing offset. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146713 | Time synchronization method and system using WiFi-direct - Disclosed are a time synchronization method and system using WiFi-direct. The method comprises: a master control device obtaining from a base station standard date and time information used for time synchronization; establishing a WiFi-Direct connection between the master control device and a slave device; in accordance with an active manner, the slave device obtaining a time synchronization manner or a passive reception time synchronization manner, and obtaining the standard date and time information from the master control device through the WiFi-Direct connection; and the slave device calculating an actual standard date and time with the influence of transmission time delay eliminated using the standard date and time information, and setting a system date and time thereof using the actual standard date and time. The master control device of the present invention transmits to each slave device standard date and time information obtained from a base station through Wi-Fi Direct to enable each slave device to achieve time synchronization. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146714 | MULTI-HOP WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD USING MANAGEMENT DEVICE AND WIRELESS DEVICES FOR SYNCHRONIZING WIRELESS DEVICES IN THE CONNECTIONLESS MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORKS - A multi-hop wireless communication method using a management device and wireless devices for synchronizing wireless devices in a connectionless multi-hop wireless network. The multi-hop wireless communication method using a management device includes: setting a sequence pattern at a fixed management device in a connectionless multi-hop wireless network; generating a message packet that comprises at least the set sequence pattern; and transmitting the generated message packet to mobile wireless devices. | 05-28-2015 |
20150295706 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DIGITAL MULTIMEDIA DATA WITH ANALOG BROADCAST DATA - A method and system for the transmission of digital data ( | 10-15-2015 |
20150295836 | DISTRIBUTION OF SYNCHRONIZATION PACKETS OVER WIFI TRANSPORT LINKS - This disclosure provides methods and an access point node for ensuring proper and correct packet based synchronization in data communications systems and networks at distribution of synchronization packets from one Access Point over a WIFI transport link to another Access Point. The access point node provides dynamic transmission rate adaption with different coding and modulation schemes. The access point node comprises an identifier unit to identify each received synchronization packet, and further comprises a controller configured to set the transmission rate for said synchronization packet according to a predetermined synchronization packet transmission rule. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296466 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, PROGRAM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - There is provided a communication control device including an acquisition unit configured to acquire synchronization relation information indicating which frequency bands are mutually synchronized among a plurality of frequency bands used for radio communication, and a control unit configured to control transmission of the synchronization relation information to a terminal device. The plurality of frequency bands include one or more frequency bands with which a common reference signal is not transmitted in at least one subframe among subframes which are units of time in the radio communication. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296469 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Exemplary embodiments provide a method and apparatus for transmitting a synchronization signal for Device-to-Device (D2D) communication in a wireless communication system. With respect to a D2D synchronization source to transmit a synchronization signal for D2D communication, the method includes: generating a D2D Synchronization Signal (D2DSS); and transmitting, by a synchronization source, the D2DSS to a D2D reception (Rx) UE, wherein the D2DSS includes a Primary D2D Synchronization Signal (PD2DSS) generated based on information associated with the synchronization source. | 10-15-2015 |
20150304079 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SYNCHRONIZING SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. The method whereby a terminal receives synchronizing signals in a wireless communication system supporting multi-carriers, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving location information on domains, from which the synchronizing signals are transmitted, among the domains resulting from the division of the whole system bandwidth into N parts along a frequency axis and into M parts along a time axis (wherein N and M are natural numbers); and receiving the synchronizing signals from the domains corresponding to the location information, wherein the respective synchronizing signals transmitted to multiple carriers can be transmitted from domains having a different frequency and/or time. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304971 | SYNCHRONIZATION CIRCUITRY, COMMON PUBLIC RADIO INTERFACE ENABLE DEVICE, AND A METHOD OF SYNCHRONIZING A SYNCHRONIZED CLOCK SIGNAL OF A SECOND TRANSCEIVER TO A CLOCK OF A FIRST TRANSCEIVER - A controller device can control the time of a slave sub-system in a chain in a base station system. The controller device comprises a slave transceiver for receiving/transmitting from/to a master sub-system, and a synchronization device for synchronizing a clock of the slave transceiver to a clock of the master sub-system based on the received signal received from the master sub-system. The synchronization circuitry comprises a clock input port for receiving an external clock signal from an external clock generator. At a received signal input port the received signal can be received from the master transceiver. A tracking loop couples the received signal input and the second phase input to a control input of a controllable PLL, for providing a negative feedback which controls a phase and/or frequency of the feedback signal to counter the phase and or frequency error between the external clock signal and the received signal. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304972 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR DOWNLINK DATA AND CONTROL COMMUNICATION - Provided are a base station, a terminal, a band allocation method, and a downlink data communication method in which a mapping method for synchronization signals and report signals is implemented with high resource usage efficiency when a first system in which an independent single communication is allocated to a unit band co-exists with a second system in which a plurality of unit bands can be allocated to a single communication. In a base station, an OFDM signal generation unit maps primary synchronization channel (P-SCH), secondary synchronization channel (S-SCH), primary broadcast channel (P-BCH), and dynamic broadcast channel (D-BCH), which can be decoded by both an LTE terminal and an LTE+ terminal, to some of a plurality of unit bands. The OFDM signal generation unit also maps D-BCH+, which can be decoded only by an LTE+ terminal, to all of the plurality of unit bands to produce a multiplexed transmission signal. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304973 | METHOD OF PERFORMING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TWO USER EQUIPMENTS - In a wireless communication system, a plurality of resource groups and a plurality of synchronization signals may be used to perform device-to-device communication. First monitor time associated with sending data and second monitor time associated with receiving data is determined, and each resource group is linked to a corresponding synchronization signal, a corresponding first monitor time and a corresponding second monitor time. A user equipment is configured to select a specific synchronization signal from the plurality of synchronization signals and broadcast the specific synchronization signal for claiming the corresponding resource group only after determining that the specific synchronization signal is not being transmitted by other devices at the corresponding first monitor time and the corresponding second monitor time. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304976 | SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD OF FEMTOCELL BASE STATION AND FEMTOCELL BASE STATION USING THE SAME - The exemplary embodiment of the present invention provides a method of synchronizing a femtocell base station securing time synchronization of a femtocell base station by allowing the femtocell base station to transmit a symbol to a terminal belonging to the femtocell by performing the time synchronization with a preamble signal when the femtocell base station receives the preamble signal from the macrocell base station in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) communication system in which a femtocell is present in a macrocell. | 10-22-2015 |
20150312021 | Method and device for synchronizing time in short distance - Disclosed is a method for synchronizing time in a short distance, comprising: a receiver receiving time service machine local time broadcast by more than one time service machine, and selecting time broadcast by one time service machine as local time of the receiver. Also disclosed is a device for synchronizing time in a short distance for implementing the method. By using the technical solutions in the present invention, compared with the prior art, a cumbersome operation of synchronizing the time in a manual setting process is avoided, and that users of different operators cannot uniformly acquire standard time is avoided. The technical solutions in the present invention enable a time setting manner of a user terminal to be more interesting, and can restore to previous local time at any time after time synchronization is acquired, and a user operation is convenient. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312870 | OVER-THE-AIR SYNCHRONIZATION FOR SMALL CELLS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A timing offset value between at least one macro node and a common global navigation satellite system, GNSS, derived reference time is measured. The timing offset value is transmitted to at least a cell node that does not have a GNSS reference for transmission timing adjusting at the cell node. In some embodiments, where no small cell in a cluster has a GNSS reference time, a timing of a macro base station is used as a reference for synchronizing small cells in the cluster. | 10-29-2015 |
20150319722 | MONITORING OF RADIO LINK SYNCHRONIZATION IN A USER EQUIPMENT'S ACTIVE SET - A method and arrangement in a Radio Network Controller (RNC) for monitoring radio link (RL) synchronization for each RL as soon as it is added to a User Equipment's (UE's) Active Set. When a new RL is added, each RL in the Active Set sends an Active Set Update Complete message to the RNC. When the RNC determines that a Radio Link Restore Indication message is not received from the Target NodeB serving the new RL, the RNC starts an initRlSyncT timer set for a defined time period and monitors incoming messages to determine whether the Radio Link Restore Indication message is received for the new RL before the initRlSyncT timer expires. If so, the method ends; but if not, the RNC instructs associated NodeBs and the UE to remove the new RL from the UE's Active Set. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319723 | CONTROLLED SYNCHRONIZATION GROUP SELECTION - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for synchronization in a network are provided. One method includes configuring a first node for joining a first timings synchronization group with a second node on a lowest stratum, receiving at least one synchronization signal comprising information on at least an identity of the second node, and synchronizing the first node to the first synchronization group based on the synchronization signal. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319725 | DETERMINING CLOCK-DRIFT USING SIGNALS OF OPPORTUNITY - A method and apparatus for determining a drift between a local clock of a movable device and a reference clock that is used by one or more reference devices. The local clock may be calibrated at a calibration location and then the movable device may be moved to an operating location that is different from the calibration location. The drift is determined by observing one or more signals transmitted by the respective one or more reference devices, when the device is at the calibration location and when it is at the operating location. These observations are used together with a model of the signals to determine the drift. | 11-05-2015 |
20150326331 | Time Stamp Replication Within a Wireless Network - Time stamp replication within wireless networks is described. In an embodiment, a wireless station receives an input time stamp and uses this input time stamp to generate an output time stamp. The wireless station transmits the output time stamp to wireless stations in one of a number of groups which make up the wireless network. The output time stamp is generated to compensate for delays between receiving the input time stamp and transmitting the output time stamp such that output time stamp which is transmitted at a time T corresponds to the value that the input time stamp would have had if it had been received at time T (and not at a time earlier than T). This may, therefore, reduce or eliminate independent time stamp errors and jitter caused by multiple disparate systems and processes. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327191 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZATION IN DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing synchronization by a device in a device to device (D2D) communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting a first synchronization signal, and transmitting offset information indicating a time difference between a synchronization reference time of the first synchronization signal and a transmission time of the first synchronization signal. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327192 | DEVICE, METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A first device for processing data, the first device including at least one control circuit configured to adjust at least one parameter related to a delay time based on a measured value of the delay time. The measured value of the delay time is a difference between a first time associated with when the first device processes the data and a second time associated with when a second device processes the data. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327193 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ACQUIRING D2D SYNCHRONIZATION INFORMATION - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5 | 11-12-2015 |
20150327195 | METHOD OF FORMING N-HOP SYNCHRONOUS NETWORK FOR D2D COMMUNICATION AND DEVICES USING THE SAME - The disclosure proposes a method of forming an N-hop synchronous network for D2D communication and devices using the same. In one of the exemplary embodiments, the method may include detecting one or more synchronization signals which are transmitted from one or more nearby synchronization sources; selecting, from the one or more synchronization signals, a first SS transmitted from a neighboring synchronization source having a hop count=i, wherein i is the smallest hop count detected from the one or more neighboring synchronization sources; and if there are more than one neighboring synchronization sources with hop count=i, the first SS is selected as having a maximum RSRP detected by the UE; and if the RSRP of the first SS does not exceeds a predefined threshold: operating as a synchronization source; and transmitting a SS based on the first SS. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327200 | SIGNALING A SYNCHRONIZATION FRAME TRANSMISSSION REQUEST - Various embodiments of the invention describe a format and procedure for a wireless communication device to request a network controller to transmit a synchronization frame so that the device may synchronize its communication activities with the network controller. This operation may be used in various types of wireless networks, such as but not limited to those conforming to IEEE standard 802.11ah. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327204 | SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR D2D COMMUNICATION - A synchronization method and an apparatus for Device-to-Device (D2D) communication in a User Equipment (UE) are provided. The method includes comparing a reception power of a signal received from an evolved Node B (eNB) with a first reference power, if the reception power is less than the first reference power, generating and transmitting a synchronization signal for D2D communication by operating as a synchronization reference UE, comparing the reception power of a signal received from the eNB with a second reference power, and if the reception power is greater than or equal to the first reference power and less than the second reference power, relaying a synchronization signal received from the eNB by operating as a synchronization relaying UE. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327325 | ENHANCED DISCONTINUED TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHODS - Methods for operating a small cell in a discontinued reception (DRX) mode include maintaining the small cell in a discontinuous transmission (DTX) mode during a first time period having a plurality of first time slots. The methods include transmitting common reference signals in a predetermined number of second time slots prior to the first time slots and in a predetermined number of third time slots following commencement of the first time slots. The methods include discontinuing transmission of the common reference signals and common channel signals if mobile devices are in a discontinuous reception mode during the first time period. The methods include discontinuing transmission of the common reference signals during a predetermined number of fourth time slots following commencement of the first time period if there is no dedicated common transmission to the mobile devices. | 11-12-2015 |
20150333859 | SECONDARY SYNCHRONIZATION SEQUENCES FOR CELL GROUP DETECTION IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Timing parameters and an identity of a particular one of a number of cell groups are indicated in a signal transmitted in a cellular communication system having a radio frame in a physical layer, the radio frame comprising a number of time slots. In a known one of the time slots, a synchronization signal, S | 11-19-2015 |
20150334666 | TECHNIQUE FOR THE BASE STATION TO MEASURE THE INTERNAL UPLINK AND DOWNLINK DELAYS OF THE NODE WITHOUT PRE-CALIBRATION - Systems and methods for measuring end-to-end data path delays between a Radio Equipment Controller (REC) and a Radio Equipment (RE) of a base station are disclosed. In one embodiment, a system includes a RE configured to transmit a chirped sine wave signal from the RE to a REC on an uplink data path from the RE to the REC. The REC is configured to correlate a reference chirped sine wave signal and a received signal from the RE, where the received signal includes the chirped sine wave signal. The REC is further configured to determine an uplink data path delay from the RE to the REC based on results of the correlation of the reference chirped sine wave signal and the received signal from the RE on the uplink data path. In another embodiment, a downlink data path delay is measured in a similar manner. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334670 | SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND BASE STATION - The present invention provide a synchronization method and base station, and the method includes: determining, by a base station, a synchronization status of the base station itself, where the synchronization status includes: a synchronized base station, or, a synchronization source base station; and configuring, by the base station, according to the determined synchronization status of the base station itself, a synchronization reference signal of the base station, in order that a first time is different from a second time, where the first time is a time when the synchronization reference signal of the base station is transmitted, and the second time is a time when an inter-station synchronization reference signal of the base station's synchronization source base station is transmitted. The embodiments of the present invention can improve the synchronization performance. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334671 | AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION OF PROCESSING DELAY OF RADIO EQUIPMENT - A method and system for measuring end-to-end processing delay of the RE between an input interface and a transmit port in the downlink direction and a receive port and an output interface on the uplink direction is disclosed. The method and system if for use in a radio equipment node (RE) connected to a radio equipment control node (REC). Once the downlink and uplink radio channels are activated at a predetermined carrier frequency, a chirp sine wave is added at the input interface and the receive port such that the chirp sine wave becomes mixed with the carrier frequency. Sampling of a received downlink mixed signal is done at the transmit port and of the received uplink mixed signal at the output interface. The sampled mixed signals are then cross-correlated with a reference chirped sine wave to obtain a signal phase shift which is then converted to obtain a time delay associated with the end-to-end processing delay of the RE. | 11-19-2015 |
20150341872 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZING AND PROPAGATING STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS DOWNLINK/UPLINK - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for operating a user equipment (UE) are provided. The apparatus receives first information from a first millimeter-wave base station (mwB), determines second information based on the received first information, and transmits the second information to at least one other mwB. The first information and the second information are related to synchronization and/or a network state between the first mwB and the at least one other mwB. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341874 | Mesh Network System and Techniques - The present relates to a node to be integrated in a network of wirelessly connected nodes, to a network system, to method for operating a node of a network, and to a method for communicating within a network. A method is disclosed for communicating within a network of cooperatively synchronized nodes, configured to broadcast data packets to the network during broadcast phases through a flooding mechanism, each data packet comprising hop data. The method comprises, for each broadcast phase, broadcasting a data packet from a source node during a predetermined time slot; and receiving the data packet at one or more destination node during said predetermined time slot. The broadcasting and receiving are repeated according to the hop data, at respective predetermined time slots, wherein each destination node corresponds to a source node in a next execution of broadcasting and the data packet received corresponds substantially to the data packet to be broadcasted in the next repetition. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341875 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR SYNCHRONIZING IN DISTRIBUTED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method of synchronization in a distributed wireless communication system and a terminal supporting the same are disclosed. A terminal increases its contention window value if it receives a synchronization signal within a synchronization slot. The terminal decreases its contention window value if it receives no synchronization signal within the synchronization slot. The terminal determines whether to transmit a synchronization signal or not by using the increased or decreased contention window value. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341877 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for and apparatus for performing a synchronization in a wireless communication system is provided. A wireless device checks a configuration including a resource relationship about reference signals (RSs) between a first cell and a second cell; receives a first reference signal (RS) from the first cell; determines a timing reference to receive a second RS based on the resource relationship; receives the second RS from the second cell based on the timing reference; performs a frequency tracking using the second RS; and decodes data signals from the second cell. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341880 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WLAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, disclosed are a method and an apparatus for accessing a channel in a WLAN system. A method for synchronizing channels from a station (STA) in the wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving from an access point (AP) setting information with respect to an least one slot allowing channel access by the STA; receiving a synchronization frame from the AP from a slot boundary of the at least one slot; and synchronizing the channels on the basis of the synchronization frame, wherein the synchronization frame may be a null data packet (NDP) frame. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341881 | SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN DEVICES OF SAME OR DIFFERENT WIRELESS NETWORK - This document discloses a solution for synchronizing two apparatuses of the same or different wireless network. A synchronization control apparatus may receive measurement reports from a first apparatus and a second apparatus, wherein at least one of the measurement reports comprises at least one information element indicating an offset between clocks of the first apparatus and the second apparatus. The synchronization control apparatus may synchronize the first apparatus and the second apparatus with each other on the basis of the measurement reports. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341883 | METHOD OF PERFORMING CELL SEARCH IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing cell search includes receiving a primary synchronization signal (PSS) comprising a primary synchronization code (PSC) and receiving a secondary synchronization signal (SSS) comprising a first secondary synchronization code (SSC) and a second SSC, wherein the SSS includes a first SSS and a second SSS, the first SSC and the second SSC are arranged in that order in the first SSS, and the second SSC and the first SSC are arranged in that order in the second SSS. Detection performance on synchronization signals can be improved, and cell search can be performed more reliably. | 11-26-2015 |
20150351057 | SIGNAL CONVERSION APPARATUS, SIGNAL RESTORATION APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - According to an embodiment, a signal conversion apparatus includes a control information generator and a selector. The control information generator generates first control information based on rate information indicating transmission rates of original signals. The first control information designates a first timing at which each of the original signals is sampled. The selector selects each of the sampled signals at a timing based on the first timing. The original signal group includes a first original signal at a first transmission rate and a second original signal at a second transmission rate. The first transmission rate is higher than the second transmission rate. The frequency of allocating the first timing to the first original signal is higher than a frequency of allocating the first timing to the second original signal. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351058 | METHOD FOR OBTAINING SYNCHRONIZATION FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION OUTSIDE OF COVERAGE AREA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - Disclosed in the present invention is a method for performing device-to-device communication between units of user equipment outside of a coverage area of a base station in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of: dividing into a plurality of candidate sections a specific time unit for the device-to-device communication; detecting a reference signal, which is transmitted from a second user equipment from among the units user equipment, from one section of the candidate sections that is not the last section; obtaining synchronization for device-to-device communication with the second user equipment based on the reference signal; and transmitting a predetermined authorization signal from the last section of the candidate sections or from a time unit after a specific time unit. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351059 | METHOD FOR OBTAINING SYNCHRONIZATION FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENT INSIDE COVERAGE AREA AND USER EQUIPMENT OUTSIDE OF COVERAGE AREA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - Disclosed in the present invention is a method for a first user equipment inside a coverage area of a base station conducting device-to-device communication with a second user equipment outside the coverage area in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of: dividing into a plurality of candidate sections a specific time unit for the device-to-device communication; and transmitting a reference signal for obtaining synchronization to the second user equipment from one section from among the candidate sections, when a random number that is generated is bigger than or equal to a critical value corresponding to the inside of the coverage area, wherein the critical value corresponding to the inside of the coverage area is smaller than a critical value corresponding to the outside of the coverage area. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351062 | UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION PROCESSING METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - An uplink synchronization processing method, a user equipment (UE), and a base station are provided. The method includes: receiving a component carrier (CC) uplink synchronization indication message sent by a base station, where the uplink synchronization indication message carries identification information of one or multiple newly configured CCs; sending synchronization signaling to the base station when knowing that the uplink synchronization needs to be executed on all or a part of the one or multiple newly configured CCs corresponding to the identification information; and receiving a time advanced (TA) adjusting message that is sent by the base station according to the synchronization signaling, and applying a TA value carried in the TA adjusting message to the CC on which the uplink synchronization needs to be executed. | 12-03-2015 |
20150358096 | SYNCHRONIZING WIRELESS DATA ACQUISITION OF PHYSIOLOGICAL INFORMATION - A wireless data acquisition system includes a data acquisition unit including a data sensor; a first wireless data link and a second wireless timing link with predicable or low latency. Stimulus and time markers come from a trigger generator. Data signals from the data sensor are transmitted across the wireless data link and timing information of the data acquisition unit is transmitted across the wireless timing link. A receiving host receives the transmitted data and timing information for logging and/or processing. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358932 | DEVICE FOR SYNCHRONIZING THE BROADCASTING OF SOUND SIGNALS AND SOUND BROADCASTER - The sound-signal broadcaster utilizing the IEEE 802.11 standard including the transmission of a periodic IEEE 802.11 beacon frame signal separate from the transmitted data and representative of the period number of the beacon frame signal, includes: elements for receiving signals according to standard IEEE 802.11 representing: the beacon frame signal, and at least one packet representative of the sound signals to be broadcast into which a period number of the beacon frame signal has been incorporated, so as to broadcast the sound signal represented by each data packet at a predefined time on the basis of the period number incorporated into the packet. The broadcaster may include elements for determining a processing operation to be executed on each received packet on the basis of the difference between the period number of the received beacon frame signal and the period number of the beacon frame signal incorporated into the received packet. | 12-10-2015 |
20150365184 | WIRELESS CLOCK REGENERATION AND SYNCHRONIZATION - A method and apparatus are described for regenerating a local clock within a wireless module and synchronizing the local clock with a wireless host clock. For one embodiment, the wireless module generates a local clock, counts the cycles of the clock during a common timing reference period maintained wirelessly between the wireless module and the host, receives a count of the host clock during the same common timing reference period, and adjusts the local clock signal based upon a comparison of the two counts. For one embodiment, the wireless module further receives timing references from the host and, in addition, receives packets of audio samples from the host accompanied by a timestamp, the timestamp based upon the host timing reference, and outputs the audio sample at the time designated by the timestamp. | 12-17-2015 |
20150372847 | OFDM Packets Time Synchronisation - A method and an apparatus determine a time of start of series of OFDM symbols forming an OFDM packet, wherein one or more symbols of the OFDM signal includes a plurality of copies of a short training sequence made of a plurality of time-domain samples. The method includes determining a coarse time index, determining a fine time index, and determining the time of start of each OFDM symbols based on the fine time index. The coarse time-domain sample of the coarse time index is within a coarse estimation error interval, and the time-domain samples of the coarse estimation error interval are converted into frequency domain samples. A metric value is determined for each frequency domain samples, and the fine time index is the time index corresponding to one of the coarse estimation error interval having its associated frequency domain sample having the lowest metric value. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373655 | TERMINAL DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Provided is a terminal device including: a communication control unit configured to control a radio communication function so as to establish synchronization in a second frequency band by a synchronization signal transmitted in the second frequency band synchronized with a first frequency band, and to establish synchronization in the first frequency band by utilizing a synchronization result in the second frequency band. The first frequency band is synchronized with a third frequency band. The communication control unit controls the radio communication function so as to establish synchronization in the third frequency band by a synchronization signal transmitted in the third frequency band, and to establish synchronization in the first frequency band by utilizing a synchronization result in the third frequency band, before the radio communication function becomes unable to establish synchronization in the second frequency band by the synchronization signal. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373656 | METHOD FOR OBTAINING SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN DEVICES IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION, AND DEVICE SUPPORTING SAME - The present invention, which is used in a wireless access system supporting device-to-device (D2D) communication, defines a new random access channel region and provides methods for obtaining synchronization between D2D devices in the new random access channel region, and devices supporting same. The method for obtaining synchronization between devices in a wireless access system supporting device-to-device (D2D) communication, according to one embodiment of the present invention, may comprise: a step in which a first terminal receives a D2D preamble from a second terminal via a D2D random access channel (RACH) region in an RACH region; a step in which the first terminal obtains synchronization with the second terminal by using the D2D preamble; and a step in which the first terminal performs D2D communication with the second terminal. The RACH region may comprise a legacy RACH region to which a legacy preamble for performing an RACH procedure with a base station is transmitted, and the D2D RACH region. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373657 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for device-to-device communication (D2D) in a wireless communication system. Particularly, the method is characterized in that when a device, which has been conducting device-to-device communication, additionally conducts device-to-device communication with a new device, a channel sequence of the device conducting the communication is determined, one of two devices conducting the device-to-device communication is determined as a reference device for channel synchronization and channel synchronization is thereby performed. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373660 | A Radio Base Station and Method Therein for Transmitting Time Alignment Configuration to a User Equipment - A Radio Base Station, RBS, and a method performed therein for transmitting time alignment configuration to a UE are provided. The method comprises receiving ( | 12-24-2015 |
20160007305 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus includes a transmitter that transmits a first frame and a second frame with multiplexing and a receiver that receives a third frame sent in response to the first frame and a forth frame sent in response to the second frame, wherein a first receipt completion timing at which the third frame is fully received by the receiver and a second receipt completion timing at which the forth frame is fully received by the receiver are synchronized by controlling at least one of first content of the first frame, a first transmission method by which the first frame is sent, second content of the second frame and a second transmission method by which the second frame is sent. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007308 | DETERMINING CLOCK MODELS - Examples disclosed herein relate to methods and apparatuses for observing signals transmitted by one or more transmitters in an asynchronous communication network and applying a time reference to generate a clock model. In one embodiment, parameters representing the clock model may then be forwarded to other mobile devices to assist in positioning operations. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007309 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZING TIME INFORMATION IN AD HOC NETWORK - A method and a system for synchronizing time information in an ad-hoc network are disclosed. According to the present invention, provided is a method for synchronizing time information in an ad-hoc network as a method by which a plurality of nodes included in an ad-hoc network synchronize a time, the method comprising the steps of: transmitting, by a first node, time information obtained by correcting an initial time using a first self-correcting value at an nth beacon interval, wherein the first self-correcting value is a self-correcting value or a local averaging value at an (n−1)th beacon interval; and correcting, by a second node which has received the time information from the first node at the nth beacon interval, time information by calculating a second self-correcting value and a local average value, wherein the first self-correcting value is either the self-correcting value or the local averaging value calculated at the (n−1)th beacon interval, and the local averaging value of the second node is an averaging value of time information of one or more neighboring nodes of the second node. | 01-07-2016 |
20160013876 | TIME SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014709 | METHOD OF GENERATING CODE SEQUENCE AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SIGNAL USING THE SAME | 01-14-2016 |
20160014710 | UNIQUE CONNECTION IDENTIFIER | 01-14-2016 |
20160014711 | ROUND TRIP TIME (RTT) DETERMINATION | 01-14-2016 |
20160021632 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING COMMON SIGNAL AND APPARATUS THEREOF - The present invention discloses a method for transmitting a common signal and an apparatus thereof. The method includes: determining, by a first base station, a first configuration used to send a common signal; and sending, by the first base station, the common signal according to the first configuration. According to the method for transmitting a common signal and the apparatus thereof in embodiments of the present invention, a base station sends a common signal in a triggering mode, so that the common signal is sent more flexibly, thereby reducing an overhead during sending of the common signal, reducing a possibility of interference caused by the sending of the common signal to a neighboring cell, and improving user experience. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021633 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETECTING START FRAME DELIMITER - An apparatus and a method for detecting a start frame delimiter my include a signal receiving unit receiving a wireless signal including a first symbol and a second symbol; a cross correlation unit performing a cross correlation between the first symbol and a reference symbol; a decoding unit decoding the second symbol when a cross correlation value between the first symbol and the reference symbol is equal to or higher than a threshold value; and a comparing and determining unit comparing bit values of the second symbol with bit values of the reference symbol and determining that the start frame delimiter is detected when a preset number of bit values of the second symbol match the bit values of the reference symbol. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021634 | CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A control apparatus comprises: a synchronization unit that transmits control information set in a communication node to another control apparatus that operates in synchronization with the control apparatus and synchronizes with the another control apparatus; and a control information creation unit that creates control information to be set in a communication node to be controlled. If the created control information is first control information set temporarily in accordance with a notification from the communication node to be controlled, the control apparatus sets the first control information in the communication node without waiting to synchronize with the another control apparatus. If control information to be set is second control information other than the first control information, the control apparatus sets the second control information in the communication node after synchronizing with the another control apparatus. | 01-21-2016 |
20160029329 | MAPPING SCHEMES FOR SECONDARY SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL SCRAMBLING - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a transmitter, a receiver and methods of operating a transmitter and a receiver. In one embodiment, the transmitter includes a synchronization unit configured to provide a primary synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal having first and second segments. The transmitter also includes a secondary scrambling unit configured to provide a scrambled secondary synchronization signal, wherein scrambling agents for the first and second segments are derived from a primary synchronization sequence of the primary synchronization signal. The secondary scrambling unit is further configured to provide an additional scrambling of one of the first and second segments, wherein a second scrambling agent is derived from the remaining segment of a secondary synchronization sequence of the secondary synchronization signal. The transmitter further includes a transmit unit configured to transmit the primary synchronization signal and the scrambled secondary synchronization signal. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029331 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING SIGNAL BY USING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method by which a first terminal receives a signal in a wireless communication system. Particularly, the method comprises the steps of: receiving a synchronization signal for device-to-device communication from a second terminal; obtaining synchronization based on the synchronization signal; receiving a boundary signal for the device-to-device communication from the second terminal; and receiving a control signal or a data signal using the device-to-device communication based on the boundary signal, wherein the synchronization signal is transmitted by using a part of one symbol. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029333 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING SYNCHRONIZATION INFORMATION FOR DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - Disclosed is a method by which first user equipment receives synchronization information for a Device-to-Device (D2D) link at a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises: receiving configuration information for synchronization from serving cell; and acquiring information on reference cell for synchronization of the D2D link based on the configuration information; and acquiring a synchronization resource based on the information on reference cell, wherein the information on reference cell comprises an identifier of the reference cell. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029336 | REDUCING IMPACT OF CLOCK DRIFT IN WIRELESS DEVICES - Described are systems and methods for obtaining synchronization at a clock maintained at a wireless device having a respective clock drift. The wireless device may obtain one or more messages indicating two or more clock errors corresponding to two more access points. The wireless device may then establish communication with an access point corresponding to the smallest clock error of the two or more clock errors by synchronizing the clock maintained at the wireless device based on the smallest clock error. | 01-28-2016 |
20160037466 | PRIORITIZED SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNALS AND MECHANISM FOR DISTRIBUTED DEVICE-TO-DEVICE SYSTEMS - Embodiments described herein relate generally to a user equipment (“UE”) that is to transmit and receive signals associated with synchronization. The UE may be receive signals associated with synchronization from a plurality of synchronization sources, such as an evolved Node B (“eNB”), a global navigation satellite system (“GNSS”), or another UE. The UE may synchronize to a signal received from a synchronization source based on a priority associated with that synchronization source and/or signal. However, if the UE does not receive any signals associated with synchronization, the UE may generate and transmit a signal that indicates a request for synchronization. | 02-04-2016 |
20160043823 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR GENERATING TIMESTAMP - The present patent application provides a method, an apparatus, and a system for generating a timestamp. The method includes: receiving, by a data packet processing unit, a data packet sent by a physical layer transceiver unit or an upper layer, and identifying whether the data packet is a precise time synchronization protocol PTP data packet, and if the data packet is a PTP data packet, generating, according to a physical layer delay provided by a physical layer delay acquiring unit and a non-physical layer delay provided by a non-physical layer delay acquiring unit, a precise timestamp and rewriting a timestamp field in the data packet. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044616 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZATION IN D2D COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for synchronization by a D2D terminal in a D2D communication network through receiving a first D2D synchronization signal from at least one D2D synchronization source and performing synchronization according to a synchronization timing reference provided through the first D2D synchronization signal, and a method for negotiating whether to perform a role as a synchronization source with another D2D synchronization source through determining, when a D2D synchronization signal and a D2D synchronization channel are received from at least one D2D synchronization source, whether to maintain a role as the independent synchronization source based on negotiation information for negotiation between synchronization sources included in the D2D synchronization channel, and operating as a relaying synchronization source when the role as the independent synchronization source is not maintained, are provided. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044619 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a pre-fifth generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates beyond fourth generation (4G) communication system such as long term evolution (LTE). | 02-11-2016 |
20160044621 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTEXT-AWARE SYNCHRONIZATION FOR PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION - Apparatuses, computer readable media, and methods are disclosed for context aware synchronization for peer-to-peer communication. A method may include extracting from a super beacon synchronization information. The method may further include synchronizing with a beacon of an application based on the synchronization information. Another method may include extracting synchronization information from a received beacon, if the received beacon is for a first application. The method may further include if the received beacon is not for a first application, then extracting common beacon synchronization information from the received beacon, scanning for the common beacon based on the extracted common beacon synchronization information, receiving the common beacon, and extracting common channel synchronization information from the common beacon. Another method may include transmitting synchronization information in a data packet to a WTRU, if there is data to be transmitted, and otherwise transmitting synchronization information in a dummy packet to the second WTRU. | 02-11-2016 |
20160050637 | CONFIGURING DISCOVERY SIGNALS - A method in a first network node is disclosed. The method comprises determining a time synchronization level for at least a pair of network nodes, the time synchronization level comprising information about a difference in start time of the radio frames in a downlink or radio subframes in a downlink between the at least a pair of network nodes. The method further comprises adapting one or more discovery reference signal parameters based at least in part on the determined time synchronization level for the at least a pair of network nodes, and transmitting a discovery reference signal using the adapted one or more discovery reference signal parameters. | 02-18-2016 |
20160057716 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal. A method for receiving a reference signal may comprise the steps of: a subframe including a plurality of resource blocks (RB) and a plurality of OFDM symbols receiving a synchronization signal; and determining the number of RBs which are included in one precoding resource block group (PRB), on the basis of the size of a total system bandwidth, wherein the RBs included in the PRG may include information to which identical precoding has been applied. The synchronization signal is received by six core RBs from the plurality of RBs, and the reference signal can be received by at least one OFDM symbol from the plurality of OFDM symbols, excluding the first and second OFDM symbols, through a plurality of PRGs including the six core RBs. As a result, a channel can be accurately estimated on the basis of the reference signal. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057717 | NETWORK NODE AND METHOD FOR INDICATING TO WIRELESS DEVICE THAT SYSTEM INFORMATION (SI) HAS CHANGED FOR PURPOSES OF A SYSTEM ACCESS PROCEDURE - A network node (e.g., base station, eNodeB) is described herein which indicates that System Information (SI) has changed in at least one of a frequency correction channel (FCCH) block or a synchronization channel (SCH) block, and transmits the at least one of the FCCH block or the SCH block to at least one wireless device. In addition, a wireless device is described herein which receives the at least one of a FCCH block or the SCH block, and determines if the received at least one of the FCCH block or the SCH block indicates that SI has changed and uses this information for purposes of a system access procedure. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057718 | Methods and Wireless Devices for Enabling Synchronization in D2D Communications - A first and a second wireless device and a respective method performed thereby for enabling D2D communication there between are provided. The method performed by the first wireless device comprises obtaining ( | 02-25-2016 |
20160057719 | Enabling Interference Mitigation for Over-the-Air Synchronization - Techniques and apparatus for enabling and disabling of muting patterns in Radio Access Network (RAN) nodes for the purpose of allowing better detection and use of reference symbols used for over-the-air synchronization. An example method, in a base station operating in a wireless communications network, includes determining that a first neighbor cell of a plurality of neighbor cells is interfering with or is likely to interfere with a signal, from a second neighbor cell, that is used for synchronization. The method further includes sending, towards the first neighbor cell, a request for activation of a reference signal muting pattern by the first neighbor cell, the request including information identifying the second neighbor cell or a stratum of the second neighbor cell. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057720 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL AND APPARATUS USING THE METHOD - The method of transmitting the reference signal includes receiving a synchronization signal in a subframe including contiguous first slot and second slot, and receiving a reference signal in the subframe, in which each of the first slot and the second slot includes a plurality of RBs and a plurality of OFDM symbols, the synchronization signal includes a PSS and a SSS, the PSS is received in the last OFDM symbol of the first slot, the SSS is received in a previous symbol before the last OFDM symbol of the first slot, a cell identifier is acquired based on the PSS and the SSS, the synchronization signal is received in center 6 RBs among the plurality of RBs, and the reference signal is received in at least one OFDM symbol among the plurality of OFDM symbols in the second slot through the center 6RB. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057721 | MULTIMEDIA STREAMING OVER MULTIPLE HOPS IN WIFI MESH NETWORK - A network includes an access point Wi-Fi Direct (AP WFD) device. The AP WFD device includes access point (AP) functionality. A plurality of client WiFi Direct (WFD) devices is coupled to the AP WFD device. The client WFD devices include client functionality. The AP WFD device is configured to synchronize the client WFD devices and to stream multimedia data to the client WFD devices. | 02-25-2016 |
20160066255 | Cell Detection, Identification, and Measurements for Small Cell Deployments - Cell detection information, such as cell identity, frequency, dormant/active mode, etc. may be determined. This cell detection information may be reported based on properties of a received Auxiliary Synchronization Signal (AuSS) or discovery signal. The received signal may be processed as a function of its timing, for example, with respect to timing of a serving cell. A WTRU may obtain cell detection information for a neighbor cell. A cell may also be detected by surrounding WTRUs. A WTRU may determine timing of cell reactivation from a detected property of the AuSS or discovery signal. A WTRU may trigger an RRC procedure upon selecting a dormant but temporarily reactivated cell. An eNB may transmit AuSS for a dormant cell based on detection of signals received from neighbor cells. Quasi-colocation (QCL) demodulation may be performed based on the detected signal. The on/off state of a cell may be indicated. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066289 | HYPERFRAME NUMBER DESYNCHRONIZATION RECOVERY MECHANISM - The disclosure provides for recovering from radio link desynchronization. A network node may determining a first validity rate of a first plurality of protocol data units (PDUs) including a length indicator transmitted over the radio link using ciphering based on a hyperframe number and determining a second validity rate of a second plurality of PDUs without a length indicator transmitted over the radio link using ciphering based on the hyperframe number. The network node may detect desynchronization of the hyperframe number based on the first validity rate and the second validity rate. The network node may initiate a reset procedure to set a new hyperframe number for the radio link. The network node may detect desynchronization when the first validity rate is less than a first threshold, and the second validity rate is greater than or equal to a second threshold. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066291 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Communication apparatus is disclosed which is suitable for communicating with a mobile communication device in a communication system which uses a plurality of radio frames wherein each radio frame is subdivided in the time domain into a plurality of subframes, each subframe is subdivided in the time domain into a plurality of slots, and each slot is subdivided in the time domain into a plurality of symbols. The communication apparatus operates a communication cell, generates discovery signals, for use in a cell search procedure, each discovery signal comprising a pair of synchronisation signals and a further signal, and transmits each synchronisation signal and the further signal in a respective symbol of a radio frame. The symbol in which the further signal is transmitted separated, in the time domain, by no more than half a radio frame from at least one of said pair of synchronisation signals. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066292 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UPLINK TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION IN CONJUNCTION WITH DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - A system and method are disclosed for providing uplink timing synchronization during DRX operation in a wireless communication system. | 03-03-2016 |
20160073367 | NODE SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a node synchronization method and apparatus, and relate to the field of communications technologies, where the method includes: selecting, by a first node, at least one user equipment UE, where the UE is used to assist a second node to synchronize with the first node; and sending, by the first node, a notification message to the at least one UE, so that the at least one UE assists the second node to implement synchronization with the first node. The present invention is applicable to time synchronization between communications nodes. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073370 | Secondary Cell Synchronization for Carrier Aggregation - A carrier aggregation application method is provided of attaining time synchronization to a secondary cell for a wireless communication device usable in a cellular communication network. The method comprises, if a time reference of the secondary cell is unknown to the wireless communication device: setting a preliminary time reference of the secondary cell to equal a time reference of a primary cell of the carrier aggregation application; performing a synchronization signal based detection of the time reference of the secondary cell based on the preliminary time reference and one or more synchronization signals transmitted in the secondary cell; performing preliminary time reference based channel state measurements of the secondary cell based on the preliminary time reference and one or more reference signals transmitted in the secondary cell; setting, based on the synchronization signal based detection, a value of a channel quality indicator to either a nominal value or a value based on the preliminary time reference based channel state measurements; and transmitting a channel state information report comprising the channel quality indicator to the cellular communication network. An arrangement for a wireless communication device usable in a cellular communication network, adapted to attain time synchronization to a secondary cell of a carrier aggregation application is also disclosed. A modem comprising the arrangement and wireless communication device comprising the arrangement are also disclosed. | 03-10-2016 |
20160081047 | SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD IN DISTRIBUTED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TERMINAL SUPPORTING THE SAME - Disclosed is a synchronization method in a distributed wireless communication system and a terminal supporting the same. In a synchronization method, a terminal splits a synchronization period into a plurality of backoff slots and randomly selects a backoff counter using the contention window. Furthermore, the terminal checks whether a channel is idle during at least one of the plurality of backoff slots and changes the backoff counter based on a result of the check. | 03-17-2016 |
20160087738 | TIME SYNCHRONIZATION SLAVE APPARATUS CAPABLE OF ADJUSTING TIME SYNCHRONIZATION PERIOD, AND METHOD OF DETERMINING TIME SYNCHRONIZATION PERIOD - A time synchronization slave apparatus and a method of determining a time synchronization period are disclosed. In the apparatus, a time synchronization processing unit performs a time synchronization operation and determines an offset and a rate used to correct local time error based on a calculated time error, a timer corrects the local time based on the determined offset and rate, a time error estimation unit estimates a time error in the local time during a present time synchronization period, and generates excess error information regarding an excess point at which the estimated time error exceeds a threshold allowable time error range, a time synchronization period determination unit determines a subsequent time synchronization period based on the excess error information, and a synchronization period information transmission unit transmits synchronization period information regarding the subsequent time synchronization period to a time synchronization master apparatus. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088578 | LINK LAYER DISCOVERY PROTOCOL (LLDP) ON MULTIPLE NODES OF A DISTRIBUTED FABRIC - In one embodiment, a method for providing link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) to a distributed fabric includes sending a neighbor synchronization request message from a master node to one or more member nodes connected to the master node, the neighbor synchronization request message including a request for a recipient member node to send its LLDP neighbor information to the master node, receiving a neighbor synchronization update message at the master node from at least one of the one or more member nodes, the neighbor synchronization update message including information about local LLDP neighbors of the one or more member nodes, and storing the information about the local LLDP neighbors from the at least one of the one or more member nodes in a LLDP neighbors database of the master node. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088580 | Base Station and Method for Clock Synchronization of Base Station - The present invention discloses a radio base station and a method for clock synchronization of the radio base station. The radio base station may include a base station outdoor apparatus including an adapter, a ground service antenna, and a satellite antenna. A base station indoor apparatus includes a satellite signal processing module configured to perform decoding processing on a satellite radio frequency signal received by the satellite antenna to obtain a satellite service signal. The satellite antenna and the ground service antenna are connected to the adapter. The adapter is configured to couple the signals received by the satellite antenna and ground service antenna, and transmit a coupled signal to the base station indoor apparatus through a first data cable. | 03-24-2016 |
20160094377 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL IN FBMC SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a method and an apparatus for sending a synchronization signal in an FBMC system in the field of communications, and are used for reducing the cost of a synchronization signal and improving the spectral efficiency. The method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure includes: determining a sending time-frequency resource location of a synchronization symbol; determining a time-frequency resource location having mutual interference with the synchronization symbol; sending the synchronization symbol on the sending time-frequency resource location of the synchronization symbol, and sending a protection symbol on the time-frequency resource location having mutual interference with the synchronization symbol. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095074 | SYNCHRONIZATION PROCEDURE AND RESOURCE CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION IN D2D SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a 5th generation (5G) or pre-5G communication system for supporting a higher data rate in comparison to the 4G communication system, such as long term evolution (LTE). A method for a terminal to establish synchronization with another terminal in a network supporting device-to-device (D2D) communication is provided. The method includes scanning, at the terminal, for synchronization signals from at least one base station, acquiring, when a synchronization signal is received from a base station, synchronization with the base station based on the synchronization signal, measuring power of the synchronization signal received from the base station, and transmitting, when data to be transmitted are generated in idle mode and the received signal power is less than a received signal power, a synchronization signal as a synchronization relaying terminal. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095075 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION IN A WIRELESS BACKHAUL NETWORK USING IEEE 1588 PRECISION TIME PROTOCOL - A method and system is disclosed for clock synchronization in a wireless backhaul network, based on the IEEE1588 Precision Time Protocol (PTP). The network comprises a plurality of hubs, each hub serving one or more remote backhaul modules. Each hub comprises a slave clock, which communicates with a master clock through forward and reverse links. The method comprises, for each hub, estimating the frequency drift {circumflex over (α)} and offset {circumflex over (β)} from the forward and reverse links between the master and slave clock, estimating the accuracy of {circumflex over (α)} and {circumflex over (β)}, determining the least congested link, and adjusting the frequency of the slave clock based on {circumflex over (α)} and {circumflex over (β)} from the least congested link. A fixed or variable time window size is selected to achieve a desired accuracy of {circumflex over (α)} and {circumflex over (β)}. The method may comprise estimating a maximum holdover time for maintaining synchronization with a desired confidence level. | 03-31-2016 |
20160100373 | Signal Format for Cell Search and Synchronization in Wireless Networks - A synchronization signal format for a cell search method is proposed to reduce cell search complexity and cell search time. A synchronization signal is embedded with a unique sequence that is consecutively repeated multiple times in time domain. Different unique sequences represent different control information to be broadcasted from a base station to user equipments via synchronization signal transmissions. A two-stage cell search method is then applied in accordance with the synchronization signal format. In a first acquisition stage, a coarse location of the synchronization signal is acquired. In a second fine searching stage, the unique sequence is detected within a searching range of the coarse location. | 04-07-2016 |
20160105859 | Method for Synchronizing Content among Terminals and Terminals - A method for synchronizing content among terminals and terminals. The method includes determining, by a first terminal, content for sharing of the first terminal; when the first terminal discovers a second terminal, establishing, by the first terminal, a connection to the second terminal using a short-range wireless communications technology, where the second terminal belongs to a same synchronization group as the first terminal, and can establish a connection to the first terminal using a short-range wireless communications technology, and terminals that belong to a same synchronization group can synchronize content for sharing; and synchronizing, by the first terminal, the content for sharing of the first terminal and content for sharing of the second terminal using the connection established to the second terminal. The method is applicable to the field of communications technologies. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105860 | CHANNEL STRUCTURE FOR A CELLULAR INTERNET OF THINGS SYSTEM - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication at a user equipment (UE). A UE may synchronize with a cell using a waveform known to the UE beforehand, and common to a group of cells. The UE may determine a physical broadcast channel (PBCH) time. The UE may receive the PBCH and determine a physical layer identification (ID) for the cell and a frequency for uplink transmissions. The PBCH may also indicate a channel configuration, which may enable the UE to perform a random access procedure. The channel configuration may include a time/frequency resource configuration of a shared traffic channel. In some cases, the UE may determine resources for data transmission based on an index of a control channel transmission. In some cases, there may be a predetermined delay between control channel transmissions and data channel transmissions. The UE may then enter a low power state during the delay. | 04-14-2016 |
20160112974 | Method for constructing a distributed boundary clock over a dedicated communication channel - A method for implementing a distributed boundary clock in situations where book-end devices such as microwave TX/RX pairs must collaborate in achieving PTP on-path support is described. A dedicated channel, generally low-speed compared to the main channel is used to transfer timing from the master side to the slave side using framing and super-framing applied to the digital channel. Time-stamps of events such as super-frame boundaries are communicated between the two sides to enable timing transfer. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112975 | Wireless Device Timing Advance Configuration - A base station transmits control message(s) comprising media access control dedicated parameters. The media access control dedicated parameters comprise a primary time alignment timer value for a primary cell group and a sequence of at least one element. Each element comprises a secondary time alignment timer value and a secondary cell group index. The secondary time alignment timer value is associated with the cell group identified by the secondary cell group index. Each secondary time alignment timer value is selected from a finite set of predetermined values. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112977 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides an apparatus and a method for performing timing synchronization in a wireless communication system. Particularly, the present invention is characterized in that resources for D2D communication and resources for performing cellular communication are identified, and resource information for the D2D communication is determined considering the number of D2D terminals and a cell size of a base station, has different frequency and time domains according to D2D terminals, and includes different time offset values. Accordingly, the present invention prevents, in advance, the generation of interference according to the D2D communication. | 04-21-2016 |
20160119888 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a wireless communication device including a reception timing sense unit configured to sense reception timing information, a reception timing storage unit configured to store the reception timing information and to disclose and delete the stored reception timing information, a frame group arrival confirmation unit configured to confirm that a frame group arrives, a first frame group transmission unit, a second frame group transmission unit, a third frame group transmission unit, and a frame group transmission control unit configured to select any of the first frame group transmission unit, the second frame group transmission unit, and the third frame group transmission unit on the basis of the reception timing information and a result of frame group arrival confirmation, and to control a frame group transmission operation. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119889 | FREQUENCY OFFSET COMPENSATION FOR WIFI RANGING - Methods, systems, and apparatus are disclosed for determining accurate ranging measurements between communication devices. Various embodiments are described for recording timestamps associated with when transmissions are sent and received between the communication devices. The communication devices are configured to determine a difference in their clock frequencies and to communicate this difference with one another. Furthermore, each of the communication devices is configured to compensate for these differences before or after the timestamps are exchanged and to send a compensation indicator of whether the compensation has been performed. If the compensation has not been performed, either of the communication devices can compensate for the clock frequency differences after receiving the timestamps based on the compensation indicator. By using compensated clock frequencies based on a single clock reference, highly accurate ranging measurements are obtained using round trip propagation time calculations. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119890 | METHOD AND CONTROL SYSTEM FOR OPERATING AT LEAST ONE APPARATUS THAT IS ARRANGED IN A BUILDING - A method operates at least one apparatus that is arranged in a building. The method involves producing a wireless connection between a communication unit of a motor vehicle and the apparatus, transmitting to the apparatus in a wireless manner by the communication unit data that define an operating mode of the apparatus, and operating the apparatus in dependence upon the data that are transmitted to the apparatus. The data are provided and synchronized with one another both by a central data processing device as well as by the communication unit. A control system can be used with the method. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119891 | ASYNCHRONOUS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to an asynchronous wireless communication system, such as a UMTS system. The various base stations of an asynchronous wireless communication system do not typically have known timing offsets Tb(i), and these timing offsets vary with time. The invention allows the calculation of the difference dTb(i,j) between timing offsets Tb(i), Tb(j) for pairs of base stations B(i), B(j), using the timing of signals received by one or more wireless communication units. Having eliminated the timing offsets between the base stations as a variable, geo-location techniques from synchronous networks may then be used to locate wireless communication units in the asynchronous wireless communication system. | 04-28-2016 |
20160127066 | RELATIVE CLOCK DRIFT CALIBRATION FOR CHANNEL STITCHING - Techniques and systems described herein provide for improved clock drift calibration of two or more clocks of two or more wireless devices. According to one example method, a first packet is received at a first wireless device from a second wireless device sent at a first time. The method may also include determining a first time-of-arrival estimate for the first packet. The method may further include receiving, at the first wireless device, a second packet from the second wireless device sent at a second time. The method may also include determining a second time-of-arrival estimate for the second packet and determining a relative clock drift between the first wireless device and the second wireless device based at least in part on the first time-of-arrival estimate and the second time-of-arrival estimate. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127246 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR LOW-JITTER COMMUNICATION OVER A PACKET-SWITCHED NETWORK - There is disclosed a network communication system that includes data sources and of switches. Each of the data sources and switches is interconnected by a packet-switched network, and is synchronized to a common clock. The system also includes a network controller that maintains records of network characteristics including a transmission delay for each of the data sources and switches, and a transmission delay for links in the packet-switched network. The network controller processes the network characteristics to generate, for each of a plurality of packets of a given type of traffic: a path from a particular data source, and through at least one particular switch, and a schedule of departure times at each of the particular data source and the at least one particular switch. The path and the schedule are optimized to meet jitter requirements for the given type of traffic. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128006 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND METHODS HAVING A USER EQUIPMENT-CENTRIC MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL LAYER - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication. In one method, a method of wireless communication at a user equipment (UE) includes receiving a synchronization signal. The synchronization signal may be common to a plurality of cells within a network. The method further includes acquiring a timing of the network based on the synchronization signal, and transmitting a pilot signal in response to acquiring the timing of the network. The pilot signal may identify the UE and be concurrently receivable by the plurality of cells within the network. Other aspects, features, and embodiments are also claimed and described. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128007 | USER EQUIPMENT CONTEXT HANDLING WITH USER EQUIPMENT AUTONOMOUS MOBILITY - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for UE context handling with UE autonomous mobility are provided. One method includes transitioning, by a user equipment associated with a network, into a user equipment controlled mobility mode based on a predefined trigger. The method may further include synchronizing with at least one network node serving the user equipment so that the at least one network node is informed of the transitioning of the user equipment into the user equipment controlled mobility mode. The evolved node B (eNB) may inform a core network node about the user equipment operational mode, and the core network node takes into account the user equipment operational mode during a following transaction with the user equipment. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128008 | SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL STRUCTURE FOR A SHARED CHANNEL - A method includes transmitting, at an LTE device configured to transmit data over an unlicensed band, first synchronization data over a first frequency channel of the unlicensed band during a timeframe. The method further includes transmitting, at one of the first LTE device or a second LTE device, second synchronization data over a second frequency channel of the unlicensed band during the same timeframe. The data transmissions of at least one of the first LTE device or the second LTE device are coordinated based on the synchronization data. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128009 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL FOR D2D COMMUNICATION - Exemplary embodiments provide a method and apparatus for transmitting a synchronization signal for Device-to-Device (D2D) communication in a wireless communication system. The method includes: receiving, at a first UE, a D2D synchronization signal transmitted from a second UE, the D2D synchronization signal comprising a primary D2D synchronization signal (PD2DSS) and a secondary D2D synchronization signal (SD2DSS); determining a root index based on the received PD2DSS; and determining a type of a synchronization source based on the root index. The root index corresponds to an integer value X when the type of synchronization source is associated with D2DSSue_net. The root index corresponds to an integer value Y when the type of synchronization source is associated with D2DSSue_oon. Each of the integer value X and integer value Y is not an element of a set {25, 29, 34}. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128010 | SINGLE CARRIER FREQUENCY DOMAIN EQUALIZER TIME SYNCHRONIZATION IN A BROADBAND TRANSCEIVER - A method for operating a receiver in a wireless communication system to synchronize the receiver to a received signal. The received signal is preamble correlated to identify a preamble portion of the signal. Portions of the received signal near the identified preamble portion are processed to determine signal-distorting channel characteristics, such as multipath channel delay spread, of the channel over which the received signal propagated. A digital filter is configured based on the determined channel characteristics to compensate for the signal-distorting channel characteristics, and the received signal is filtered with the configured digital filter. The filtered received signal is second preamble correlated with a second preamble that is different than the first preamble to produce a second preamble correlation. The second preamble correlation is processed to identify delay in the filtered received signal. Portions of the filtered received signal are identified and processed based on the identified delay. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128012 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD, TRANSMISSION DEVICE, AND RECEPTION DEVICE - A counter ( | 05-05-2016 |
20160135017 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTIPLE CLIENTS SYNCHRONIZATION IN WI-FI PEER-TO-PEER GROUP - A method and a system of Wi-Fi P2P communication network which can synchronize a group owner and at least two group clients are disclosed. The system includes changing the attribute ID | 05-12-2016 |
20160135135 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION FOR COEXISTING WITH WIRELESS-LAN IN NON-LICENSED BAND - Disclosed is a communication method for coexisting with a non-licensed band communication system of a non-licensed band in a licensed band communication system. The method includes: transmitting a signal by a transmitter in order to operate in a non-licensed band, when the signal is a transmission target signal having frames and a wireless local area network (WLAN) preamble signal is inserted to the front of each frame of the transmission target signal; and extracting the WLAN preamble signal from the signal of the transmitter by a receiver to synchronize with the transmitter. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135137 | INDICATION OF IN/OUT OF DUAL CONNECTIVITY SYNCHRONIZED CONDITION - Various communication systems may benefit from indications of conditions existing within the system. For example, communication systems employing dual connectivity may benefit from an indication of whether or not a user equipment is in a dual connectivity synchronized condition. A method can include determining a dual connectivity synchronization condition for the user equipment with respect to at least two base stations. The method can also include reporting the dual connectivity synchronization condition to a network element. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135138 | AIR-INTERFACE-BASED SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD, BASE STATION, CONTROL APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present disclosure discloses an air-interface-based synchronization method, a base station and its control apparatus, and a wireless communications system. By taking advantage of active random access of user equipment, a time difference between base stations is acquired by detecting a random access preamble, and a time adjustment value of a non-reference base station is acquired according to the acquired time difference and reference time of a reference base station; and the non-reference base station performs time adjustment according to the acquired time adjustment value, to complete time synchronization with the reference base station. The present disclosure can easily and effectively implement air-interface-based synchronization between base stations by using an existing wireless network, thereby achieving a technical effect in a convenient and economic manner. | 05-12-2016 |
20160142987 | SYNCHRONIZATION IN COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - According to a first aspect there is presented a method for synchronization in a wireless device-to-device (D2D) based communications network as performed by a first wireless device. The method comprises identifying an attempt to make a network connection on a default sub-channel over a D2D communications interface from a second wireless device. The method comprises transmitting control information on the default sub-channel to the second wireless device, wherein the control information comprises an indicator of an operational sub-channel, and wherein the operational sub-channel is for subsequent D2D communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142989 | CELL SEARCH PROCEDURE FRAME FORMAT - According to some embodiments, a method of synchronizing a wireless device with a network node comprises receiving a radio subframe transmitted from the network node. The radio subframe comprises a first Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS) associated with a first Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol and a first plurality of subcarriers. The first PSS is paired with a first Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS) associated with a second OFDM symbol and the first plurality of subcarriers. The radio subframe also comprises a second PSS associated with the first OFDM symbol and a second plurality of subcarriers. The second PSS is paired with a second SSS associated with the second OFDM symbol and the second plurality of subcarriers. The method further comprises inspecting the first plurality of subcarriers to detect the first PSS and the first SSS and inspecting the second plurality of subcarriers to detect the second PSS and the second SSS. Upon detecting at least one of the first PSS and the first SSS or the second PSS and the second SSS, the method determines system information associated with the network node based on the detected at least one PSS and the detected at least one SSS. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142991 | System and Method for Signaling a Prohibited D2D Operation - An embodiment method for operating a base station includes instructing, by the base station, a mobile device to transmit, over grouped communications resources, a first instance of a data structure for D2D signaling. The data structure includes a first data field that indicates at least one of a D2D frame number, a D2D multiplexing configuration, a resource allocation for D2D signaling, an identifier of a D2D synchronization source, a type of a D2D synchronization source, or whether the mobile device is in coverage of a network. The data structure also includes a second data field indicating at least one of whether a D2D signaling operation is prohibited, or a type of prohibited D2D signaling operation. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142992 | METHODS FOR RE-SYNCHRONIZING A COMMUNICATION MODE WITH A PEER DEVICE AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS UTILIZING THE SAME - A communications apparatus includes a radio transceiver and a processor. The radio transceiver is configured for transmitting or receiving wireless radio frequency signals to or from a peer device. The processor determines whether re-synchronization in a communication mode with the peer device is required according to a determination rule. When the re-synchronization is required, the processor transmits a message to the peer device via the radio transceiver to trigger a re-synchronization procedure. The processor determines whether the re-synchronization is required in a connected mode. | 05-19-2016 |
20160150491 | COLLABORATIVE DATA CAPTURING APPARATUSES AND METHODS - Various aspects of the present disclosure provide for a control scheme of trigger based collaborative data capturing operations utilizing a plurality of time-synchronized data capturing devices. These data capturing devices are synchronized to the same time reference so that their inputs and outputs can be coordinated and controlled in a deterministic manner. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150493 | SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELSS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method of transmitting/receiving a signal by a transmission device in a mobile communication system. The method includes: receiving information related to synchronization signals from a Base Station (BS); transmitting a first synchronization signal based on the received information; and receiving a second synchronization signal corresponding to the first synchronization signal based on the received information. When a UE cannot receive a synchronization signal from the BS or is located beyond a coverage of the BS, or when the BS cannot operate due to an emergency or disaster situation, UEs can configure self synchronization therebetween in a predetermined area without any assistance from the BS and thus broadcast and unicast transmission are possible between the UEs based on the synchronization. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150494 | Network Synchronization for System Configuration Exchanges - This disclosure relates to techniques for avoiding loss of synchronization between a cellular device and a cellular network. According to some embodiments, a wireless device and a base station may perform a handshake procedure to select configuration parameters for cellular communication. The handshake procedure may establish a system frame number and subframe number at which the selected configuration parameters take effect. The wireless device and the base station may implement the selected configuration parameters at the selected system frame number and subframe number. | 05-26-2016 |
20160156564 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHODS | 06-02-2016 |
20160157193 | EXCHANGING RANGING AND LOCATION INFORMATION AMONG PEER-TO-PEER DEVICES | 06-02-2016 |
20160157194 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CELL SYNCHRONIZATION AND SYNCHRONIZATION CELL INDICATION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157195 | Collaborative OBSS Interference Mitigation for Wireless Communication Systems | 06-02-2016 |
20160157197 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 06-02-2016 |
20160157199 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160157200 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING SIGNAL TRANSMISSION STARTING POINT OF TERMINAL IN WIRELESS NETWORK | 06-02-2016 |
20160157285 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM | 06-02-2016 |
20160164664 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IP BASED TRANSMISSION OF UPSTREAM RF SIGNAL IN CABLE BROADCASTING NETWORK - An apparatus and a method for converting an upstream radio frequency (RF) signal to a digital signal and transmitting the digital signal via an Internet protocol (IP) packet based on an optical network in a cable broadcasting network is provided. The apparatus for transmitting an upstream RF signal includes a detector configured to detect an upstream RF signal, and a transmitter configured to digitize the detected upstream RF signal and transmit the digitized RF signal to a headend via an IP packet. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165557 | ADAPTIVE, PREDICTIVE SYNCHRONIZATION FOR REDUCING CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT DELAYS IN AD-HOC FREQUENCY HOPPING SPREAD SPECTRUM NETWORKS - Systems and methods for performing predictive frequency searches in ad-hoc multi-hop wireless networks is described herein. In one exemplary embodiment, a predicted frequency is selected and a synchronization request is sent from an initiating node to a target node on the predicted frequency. If the transmitted synchronization request is the last synchronization request for the predictive frequency search mode sequence, then the initiating node enters into a receiving mode to receive a synchronization response message from the target node. If not, the initiating node selects a new predicted frequency, and sends a new synchronization request to the target node on that frequency. This repeats until the transmitted synchronization request is the last predictive synchronization request, and the initiating node enters into the receiving mode. The initiating node in the selection of synchronization request transmission frequencies can adaptively alternate between predictive and full spectrum frequency searches. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165558 | TECHNIQUES FOR SYNCHRONIZING TIMING OF WIRELESS STREAMING TRANSMISSIONS TO MULTIPLE SINK DEVICES - Methods, systems, apparatuses, and devices are described for synchronizing timing of wireless streaming transmissions to multiple sink devices. A source device may identify timing information associated with a common timing source, e.g., a media timing source at Multimedia layer or a Wi-Fi timing source, and send the timing information to the sink devices. The sink devices may receive the timing information and determine a composite timing delay, e.g., a wireless transmission link delay, an internal interface link delay, or combinations thereof. The source device may stream the content to the sink devices which may use a locally adjusted timing signal to synchronize the presentation of the content. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165559 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION, DISCOVERY SIGNAL RECEPTION METHOD AND DISCOVERY SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD - A user apparatus, for use in a radio communication system including a base station forming a cell, configured to receive a discovery signal of device-to-device communication, including: an information reception unit configured to receive, from a base station of a residing cell, a resource range in which a discovery signal can be transmitted in a neighbor cell; and a discovery signal reception unit configured to receive a discovery signal at a time position that is synchronized with the neighbor cell in response to receiving a synchronization signal that is synchronized with the neighbor cell within the resource range received by the information reception unit. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165560 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station establishes radio synchronization by using a downlink signal transmitted from a radio base station of another cell, and has a synchronization information control section that, via an inter-base station interface, reports a synchronization information request to the radio base station of the other cell and also acquires synchronization information reported from the radio base station of the other cell, and an on/off control section that, based on the synchronization information acquired, determines the status of synchronization with a cell that belongs to a lower stratum than an own cell, and executes on/off control for the own cell, and the synchronization information which the synchronization information control section acquires from the radio base station of the other cell includes information representing the synchronization status and the synchronization stratum level of the radio base station of the other cell. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165561 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE TIMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for adjusting device-to-device (D2D) timing in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes detecting a signal on a second D2D group, and adjusting D2D timing of the first D2D group based on the detected signal on the second D2D group. The first D2D group includes a first device and a second device which perform D2D operation in the first D2D group, and the second D2D group includes a third device and a fourth device which perform D2D operation in the second D2D group. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165562 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELECTIVELY RECEIVING AND PROCESSING RF SIGNALS AT AN RF BEACON - Synchronizing the local time of beacons using two way time transfer methods and hardware enabling such methods. Certain systems incorporate receive hardware into beacon circuitry used for transmitting signals so that the beacon can transmit RF signals during transmission periods, and can also receive RF signals from other beacons during non-transmission periods. Receive hardware may be incorporated into beacon circuitry such that the beacon receives an incoming signal and passes that incoming signal to a digital pre-distortion linearization module, which can process that received signal. Methods for controlling whether a beacon transmits RF signals or receives RF signals are also discussed, as are methods for using RF signals received from other beacons for synchronization. | 06-09-2016 |
20160173151 | RECEIVING DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND INTERFERENCE DETECTION METHOD | 06-16-2016 |
20160173216 | Apparatus and Method for Two-Way Timestamp Exchange | 06-16-2016 |
20160173273 | PROCESS PARTIAL RESPONSE CHANNEL | 06-16-2016 |
20160174174 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160174175 | USER TERMINAL AND BASE STATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160174176 | USER TERMINAL AND BASE STATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160174179 | METHOD OF SELECTING SYNCHRONIZATION SOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 06-16-2016 |
20160182057 | SLOW-CLOCK CALIBRATION METHOD AND UNIT, CLOCK CIRCUIT, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL | 06-23-2016 |
20160183205 | DISTRIBUTED SYNCHRONIZATION OF IOE DEVICES | 06-23-2016 |
20160183206 | Methods for Adapting Over-the-Air Synchronization to Radio Conditions | 06-23-2016 |
20160183207 | COMMUNICATION NETWORK NODES AND METHODS PERFORMED THEREIN | 06-23-2016 |
20160183208 | METHOD FOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 06-23-2016 |
20160183213 | METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING SIGNALS IN A TERRESTRIAL AND SATELLITE LINK AND ASSOCIATED ARCHITECTURE | 06-23-2016 |
20160187455 | CROWDSOURCING NETWORK SYNCHRONIZATION STATUS - Methods, systems, computer-readable media, and apparatuses for crowdsourcing the synchronization status of a network are presented. In various embodiments, a server receives a synchronization status of a base station associated with the network. If the synchronization status indicates that the network is synchronous, the server collects information for computing time correction data. The server may send the time correction data to the mobile device for use in determining the position of the mobile device when the mobile device is connected to the synchronous network. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192302 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND SYSTEM OF SYNCHRONIZING BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and methods of synchronizing between wireless communication devices. For example, a wireless communication device may include a clock to count a local time; a controller to count a virtual master clock corresponding to a group of wireless communication devices according to master clock information defining the virtual master clock, the controller to determine a time drift between the local clock and the virtual master clock, and to determine the virtual master clock based on the local time and the time drift; and a radio to communicate with one or more devices of the group of wireless communication devices a synchronization frame including a master clock time stamp of the virtual master clock. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192305 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, APPLICATION PROGRAM FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, AND FRAMEWORK PROGRAM FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - To provide a mobile communication terminal, an application program for the mobile communication terminal, and a framework program for the mobile communication terminal which are capable of achieving power saving. In the present invention, a mobile communication terminal | 06-30-2016 |
20160192306 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ADJUSTING TIMING GUIDANCE - A method for adjusting a timing advance includes: sending an uplink message to an access point, AP, and receiving a downlink message returned by the AP; according to the moment when the uplink message is sent, the moment when the downlink message returned by the AP is received and the fixed time when the downlink message is returned by the AP, obtaining time alignment information; and according to the time alignment information, adjusting the amount of time by which a signal is sent in advance. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192307 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING DOPPLER SHIFT IN UNDERWATER COMMUNICATION - Disclosed is an apparatus and method for estimating a Doppler shift for underwater communication. The apparatus includes: a multipath delay profile determiner for detecting a correlation of a known signal | 06-30-2016 |
20160192308 | Mobile Device Synchronization of Screen Content and Audio - Systems and methods for providing synchronized visible and/or audible content for play on a plurality of mobile devices. The disclosed systems and methods can provide, to each of the plurality of mobile devices, a piece of the visible and/or audible content that is mapped to a specific location of the mobile device within a particular venue, and trigger the respective mobile devices to play their pieces of the visible and/or audible content in a synchronous fashion, thereby creating a display of the visible and/or audible content in which each mobile device effectively corresponds to either a picture element (or “pixel”) or a sound source, or both, within the display. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192309 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SYNCHRONIZING FRAME NUMBERS BETWEEN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION SUPPORTED USER DEVICES - A method of synchronizing device-to-device terminals according to an embodiment of the present specification may comprise the steps of: matching timing synchronization with at least one terminal counterpart; and setting a frame number for device-to-device communication after the timing synchronization matching step. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192310 | Method and a Device for Sending a Synchronization Signal - The exemplary embodiments relate to a method ( | 06-30-2016 |
20160197755 | Deferral Information in Postambles and Midambles | 07-07-2016 |
20160198423 | Position determination method and device, and computer storage medium | 07-07-2016 |
20160205583 | INTERRUPT HANDLING SYSTEM FOR CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 07-14-2016 |
20160205641 | ANONYMOUS NOTIFICATION MESSAGE GENERATOR | 07-14-2016 |
20160205644 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SYNC SIGNALS FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 07-14-2016 |
20160205645 | SYNCHRONIZATION OF A DEVICE IN COMMUNICATIONS | 07-14-2016 |
20160205648 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING BY USING DIFFERENT TYPES OF CARRIERS IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION | 07-14-2016 |
20160255600 | INFORMATION ANALYSIS SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION THAT REQUIRES TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160381651 | METERED INTERFACE - A method for executing a network command using synchronized timers. The method includes obtaining, by a first device, a first current time value from a first timer of the first device, determining, by the first device, a time-to-execute value based on the first current time value, sending, from the first device to a second device, a first network command message including the network command and the time-to-execute value, repetitively obtaining, by the second device, a second current time value from a second timer of the second device, comparing, by the second device and in response to receiving the first network command message, the second current time value to the time-to-execute value extracted from the first network command message, and executing, by the second device and in response to the second current time value matching the time-to-execute value, the network command, wherein the first timer and the second timer are synchronized. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381652 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTION OF SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNALS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various communication systems may benefit from an accurate cell detection method. The method may include determining at least one first correlation value between a first sequence of received samples and at least one pre-defined sequence, determining at least one second correlation value between a second sequence of received samples at a predetermined distance and the at least one pre-defined sequence, wherein the predetermined distance is substantially more than one symbol and substantially less than two symbols, performing summing of at least the at least one first correlation value and the at least one second correlation value to obtain at least one summed correlation value and detecting whether at least one peak exists by comparing the at least one summed correlation value with a detection threshold. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381707 | Systems and Methods of Performing a Listen-Before-Talk (LBT) Radio Protocol - Systems and methods of performing a listen-before-talk (LBT) radio protocol in a communication system are provided. In one exemplary embodiment, a method ( | 12-29-2016 |
20170237512 | CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION OVER REDUNDANT NETWORKS | 08-17-2017 |
20170237515 | SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR D2D COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE THEREFOR | 08-17-2017 |
20170237631 | GROUP ALARMS | 08-17-2017 |
20170237838 | RESILIENT IMPLEMENTATION OF STREAM CONTROL TRANSMISSION PROTOCOL | 08-17-2017 |
20170238271 | COORDINATED BEAMFORMING | 08-17-2017 |
20170238272 | SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL RECEIVING METHOD AND USER APPARATUS, AND SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND BASE STATION | 08-17-2017 |
20180026735 | METHOD, DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR IMPLEMENTING TIME SYNCHRONIZATION IN OPTICAL TRANSPORT NETWORK | 01-25-2018 |
20180027513 | SECONDARY SYNCHRONIZATION CODEBOOK FOR E-UTRAN | 01-25-2018 |
20190150109 | NARROWBAND LTE CELL SEARCH | 05-16-2019 |
20190150110 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING A SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL | 05-16-2019 |
20190150111 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SYNCHRONISATION REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 05-16-2019 |
20220141075 | PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL MONITORING AND RATE MATCHING FOR REMAINING MINIMUM SYSTEM INFORMATION IN NEW RADIO UNLICENSED - Systems, methods, and circuitries are provided for maximizing use of discovery reference (DRS) resources for remaining minimum system information (RMSI) allocation. An example method includes configuring Type 0 physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) CORESET monitoring to include monitoring in either a first slot or a first slot and a second slot; generating a synchronization signal block (SSB) encoding the configured PDCCH CORESET monitoring; and transmitting the SSB to a user equipment (UE) by way of a discovery reference signal (DRS). | 05-05-2022 |
20220141784 | DELAY OFFSET FOR REDUCING TIME SYCHRONIZATION ERROR IN TIME SENSITIVE NETWORKING (TSN) SYSTEMS - A method, system and apparatus are disclosed for a network node configured to communicate with a wireless device (WD). In some embodiments, the network node includes processing circuitry configured to cause the network node to determine delay offset information based at least in part on a common distance for a cell, the delay offset information indicating a common temporal delay offset and transmit the delay offset information to the WD in at least one of a system information block, SIB, and a radio resource control, RRC, message. In some embodiments, a wireless device includes processing circuitry configured to cause the wireless device to receive delay offset information in at least one of a system information block, SIB, and a radio resource control, RRC, message, the delay offset information being based at least in part on a common distance and the delay offset information indicating a common temporal delay offset. | 05-05-2022 |